GopherProxy

	initial import of V1.3.3 - abc2ps - A powerful sheet setting tool using the sim…
	git clone git://vernunftzentrum.de/abc2ps.git
	Log
	Files
	Refs
	---
	commit 3a06ea49c1f1fb94fb58a82709906dbe620186f3
	Author: Christian Kellermann <[email protected]>
	Date: Sat, 14 Apr 2018 22:52:22 +0200

	initial import of V1.3.3

	Diffstat:
	Changes \| 526 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
	License \| 339 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
	New.Features \| 334 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
	ReadMe.abc2ps \| 778 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
	abc2ps.c \| 753 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
	bach.abc \| 28 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
	blue_boy_bass.abc \| 35 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
	bran5.abc \| 54 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
	buffer.h \| 202 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
	celloprelude.abc \| 34 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
	desafinado.abc \| 21 +++++++++++++++++++++
	fbook.fmt \| 26 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++
	fonts.fmt \| 5 +++++
	format.h \| 489 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
	journey.abc \| 36 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
	landscape.fmt \| 11 +++++++++++
	layout.txt \| 150 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
	mtunes1.abc \| 55 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
	music.h \| 4496 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
	newfeatures.abc \| 121 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
	parse.h \| 2460 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
	pssubs.h \| 338 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
	sample.abc \| 122 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
	scotland.abc \| 22 ++++++++++++++++++++++
	style.h \| 87 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
	style.pure \| 104 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
	subs.h \| 1372 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
	syms.h \| 1226 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
	trio.abc \| 44 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
	util.h \| 494 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
	voices.abc \| 151 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++

	31 files changed, 14913 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-)
	---
	diff --git a/Changes b/Changes
	@@ -0,0 +1,526 @@
	+
	+17.03.99 Experimentally changed parsing so that the end of the header
	+ comes at the first music or V: line.
	+
	+ Note: according to the abc specs, the header ends with the K: line.
	+ However, nobody seems aware of this. For multistave music it is
	+ important exactly where the header ends, because info fields
	+ in the body of the music (outside the header) only operate on
	+ the current voice. Info fields in the header operate on all
	+ the voices.
	+
	+16.03.99 Fixed various reported bugs.
	+
	+25.01.99 Support fermata over a rest.
	+
	+----- Version 1.3.3 -----
	+
	+
	+10.12.98 New flag: -I writes the contents and page numbers to file Ind.ps.
	+
	+
	+08.12.98 Fixed bug: transposing was wrong for clef changes.
	+
	+
	+----- Version 1.3.2 -----
	+
	+10.08.98 Added new codes for accents (cf. sample.abc):
	+ k: Accent which looks like >
	+ K: Accent which looks like an upside-down V.
	+
	+
	+05.08.98 Added bar numbering and bar labels.
	+
	+ Bar numbers:
	+ to switch on bar numbering, use flag -k
	+ where: -k 1 numbers every bar
	+ -k 5 numbers every fifth bar, etc.
	+ -k 0 numbers the first bar in every staff.
	+ or, use the equivalent pseudocomment %%barnumbers <number>.
	+ (Note: -k was used because it sounds a bit like "count".)
	+
	+ The program counts through the bars automatically, trying
	+ to do the right thing at first and second endings. Namely:
	+ it remembers the bar number at the start of the first ending,
	+ then resets to that value at the start of the second ending.
	+ So, if there is a tune with 2x8 measures with first and second
	+ endings after the first 8 bars, we still end up with 16 bars
	+ in total.
	+ Within one tune, bar numbers are counted through over parts
	+ boundaries. However, if a T: title appears inside a tune,
	+ the bar number is reset to 1. You can use an empty T:
	+ line to reset the bar number without actually writing a title.
	+
	+
	+ Bar labels:
	+ this is intended for large letters A, B, C...
	+ to mark specific points in the music. They are coded by
	+ using a syntax similar to guitarchords, but placed before
	+ a bar line instead of a note or rest, e.g.:
	+ \| abcd "A"\| ABCD \|
	+ places the letter A over the second bar line.
	+ Just in case somebody wants a label on the first bar
	+ (which is often not preceded by a bar line), a new
	+ symbol [\|] was introduced for an "invisible" bar line.
	+
	+
	+ Fonts for bar numbers and bar labels:
	+ These can be set in the usual way with the two pseudocomments
	+ %%barnumberfont and %%barlabelfont.
	+
	+ In printed music, the bar numbers are often made more visible
	+ by putting a box around them. This is now also possible.
	+ In fact, a box can be put around most bits of text by
	+ adding the word "box" to the font specification, e.g.:
	+
	+ %%barnumberfont Times-Italic 11 box
	+
	+ This can be done for the title, guitarchords, vocals, etc.
	+ To switch on the box without changing the font style and/or size,
	+ the character * can be used, as in:
	+
	+ %%titlefont * * box
	+
	+
	+ A reminder: to see all the style specifications use 'abc2ps -H'
	+ (for the standard format) or 'abc2ps -PH' (pretty2 format).
	+ This gives a list suitable for placing in a .fmt file.
	+ To modify settings for a single tune only, place the
	+ pseudocomments after the 'T:' lines and before the 'K:' line
	+ in the tune header.
	+
	+
	+ Examples: look at celloprelude.abc for examples of bar numbers
	+ and bar labels. Try 'abc2ps -maxv 8 -k0 bran5' or
	+ 'abc2ps -k0 bach' to see bar numbers at the start of
	+ the line, as is often used for scores.
	+
	+
	+
	+20.07.98 Fixed bug overwriting when lvoiceid too short.
	+
	+----- Version 1.3.1 -----
	+
	+12.07.98 A number of enhancements to format multi-stave music nicely.
	+ For examples, see files trio.abc bran5.abc voices.abc bach.abc.
	+
	+ In detail: indentation of the first staff, labels for voices,
	+ braces and brackets to group voices, and some additional
	+ parameters in the V: line to control the output.
	+
	+ As before, the syntax of the V: line is
	+
	+ V: <label> <par1>=<value1> <par2>=<value2> ...
	+
	+ where <label> is used to switch to the voice in later V: lines.
	+ Each <par>=<value> pair sets one parameter for the current voice.
	+ There are now alternate short version of the parameter names.
	+
	+
	+ List of the parameters allowed in a V: line:
	+
	+ parm short example and description
	+ ----------------------------------------
	+
	+ name nm nm=Violin I"
	+ This sets the long version of the voice name, to be
	+ written before the staves at the start of a piece.
	+ If the string contains \\, this is interpreted
	+ as a line break and the pieces are writen above
	+ each other.
	+
	+ sname snm snm="Vl. I"
	+ Short version of the name, written before
	+ subsequent staves.
	+
	+ clef cl clef=bass
	+ Chooses the clef (treble, alto, or bass).
	+ It can also be bass+8 and so on.
	+
	+ staves stv stv=2
	+ This is the number of staves (starting from the
	+ current one) to connect by tall vertical bar lines.
	+
	+ brace brc brace=2
	+ This is the number of staves (starting from the
	+ current one) to be grouped together with a brace.
	+ When this option is used, the name defined in the
	+ same V: line is written at the center of the brace.
	+
	+ bracket brk brk=4
	+ The number of staves to be grouped together by
	+ a bracket. This option does not change the way
	+ in which the names are written.
	+
	+ space spc spc=40
	+ This defines or modifies the vertical space between
	+ this staff and the one below it. The space can be
	+ given in pt (default) or with a unit in the form
	+ 1cm or 0.4in. Furthermore: if a + or - sign
	+ comes after the start of the number, the value
	+ is an increment to be added to or subtracted
	+ from the default setting.
	+
	+ gchords gch gch=0
	+ This controls whether any guitar chords
	+ embedded in the current voice are actually written.
	+ True/false are specified as for the %% formats.
	+
	+ stems stm stems=up
	+ This is parsed but not yet used in the program.
	+
	+
	+ New format directives:
	+
	+ %%voicefont font to write voice names with
	+
	+ %%indent <dim> amount to indent the first staff.
	+ Indentation is done at the start of
	+ the piece and after a T: field, but not
	+ after a P: field.
	+
	+ Note: the margin still refers to the left edge of the staff.
	+ Therefore, parameters %%leftmargin %%staffwidth %%indent
	+ should be adjusted to leave room for the voice names.
	+
	+
	+ New command-line flag:
	+
	+ The -V flag was redefined to select voices for output.
	+ The old function ("show version") was integrated into -h.
	+ The format is as in this example:
	+
	+ abc2ps -o input.abc -V 1-2,4
	+
	+ This will generate output only for the specified voices.
	+ Specifically, a single voice can be extracted.
	+
	+
	+ Other changes:
	+
	+ For a rest which fills out a complete measure, the symbol
	+ for a full rest is drawn in the center of the bar, independent
	+ of the the time signature.
	+
	+ Added K for strong emphasis decoration (upside-down V).
	+
	+
	+
	+
	+31.05.98 L: after header but before first voice now sets default length
	+ for first voice, named "1".
	+
	+12.05.98 Tab interpreted as space in music lines.
	+
	+01.04.98 Fixed Q:C=xxx for multi-stave version.
	+
	+19.03.98 Run-time allocation for symbols and voices.
	+
	+
	+----- Version 1.3.0 -----
	+
	+03.03.98 Multi-stave music added.
	+
	+ To switch to a different voice, use a line starting with 'V:'.
	+ An example for the most general form supported now is:
	+ V:2 name="Clarinet 2" short="Cl.2" clef=treble stems=down
	+ Note that the "2" is a treated as a string, so any single-word
	+ identifier can be used instead. Later in the tune,
	+ switch to the voice using only
	+ V:2
	+ The various settings (key, default length, etc) are
	+ maintained for each voice separately.
	+
	+ Guitar chords, first and second endings, and line breaks are
	+ taken from the top voice only. Vocals can be set under each
	+ voice separately.
	+
	+ To format the output, two %% format directives were added
	+ which determine the staff spacing: %%systaffsep %%systemsep.
	+
	+ It turned out that the note spacing should be slightly
	+ different for multi-stave music. Namely, it is often a good
	+ idea to space the notes somewhat more strictly according
	+ to their duration than in single-stave music. There is now
	+ a new parameter called "strictness" which the user can use
	+ to adjust this. For strictness=1, the spacings for notes
	+ with short durations is reasonably strictly proportional to
	+ their duration. For strictness=0, they are spaced about
	+ equally. Good defaults are strictness=0.5 for single-stave
	+ music and strictness=0.8 for multistave music.
	+ These parameters can be changed with the -X flag or
	+ with %% statements in the abc file or in a .fmt file.
	+ When using -X, a flag such as -X 0.6 will change both
	+ values. To change them separately, use something like
	+ -X 0.3,0.7 on the command line.
	+
	+ As usual, %% directives can be inspected with abc -H
	+ and help about flags is obtained with abc -h.
	+
	+ Files voices.abc and bach.abc have examples for multistave
	+ music.
	+
	+01.03.98 Changed -d flag to accept incremental changes such as -d-5
	+ or -d+5.
	+
	+28.12.97 Transposing added. Also double sharp and double flat symbols.
	+ To transpose: use flag -t in two possible ways.
	+ (1) Specify the new root explicitly using the form
	+ -t XX where XX is the new root note. For example:
	+ -t C or -t Bb or -t C#
	+ This shifts either up or down, depending on which shift is
	+ smaller. To force up or down direction, use prefixes ^_ eg.
	+ -t ^C or -t _C
	+ (2) Specify the number of halftones to shift by in the form
	+ -t nn where nn is the number of halftones.
	+ For negative shift, use either a sticky argument
	+ such as -t-2 or prefix with underscore, eg -t _2.
	+
	+ In any case: the program first decides how many halftones
	+ to shift the pitches by. This number is kept fixed throughout
	+ the whole tune. In this way, key changes within the tune
	+ are treated properly.
	+
	+ To obain information about the transposing process, set the
	+ verbosity to 3 or 4 (ie: -v 3 or -v 4).
	+
	+
	+24.12.97 Shift up guitar chords over n-plet brackets.
	+
	+15.12.97 Some modifications to extent of 1st and 2nd endings.
	+
	+29.11.97 Q: field now prints out tempo denotations.
	+ General form is Q: w1 w2 w3.. where each word is either
	+ a string in double quotes such as "Andante" or "Bossa Nova"
	+ or a tempo denotation such as C or C=120 or 120.
	+ Strings are printed directly, denotations are translated
	+ to the form note=100. Font is in new format field "tempofont".
	+
	+29.11.97 Guitar chords positioned a bit more nicely (centered,
	+ except if especially wide).
	+
	+29.11.97 Added blank-delimited +8 and -8 as extensions to key specifier.
	+ Function: write all notes higher or lower by one octave.
	+
	+02.11.97 Words for vocals now centered under each note, looks nicer.
	+ Changed left/right spacings to get better positioning for
	+ single note in a bar.
	+
	+----- Version 1.2.5 -----
	+
	+05.10.97 Added page numbers for flag -N.
	+
	+05.10.97 Support for all modes (Wil Macaulay)
	+
	+07.08.97 Added "x" for rests which are invisible.
	+
	+14.07.97 Slurs and ties within chords improved, for example:
	+ [(a(b] [c)d)] slurs a to c, b to d
	+ [a-b] [ac] ties a to a
	+
	+14.07.97 Grace notes can be before or after guitar chord:
	+ "A"{A}Bc and {A}"A"Bc both work.
	+
	+06.05.97 Fixed bug which sometimes put stems onto whole notes.
	+
	+06.03.97 Begintext lines can start with %%, to permit usage
	+ in header fields and avoid conflict with other programs.
	+
	+17.02.97 Made txt array global.. avoid stack problems on Mac.
	+ Added extra buffer flush at file end.
	+
	+15.02.97 C (alto) clef added, invoke with "K: alto"
	+
	+10.02.97 Now \- in vocals for '-' without breaking the word.
	+ Changed to work even if no 'T:' field.
	+ Fixed bug: did not print 'O:' if no 'C:'.
	+
	+09.02.97 Added "%%titlecaps" format statement.
	+
	+07.02.97 Introduced decoration T for "tr" above a note.
	+
	+----- Version 1.2.4b -----
	+
	+06.02.97 New: text, page formats, pseudocomments, bass clef.
	+
	+02.02.97 In-line escape sequences now also [..]
	+
	+23.01.97 removed "or:" from subtitles.
	+
	+
	+----- Version 1.2.3-x1 -----
	+
	+26.11 Added aligned vocals under the staff. Example:
	+ BA \|: "Gm"G2AB\|"C7"cd2e\|"F"f2fe\|"Dm"dA2d\|
	+ w: Close your eyes and I'll kiss you, to-mor-row I'll miss you; re-
	+ "Bb"d2dc\|"Gm"B2GF\|"Eb"G4-\|G2 z2\|
	+ w:mem-ber I'll al-ways be true._
	+ Syntax:
	+ Words are given in line starting as w: under music line.
	+ Words are aligned one-by-one with the notes.
	+ * skips one note.
	+ \| tabs forward to next bar line.
	+ Hyphenations make two syllables, with "-" between them.
	+ Underscore draws horizontal line from last word to note.
	+ Blanks can be dropped around special chars (* \| - _ ).
	+
	+19.11 Added bagpipe mode for K:HP.
	+ Added landscape orientation for flag -l.
	+
	+05.11 Put in some first pseudocomments to format output:
	+ %%sep - writes a standard separator
	+ %%sep topspace botspace len - custom separator
	+ %%newpage - force page break
	+ %%text This is a line.. - write a line of text
	+ %%vskip xx - add vertical space in cm
	+
	+06.10 Added 32nd and 64th rests, 64th notes.
	+ Accidentals and grace notes more spaced when room.
	+ Correct treatment of slurs at 1st, 2nd endings.
	+
	+----- Version 1.2.2 -----
	+
	+22.09 Words like "aza" now under one beam with rest under it.
	+ Output "Origin" field in parens together with composer.
	+ Added ties between chords.
	+
	+20.09 Keysigs such as "3+4/8" "78/8" "7 8/8" allowed.
	+ Slopes of beams tuned a bit.
	+ Fixed bug in position of tilde over stem.
	+ Choose same stem directions on neighbors where reasonable.
	+
	+15.09 Small random horizontal shift of notes improve readability,
	+ see RANFAC. Adjust internote spacing according to jump in pitch.
	+
	+05.08 Consistent handling for word breaks at end of input line.
	+
	+
	+----- Version 1.2.1 -----
	+
	+28.07 Added W: for words of song.
	+ Include notes, discography, transcription in output for -n.
	+ Removed bug: ninf=0 messed up usage "abc2ps -h".
	+
	+26.07 Fixed: swallowed meter change sometimes.
	+
	+21.07 Correct handling of last line of file even if not terminated
	+ by a newline character.
	+ Some fine-tuning for beam position when more than one beam.
	+ For staff middle, use stem direction from previous note.
	+
	+18.07 More tolerant of misuse of guitar chords to write general stuff
	+ above staff; now OK if "...." is alone on a line.
	+ Minibug in syms.h: 'staff' left junk on PS stack.
	+
	+17.07 For -c mode: don't complain about underfull; don't stretch
	+ last staff much when underfull (new parameter BETA_C).
	+
	+16.07 Fixed obscure bug.. after overfull, sometimes took duration for
	+ chord from wrong note, because heads were sorted by pitch.
	+ Also: use shrinkage from previous staff for undefull last staff.
	+
	+15.07 Move slide further away for notes with accidentals.
	+
	+09.07 Selectors before first file also valid; apply to first file.
	+ Took out atof & atoi calls; main now returns int; changed
	+ function names def_HD,def_Hd,def_hd.
	+
	+
	+----- Version 1.2 -----
	+
	+06.07 New flag -O to set output file.
	+
	+26.06 Added general n-plet syntax "(p:q:r".
	+
	+10.06 Slurs fatter in middle.
	+ Hold (fermata) added code=H.
	+ Changed code for bar to M (em-phasis).
	+ Added up and down bow u,v.
	+
	+09.06 Thick-thin, thin thick bars now [\| and \|].
	+ Ties a-b-c now done correctly.
	+ Carryover slurs at start and end of line.
	+
	+08.06 Flat beams shifted to consistent positions relative to staff.
	+
	+07.06 Set beta0 to avoid infinite stretching.
	+ Redid key changes.. mcl.abc Cm-> C was wrong.
	+ Fiddled some with slurs.
	+
	+05.06 Fixed: accidental was too close on full note.
	+
	+03.06 fix up n-plet cases: (1) on beam with other notes,
	+ (2) draw bracket if not on same beam.
	+
	+03.06 New flag -E to make EPS files eps001.ps, eps002.ps ...
	+
	+02.05 Guitar chord can be put anywhere before note.
	+ Changed note placement for single note in bar.
	+
	+30.04 Mutiple decorations permitted on one note.
	+ Bar for broad emphasis added, code is R.
	+
	+29.04 Unions: chord with two identical notes like [CC]
	+
	+29.04 Slide added, code is J.
	+
	+26.04 Output buffer takes care of page breaks.
	+
	+----- Version 1.2x -----
	+
	+[v1.2-x7]
	+
	+11.04 Output to <file>.ps possible; set OUTPUTFILE in abc2ps.c
	+
	+[v1.2-x6]
	+
	+28.03 Can do normal or pretty output, depending on flag -p.
	+ Layout parameters bundled as macros in main.
	+
	+[v1.2-x5]
	+
	+21.03 Changed roll symbol some more.
	+ Put extra \n at end of Out.ps.
	+
	+[v1.2-x4]
	+
	+17.03 Fixed nasty bug for selection by xref; now ok on NeXT.
	+ Changed roll symbol.
	+
	+[v1.2-x3]
	+
	+14.03 Added roll sign as optional way to draw ~.
	+ Changed program to avoid all 'gcc -Wall' warnings.
	+
	+10.03 Fixed wrong dimension for line in do_index (macro BSIZE)
	+
	+08.03 Took out '#copies..' in PS file.
	+ Added -m flag to set margin.
	+
	+06.03 Added flag -i and interactive mode.
	+ Fixed bug in beams, which wrote funny numbers over some beams.
	+ Added "newpage" as option for E: field.
	+
	+04.03 Added -f flag to permit different selectors for different files.
	+
	+ Changed meter change within tune: for change at start of line,
	+ generally writes the symbol (even if the meter did not change),
	+ but not if the meter change was used only to set the default
	+ length with 'l' or 's'.
	+
	+ Removed math calls: cos(phi) and sin(phi) defined explicitly
	+ in syms.h, also removed sqrt for beam test in music.h.
	+ Advantage: now compiles without -lm flag.
	+ (Note: '#include <math.h>' still needed for atof ??)
	+
	+
	+----- Version 1.1 -----
	+
	+24.02 Changed to multiple input files, added -e flag to identify
	+ selectors in argument list.
	+
	+14.02 Outputs "book" field also for -n flag.
	+ Chord font changed to Helvetica 12.
	+
	+
	+
	diff --git a/License b/License
	@@ -0,0 +1,339 @@
	+ GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
	+ Version 2, June 1991
	+
	+ Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
	+ 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA
	+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
	+ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
	+
	+ Preamble
	+
	+ The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
	+freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
	+License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
	+software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This
	+General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
	+Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to
	+using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by
	+the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to
	+your programs, too.
	+
	+ When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
	+price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
	+have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
	+this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
	+if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
	+in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
	+
	+ To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
	+anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
	+These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
	+distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
	+
	+ For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
	+gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
	+you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
	+source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their
	+rights.
	+
	+ We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
	+(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
	+distribute and/or modify the software.
	+
	+ Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
	+that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
	+software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
	+want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
	+that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
	+authors' reputations.
	+
	+ Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
	+patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free
	+program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
	+program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any
	+patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
	+
	+ The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
	+modification follow.
	+
	+ GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
	+ TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
	+
	+ 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains
	+a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed
	+under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below,
	+refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program"
	+means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:
	+that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,
	+either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
	+language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in
	+the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you".
	+
	+Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
	+covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
	+running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
	+is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the
	+Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).
	+Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
	+
	+ 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's
	+source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
	+conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate
	+copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the
	+notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;
	+and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License
	+along with the Program.
	+
	+You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and
	+you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
	+
	+ 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion
	+of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
	+distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
	+above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
	+
	+ a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices
	+ stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
	+
	+ b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
	+ whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
	+ part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
	+ parties under the terms of this License.
	+
	+ c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
	+ when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
	+ interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
	+ announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
	+ notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
	+ a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
	+ these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
	+ License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
	+ does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
	+ the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
	+
	+These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
	+identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
	+and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
	+themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
	+sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
	+distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
	+on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
	+this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
	+entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
	+
	+Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
	+your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
	+exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
	+collective works based on the Program.
	+
	+In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
	+with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of
	+a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
	+the scope of this License.
	+
	+ 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
	+under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
	+Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
	+
	+ a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
	+ source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
	+ 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
	+
	+ b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
	+ years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
	+ cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
	+ machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
	+ distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
	+ customarily used for software interchange; or,
	+
	+ c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
	+ to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is
	+ allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
	+ received the program in object code or executable form with such
	+ an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
	+
	+The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
	+making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source
	+code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
	+associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to
	+control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a
	+special exception, the source code distributed need not include
	+anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
	+form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
	+operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component
	+itself accompanies the executable.
	+
	+If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
	+access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
	+access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
	+distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
	+compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
	+
	+ 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
	+except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt
	+otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
	+void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
	+However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under
	+this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
	+parties remain in full compliance.
	+
	+ 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
	+signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
	+distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are
	+prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
	+modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the
	+Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
	+all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
	+the Program or works based on it.
	+
	+ 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
	+Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
	+original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
	+these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
	+restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
	+You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
	+this License.
	+
	+ 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
	+infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
	+conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
	+otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
	+excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
	+distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
	+License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
	+may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent
	+license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by
	+all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
	+the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
	+refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
	+
	+If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
	+any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
	+apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
	+circumstances.
	+
	+It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
	+patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
	+such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
	+integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
	+implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
	+generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
	+through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
	+system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
	+to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
	+impose that choice.
	+
	+This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
	+be a consequence of the rest of this License.
	+
	+ 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
	+certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
	+original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
	+may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding
	+those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
	+countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates
	+the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
	+
	+ 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
	+of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
	+be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
	+address new problems or concerns.
	+
	+Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program
	+specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any
	+later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions
	+either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
	+Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of
	+this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
	+Foundation.
	+
	+ 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
	+programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
	+to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free
	+Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
	+make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals
	+of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
	+of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
	+
	+ NO WARRANTY
	+
	+ 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
	+FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN
	+OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
	+PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
	+OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
	+MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS
	+TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE
	+PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
	+REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
	+
	+ 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
	+WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
	+REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
	+INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
	+OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
	+TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY
	+YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER
	+PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
	+POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
	+
	+ END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
	+
	+ Appendix: How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
	+
	+ If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
	+possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
	+free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
	+
	+ To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
	+to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
	+convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
	+the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
	+
	+ <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
	+ Copyright (C) 19yy <name of author>
	+
	+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
	+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
	+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
	+ (at your option) any later version.
	+
	+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
	+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
	+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
	+ GNU General Public License for more details.
	+
	+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
	+ along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
	+ Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
	+
	+Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
	+
	+If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
	+when it starts in an interactive mode:
	+
	+ Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) 19yy name of author
	+ Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
	+ This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
	+ under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
	+
	+The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
	+parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may
	+be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be
	+mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program.
	+
	+You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
	+school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if
	+necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
	+
	+ Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program
	+ `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.
	+
	+ <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989
	+ Ty Coon, President of Vice
	+
	+This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into
	+proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may
	+consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the
	+library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General
	+Public License instead of this License.
	diff --git a/New.Features b/New.Features
	@@ -0,0 +1,334 @@
	+
	+New features in abc2ps 1.3.1 (M. Methfessel, July 1998)
	+=======================================================
	+
	+The program now supports multi-stave output and has been improved
	+in various other ways. Please look at Changes for more information.
	+
	+
	+New features in abc2ps 1.2.4 (M. Methfessel, Feb. 1997)
	+=======================================================
	+
	+
	+Please also have a look at file newfeatures.abc, which
	+demonstrates many of these points.
	+
	+
	+----- Bass clef -----
	+
	+The bass clef is selected by appending the word "bass" to the
	+key specification. eg. "K:G bass". Notes are then drawn so
	+"C" is below the staff and "c" is in the third space from the top,
	+which is a downward shift by one line relative to the treble clef.
	+
	+For in-line clef changes, use an in-line specification such as
	+[K:G bass] (was formerly \K:G bass\; this still supported).
	+If the key itself does not change, it is enough to write
	+[K:bass] and similarily [K:treble].
	+
	+Added: [K:alto] makes the alto (viola or C) clef.
	+
	+
	+----- Vocals -----
	+
	+Aligned lyrics under the staff are specified using a line directly
	+below the staff, starting with "w:". For example:
	+
	+ edc2 edc2 \|
	+ w: Three blind mice, three blind mice
	+
	+Each blank-delimited word in the "w:" line is associated with
	+one note, in sequence. The following special symbols are available
	+to modify this behaviour:
	+
	+ * skips one note
	+ - split a word into two syllables, associated with two notes,
	+ with '-' drawn between them
	+ \| tabs forward to the next bar line.
	+ ~ is drawn as a space, but contracts words to be written under
	+ one note. That is, "hey~ho" gives two words under one note.
	+ _ draws a thin "underscore" from the previous note to this one.
	+
	+For more than one line of lyrics, just use several w: lines.
	+To draw a '-' without breaking the word there, escape it as "\-".
	+
	+Note that \\ in the abc music line now defines a staff break. This is
	+useful when typesetting vocals, because it is tedious to split
	+the line explicitly when shifting a staff break about when there
	+are lines with vocals.
	+
	+If a word starts with a digit, this is interpreted as numbering of a
	+stanza and is pushed forward a bit. In other words, use something like
	+ w: 1.~~Three blind mice
	+to put a number before "Three".
	+
	+
	+----- Writing text between the music -----
	+
	+This can be done using pseudocomments in three ways. First:
	+
	+%%text This is a line of text.
	+
	+writes one line into the output. Second,
	+
	+%%center This is another line of text.
	+
	+again writes one line, but centers it. Finally,
	+
	+%%begintext
	+%%First line of text
	+%%Second line
	+%%And yet another line.
	+%%endtext
	+
	+will write a block of several lines. To avoid conflict with other
	+programs, the text lines themselves are (optionally) prefaced with %%.
	+
	+Statement "%%begintext" can be given a parameter to determine
	+how the output is done, namely:
	+
	+%%begintext obeylines keeps lines as they are (default)
	+%%begintext ragged puts in own linebreaks to fill the line
	+%%begintext align puts in own breaks and aligns right margin
	+%%begintext skip skips the whole block, no output.
	+
	+For "ragged" and "align", the program has to estimate the number of
	+lines needed in the current font, since the typesetting is done
	+using the PostScript "widthshow" operator by the printer.
	+The estimate should be reasonably reliable for Times-Roman, but might
	+be more dodgy for some other fonts. Also, note that the Ghostview fonts
	+can be quite different than the fonts used by the printer.
	+Strangely, a 13pt font can be smaller than a 12pt font.
	+
	+An empty line in a block ends a paragraph (see parskipfac below).
	+In any case, \\ can be used in a line of text to add line breaks.
	+Thus, two centered lines results from this:
	+%%center First line\\second line
	+
	+As with the other pseudocomments (described below), the text is
	+associated with a specific tune if it is within that tune's block.
	+In that case, it will only be printed if that tune is selected.
	+If the text is outside all tune blocks, it will always be printed.
	+The exception is if -E is used to to make a separate EPS file for
	+each tune. In this case all text outside the blocks is ignored.
	+
	+The font for text output is determined as described below.
	+
	+
	+----- Other pseudocomments which do something -----
	+
	+%%sep - draws a short centered line as a separator
	+
	+%%sep h1 h2 len - draws a separator of length len with space
	+ h1 above, space h2 below.
	+
	+%%vskip h - adds vertical space of height h
	+
	+
	+%%newpage - writes a page break
	+
	+
	+Dimensions can be given in cm, in, or pt, where pt is the default.
	+Examples: "%%sep 1cm 1cm 4cm" or "vskip 1.5cm".
	+
	+
	+----- Output formating -----
	+
	+The user can now tailor the appearance of the output page.
	+This is done by setting formating parameters, for example:
	+
	+ pageheight 29cm % height of page
	+ staffwidth 5in % width of staff
	+ leftmargin 1.8cm % left margin
	+ titlefont Times-Roman 14 % the font for the title
	+ titlespace 1cm % vertical space before the title
	+ scale 0.9 % size of musical symbols
	+ staffsep 60pt % space between staves
	+
	+Use abc2ps -H to see the current values of these parameters.
	+
	+To specify the parameters, there are four levels:
	+
	+1. By default, a predefined set called "standard" is used.
	+ With flag -p, an alternative "pretty" set is taken.
	+ With flag -P, a third set "pretty2" is used.
	+ Users are encouraged to make their own choices for these styles
	+ and change the program accordingly (see routines
	+ set_standard_format, set_pretty_format, set_pretty2_format
	+ in file format.h).
	+
	+2. Commands to set the parameters can be grouped into a file
	+ with extension "fmt", which can then be selected by flag -F.
	+ For example: there should be a file landscape.fmt in the
	+ distribution. This changes the page orientation to landscape
	+ and sets the page height and width accordingly, and also changes
	+ the title style a bit. To output file scotland.abc in landscape,
	+ the command is
	+ abc2ps scotland.abc -F landscape -o
	+
	+3. An abc file can contain pseudocomments (%%..) such as:
	+ %%staffwidth 16cm
	+ %%titlespace 1.4cm
	+ Depending on the position, the changes to the style parameters
	+ are either global for the rest of the file, or local to a single
	+ tune. The change is global if the line is outside any tune block
	+ (where a tune block starts with "X:" and ends with a blank line).
	+ If the pseudocomment is within such a block, the parameter change
	+ is only applied for this tune.
	+ Note that the program cannot determine if a tune is selected
	+ before it knows the title, so such a local pseudocomment should
	+ come after the "T:" line.
	+
	+4. Some of the command-line flags change the style parameters, eg:
	+ -s 0.9 (sets symbol scale)
	+ -m 2cm (sets left margin) etc.
	+ Type "abc2ps -h" for a list of flags.
	+
	+The priorities are in the sequence given above. That is, the ".fmt"
	+file overrides the predefined format, pseudocomments overide that,
	+and a command-line flag overrides everything else.
	+
	+
	+Some more details:
	+
	+1. Format files are searched in the current directory. In abc2ps.c,
	+ the line "#define DEFAULT_FDIR .." can be used to set a default
	+ directory which is searched whenever a fmt file is not local.
	+ Flag -D can also be used to specify this default directory.
	+ (The idea is, even if a PC user only has the executable available,
	+ he could make something like an alias to get his standard
	+ fmt directory into the path.)
	+
	+2. To see the settings for all the parameters, use flag -H.
	+ When used in conjunction with other flags such as -p, -P, or -F,
	+ the corresponding parameters are shown. If you redirect the
	+ output to a file and edit out the header line, you immediately
	+ have a prototype fmt file which specifies all the parameters.
	+
	+3. Dimensions can be specified either as pt, cm, or in. Default is pt.
	+ So, "%%staffwidth 20" will lead to very short lines!
	+
	+4. Pseudocomments which are not recognized are ignored silently.
	+ The idea is that other program can define their own.
	+ It also means that when things frustratingly don't seem to work,
	+ the reason might be a spelling mistake.
	+
	+5. Because ISO fonts are needed for special characters and
	+ accents, all fonts must be known when the header of the PS file
	+ is written. The program tries to be as clever as it can
	+ about this, but a font might be undefined if it is invoked
	+ for the first time further down in a file. For this reason,
	+ a line like this can be put into the fmt file:
	+
	+ font Palatino-Bold
	+
	+ or alternatively at the top of the abc file:
	+
	+ %%font Palatino-Bold
	+
	+ Either of these will define the corresponding ISO font in the header.
	+ To make things even easier, the program always looks for a file
	+ "fonts.fmt" and loads it if it exists. So, the often-used fonts
	+ can be defined there once and for all.
	+
	+6. The default page dimensions are set by defines in abc2ps.c
	+ and then used in format.h to intialize the predefined formats.
	+ Change these if the standard paper will not be Din A4.
	+ The relevant lines in abc2ps.c are these:
	+
	+#define PAGEHEIGHT 29.7 /* basic page dimensions in cm.. */
	+#define LEFTMARGIN 1.8 /* .. used in all default formats */
	+#define STAFFWIDTH 17.4
	+
	+7. A line consisting of the word "end" in a fmt file skips the
	+ rest of the file.
	+
	+
	+----- List of format parameters -----
	+
	+Parameters without explanation are deemed obvious.
	+
	+ pageheight
	+ staffwidth
	+ topmargin
	+ botmargin
	+ leftmargin
	+ topspace vertical space at the top of a tune.
	+ titlespace space before the title.
	+
	+ Note: Usually, one sees only the sum of these two.
	+ However, if text is written preceeding a tune, it
	+ will come after "topspace" and before "titlespace".
	+
	+ subtitlespace space before the subtitle.
	+ composerspace space before the composer.
	+ musicspace space between the composer and the music.
	+ partsspace space ("up") between the "parts" and the music.
	+ vocalspace space above a line of vocals.
	+ wordsspace space aboove the words at the end of a tune.
	+ textspace space above the text such as history (flag -n).
	+
	+ Note: these spaces count to the top of a line of text.
	+ That is, the relevant text size (eg. "12pt") is added.
	+
	+ staffsep separation between staves. One-half of this
	+ distance is added above and below each staff.
	+ scale symbol size; eg. 1.0 is used in the "pretty" output.
	+ maxshrink how much to compress horizontally when staff breaks
	+ are chosen automatically. Between 0 and 1.
	+
	+ titlefont Font for title, ie: Times-Roman 14
	+ subtitlefont
	+ composerfont
	+ partsfont
	+ vocalfont for vocals under a staff (w: field)
	+ gchordfont for guitar chords
	+ textfont for text under the tune, or between tunes
	+ wordsfont for words under the tune (W: field)
	+ lineskipfac dimensionless factor for spacing between lines of text:
	+ 1.0 gives single-space output, 2.0 double etc.
	+ parskipfac similar factor for space after a paragraph of text.
	+ barsperstaff same as flag -B
	+ landscape (logical) landscape orientation if true
	+ titleleft (logical) title flushed left if true.
	+ titlecaps (logical) title in capital letters
	+ musiconly (logical) no vocals if true (equivalent to flag -M)
	+ stretchstaff (logical) stretches underfull staves across page
	+ stretchlast (logical) stretches last staff if underfull.
	+ writehistory (logical) writes notes, history etc if true;
	+ continueall (logical) continue all lines if true (same as -c).
	+ breakall (logical) break at all line ends (same as -b).
	+ oneperpage (logical) each tune on separate page (same as -1)
	+ withxrefs (logical) print out X: xref number in title (same as -x).
	+
	+Logicals can be specified as follows;
	+ One of: 1 yes true gives true
	+ One of: 0 no false gives false.
	+If nothing is specified, this is equivalent to true.
	+
	+
	+----- Summary of tune layout -----
	+
	+To summarize: the layout of a tune is done as follows.
	+Starting from the current position on the page,
	+
	+ First write the header:
	+ go down by topspace, write text if any is specified;
	+ go down by titlespace, write the main title;
	+ for each subtitle, go down subtitlespace and write it;
	+ go down composerspace, write the composer lines;
	+ go down musicspace and go up by partsspace, write the parts.
	+
	+ Next, starting from musicspace below the composer:
	+ For each staff:
	+ go down by staffsep/2;
	+ write the staff;
	+ for vocals, go down by vocalspace and write them;
	+ go down another staffsep/2.
	+ Note that everything here (including the spaces and fonts)
	+ are scaled by "scale".
	+
	+ Finally:
	+ if words are included, go down wordsspace and write them;
	+ if history/notes are included, go down textspace and write them.
	+ Hereby lineskip and parskip given by "lineskipfac" and "parskipfac".
	diff --git a/ReadMe.abc2ps b/ReadMe.abc2ps
	@@ -0,0 +1,778 @@
	+
	+
	+Description of abc2ps (version 1.2)
	+===================================
	+
	+Program abc2ps reads an input file containing music in abc format
	+and typesets it directly in PostScript. It can also be used to list
	+the contents of an abc file.
	+
	+For a description of the abc syntax, please see the abc userguide
	+which is a part of the abc2mtex package written by Chris Walshaw.
	+
	+
	+----- Files -----
	+
	+ReadMe.abc2ps this file
	+License GNU general public license
	+Changes history of changes to the program
	+New.Features description of new features in 1.2.5
	+layout.txt information about the music layout
	+abc2ps.c main program
	+buffer.h routines to control the output buffer
	+format.h routines for output formatting
	+syms.h routines to define postscript macros
	+subs.h general routines
	+util.h more general routines
	+pssubs.h routines for postscript output
	+parse.h routines to parse input lines
	+music.h routines to typeset music
	+style.h parameters for music layout
	+style.pure alternative style file for "puristic" layout
	+sample.abc input for demo and test
	+<others>.abc sample input files
	+
	+
	+----- Installation -----
	+
	+This is a single C program, consisting of file abc2ps.c and some
	+include files *.h. It can be compiled in the usual way to make
	+the executable abc2ps:
	+
	+ cc -o abc2ps abc2ps.c
	+
	+To test the program, unleash it on file sample.abc like this:
	+
	+ ./abc2ps sample -o
	+
	+The result can be inspected by using a PostScript previewer such as
	+ghostview on the output file Out.ps.
	+
	+
	+Possible problems:
	+
	+By default, the generated PostScript is level 2 since it uses
	+the operator "selectfont". If you want level 1 output instead, set
	+macro PS_LEVEL to 1 in abc2ps.c.
	+
	+Sometimes problems arise with the "stat" function. This used at the
	+end of the program to determine the size of the output file.
	+The call to 'stat' is in routine get_file_size in file subs.h.
	+This file also contains an alternative plodding version of
	+get_file_size, which can be used if the 'stat' version causes problems.
	+Alternatively, just throw out the call to get_file_size in the bottom
	+of abc2ps.c and change the printf statement accordingly... printing
	+out the file size is only for user information.
	+
	+
	+----- Program structure -----
	+
	+The program defines a number of PostScript macros for drawing
	+elementary components like note heads, stems, flags, bars,
	+rests etc. These definitions are written to the output
	+file Out.ps first. The symbols are mostly defined using Bezier
	+curves. At some stage, the macros should probably be changed
	+to user paths for more efficiency.
	+
	+The input lines are read and interpreted one at a time.
	+The processing of the info fields is straightforward.
	+
	+The main work is done for lines of music. Such a line is parsed
	+into a list of symbols. To position the symbols horizontally along
	+the staff, the program uses a method adapted from the "glue" used
	+Donald E. Knuth in the TeX program. The algorithm calculates
	+three separate sets of spacings:
	+
	+ "shrink": put the symbols as close together as is acceptable;
	+ "space": space the symbols "naturally", whereby the space
	+ behind a note reflects its length;
	+ "stretch": make a similar but stretched layout which still looks good.
	+
	+To fill the staff, the spacings are interpolated between the "shrink"
	+and "space" cases (if the sum of the natural spacings is larger than
	+the staff length) or between the "space" and "stretch" cases (if the
	+sum of the natural spacings is too short).
	+
	+After the positions of all symbols are decided, lines are written to
	+Out.ps to invoke the previously defined PostScript macros with
	+suitable parameters.
	+
	+File "layout.txt" gives information on the positioning and how to
	+modify the layout.
	+
	+
	+----- Page breaking -----
	+
	+Page breaking: version 1.2 avoids splitting a tune over pages
	+as much as possible. For each tune, the program checks whether
	+the remaining space on the page is large enough to fit it in.
	+If not, a page break is put in before the tune.
	+
	+To do this, the Postscript output is accumulated in a buffer first.
	+For really large tunes, the buffer might overflow. In that case,
	+the output is just written out without attempting to place the
	+page breaks cleverly.
	+
	+
	+----- Line breaking -----
	+
	+The best output is usually obtained if the staff breaks are
	+chosen explicitly by suitable line breaks in the input file.
	+In this standard usage, the program tries to set the music as well
	+as possible for each line separately. The symbols '' and '*' at
	+the end of a line are ignored, as well as the field 'E:' for
	+the elementary length.
	+
	+However, if a line is too long to fit onto one staff, the overhang
	+is spilled onto the next staff in this version. This makes it possible
	+to get reasonable output even when the input is one long logical line.
	+In practice, this is equivalent to automatic line breaking.
	+
	+To control line breaking, the following flags are available:
	+
	+ -b break at all line ends, even if they end with the
	+ continuation symbol '\'.
	+
	+ -c consider the input as one long line, ie., implicitly append
	+ the continuation symbol '\' to every line of music.
	+
	+ -B n try to typeset with n bars on each line.
	+
	+ -a x set the maximal amount of permitted shrinking to x,
	+ where x lies between 0 and 1.
	+
	+If none of these is specified, the standard line-by-line procedure
	+is followed, ie:
	+
	+ abc2ps infile -o
	+
	+For completely automatic line breaking, use the command
	+
	+ abc2ps infile -c -o
	+
	+This should produce reasonable staff breaks in most cases. However,
	+repeat bars, 1st and 2nd endings, and slurs might not be positioned
	+very nicely.
	+
	+When doing automatic line breaking with -c, the user can control the
	+spacing of the symbols along the staff by specifying the "compression
	+parameter" alfa with the -a flag. A value of 0.0 means that no
	+shrinking is allowed, and a value of 1.0 allows shrinking until
	+the symbols are almost touching. When -c is used, by default alfa
	+is set to an intermediate value (displayed with 'abc2ps -c -h').
	+When -c is not used, maximal shrinking and stretching are allowed.
	+
	+Thus, to really squeeze everything as much as possible, that is,
	+to get automatic line breaking together with maximal shrinking, use
	+
	+ abc2ps infile -c -o -a1
	+
	+For more stretched output, use (for example)
	+
	+ abc2ps infile -c -o -a 0.2
	+
	+
	+The flag "-B n" formats with n bars on each line. This is useful
	+e.g. to try various spacings before deciding on how to set the
	+linebreaks explicitly in the file.
	+
	+There is not complete agreement on what output should be generated
	+when a staff is underfull, which happens when maximal stretching
	+is not sufficient to fill the staff. The behaviour can be determined
	+by the following macros in abc2ps.c:
	+
	+STRETCH_MODE: allowed values are
	+ 0 music for undefull staves is bunched to the left.
	+ 1 music for underfull staves is left-bunched for the last staff only.
	+ 2 underfull staves are spread over the whole staff.
	+
	+STRETCH_STAFF: allowed values are
	+ 0 when music is bunched to the left, the staff is also shortened.
	+ 1 staff lines are always drawn all the way across the page.
	+
	+
	+Abc2ps 1.2 tries to take care of slurs and 1st & 2nd endings at the
	+line breaks. But in general, a tune will look a substantially better
	+when the breaks are chosen by hand.
	+
	+
	+----- General usage -----
	+
	+Basically, the usage is:
	+
	+ abc2ps file1 file2..
	+
	+where file1, file2.. are the abc input files. This will list
	+the file contents. To generate Postscript output, add flag -o:
	+
	+ abc2ps file1 file2.. -o
	+
	+Note that most flags (see below) can be used in any sequence.
	+Of course, the position does matter for flags e,f,C,S,R,T since
	+these determine how the following arguments are interpreted.
	+
	+Flags can be contracted together if the meaning is clear,
	+and a numerical argument for the last flag can be appended.
	+That is, '-b -s 0.7 -v 1' can be contracted to '-bs0.7 -v1'.
	+
	+
	+----- Tune selection -----
	+
	+To select specific tunes from the files, use
	+
	+ abc2ps file1 file2.. -e selector1 selector2 ...
	+
	+where each selector is a set of xref numbers or a pattern. Without -o,
	+this will list only the selected tunes found in the files. With -o,
	+output is generated only for the selected tunes.
	+
	+Examples:
	+
	+To list all the tunes in a file, say book1 or book1.abc (whichever exists):
	+ abc2ps book1
	+
	+To list selected tunes:
	+
	+ abc2ps book1 -e 1-3 5,20- 'House*' Hall
	+
	+This selects xref numbers 1 to 3, 5, and 20 and above,
	+as well as those tunes whose title either starts with "House" or
	+contains the string "Hall". A pattern without wildcards such
	+as 'Hall' is treated as 'Hall'
	+
	+Optionally, the search can be done on other fields using these flags
	+in place of -e:
	+ flag -R seaches the rhythm field
	+ flag -C searches the composer field
	+ flag -S searches the source field.
	+ flag -T seaches the title field (default)
	+
	+Thus
	+ abc2ps book1 -C "John"
	+
	+selects all tunes whose composer string contains "John".
	+If the -C flag is used, the composer field is also displayed when
	+the file are listed. The same goes for the flags -R and -S.
	+
	+Flag -A selects all tunes, overriding other selectors.
	+
	+
	+----- Selection on multiple input files -----
	+
	+To filter several files with the same set of selectors, the format is:
	+
	+ abc2ps file1 file2 -e selectors...
	+
	+To use a different set of selectors for the separate files,
	+use a command such as
	+
	+ abc2ps file1 -e 1-3 -f file2 file3 -R Jig
	+
	+This will select tunes 1-3 from file1 and the tunes with 'Jig' in the
	+rhythm field from file2 and file3. More precisely, flag -f indicates
	+that the following arguments (up to the next -e flag) are file names.
	+Each set of selectors is applied to the files preceeding it.
	+As before, the flags -C -S -R can be used in place of -e to change
	+the searched field.
	+
	+For convenience, there are two conventions:
	+
	+ 1. An argument with the extension .abc is always assumed to be a
	+ file name, and is treated as if it were preceeded by the flag -f.
	+
	+ 2. An argument which is obviously a set of xref numbers is assumed
	+ to be a selector, and is treated as if it were preceeded by the
	+ flag -e.
	+
	+For example, these three commands all select tunes 1-3 from A.abc
	+and tunes 5-7 from B.abc:
	+
	+ abc2ps A.abc -e 1-3 -f B.abc -e 5-7
	+
	+ abc2ps A.abc -e 1-3 B.abc -e 5-7
	+
	+ abc2ps A.abc 1-3 B.abc 5-7
	+
	+On the other hand, this will NOT work in the expected way:
	+
	+ abc2ps A 1-3 B 5-7 -o
	+
	+because the program has no way of knowing that B is an input
	+file name and not a pattern selector.
	+
	+For complicated selections on multiple input files, it might be
	+better to run the program interactively (see below).
	+
	+
	+----- Making Postscript output -----
	+
	+By adding flag '-o', the selected tunes are typeset and written
	+to the output file. To typeset all tunes in file "book1.abc":
	+
	+ abc2ps book1 -o
	+
	+To typeset selected tunes, use a command such as
	+
	+ abc2ps book1 -e 1-3 5,20- 'House*' Hall -o
	+
	+The idea is to vary the numbers and/or patterns until the desired
	+titles are listed, then add -o to the argument list to make the
	+output file.
	+
	+By default, all selected tunes are written into the same file,
	+with suitable page breaks added. By using the flag -E, EPSF output
	+is made. Each tune is then put into a separate file with a correct
	+bounding box and no page breaks.
	+
	+Flag -O determines where the output goes. The argument to -O can be
	+either a file name or the '=' sign. The latter case tells abc2ps
	+to choose the name by itself.
	+
	+For the PS and EPS modes, the output file names are:
	+
	+PS mode:
	+ default Out.ps
	+ -O NAME NAME.ps
	+ -O = Output for "foo.abc" is written to "foo.ps"
	+
	+EPSF:
	+ default Outnnn.eps, where nnn is a running index
	+ -O NAME NAMEnnn.eps
	+ -O = Outfile name is <tune_title>.eps
	+
	+Note: an output file is overwritten if it already exists.
	+This will happen if two tunes have the same name and flag "-O ="
	+is used for EPSF output.
	+
	+
	+----- Modifying the output -----
	+
	+These flags change the output appearance:
	+
	+ -x includes the xref numbers in the tune title.
	+
	+ -1 writes every tune on a separate page.
	+
	+ -n includes historical notes and other stuff at the bottom
	+ of each tune.
	+
	+ -p generates pretty output, with more whitespace between tunes,
	+ larger fonts for titles, and larger music symbols. By default,
	+ the layout squeezes the tunes to reduce the number of pages.
	+
	+ -s xxx scales the music output by factor xxx.
	+
	+ -w www sets the width of the staff to www points.
	+
	+ -m mmm sets the left margin to mmm points.
	+
	+ -g shrink\|space\|stretch\|fill sets the "glue mode".
	+ The default mode is fill, which fills the staff.
	+ This flag is useful when changing the layout parameters,
	+ to see what effect the changes have for each mode separately.
	+
	+ -B n format with n bars on every staff
	+
	+ -b forces a staff break at the end of each line, even if
	+ the line has the continuation symbol \ at the end.
	+
	+ -c append the continuation symbol to all music lines,
	+ which amounts to automatic line breaking.
	+
	+ -a x set the maximal allowed shrinkage to x, where x lies
	+ between 0.0 and 1.0
	+
	+
	+----- On-line help -----
	+
	+Flags for on-line help:
	+
	+ -h quick help, equivalent to "abc2ps" without any arguments.
	+ This also shows the default settings for some parameters.
	+
	+ -v n sets the verbosity for output to the screen to n.
	+ Hereby -v0 gives very little, -v1,v2,v3.. show successively
	+ more information. Verbosity >= 10 is for debugging.
	+
	+ -V shows the version number.
	+
	+
	+----- Interactive mode -----
	+
	+If the command list contains the flag -i, abc2ps runs in
	+interactive mode. This makes it possible to build up an output
	+file piece by piece. The disadvantage is that you have to start
	+over if you make a mistake.
	+
	+Interactive mode is started with
	+
	+ abc2ps -i
	+
	+The program then prompts for input with the line
	+
	+ select tunes:
	+
	+The response should be a row of arguments, which are treated
	+in exactly the same way as in the non-interactive mode.
	+The only difference is that the input is not first run through
	+the shell, so that wildcards are not expanded and quotes are
	+not removed. Consequently Jig* should be used instead of 'Jig*' etc.
	+when specifying strings for selection, and filenames must be written
	+out in full.
	+
	+To exit from interactive mode, enter 'q', 'quit' or an empty input.
	+
	+For example, a "session" could look like this:
	+
	+ abc2ps -i start abc2ps interactively
	+ book1 list tunes in book1.abc
	+ book1 -e 1-10 list tunes with xrefs 1-10 in book1
	+ book1 -e 1-10 -o write these to Out.ps
	+ book2 list tunes in book2.abc
	+ book2 -e House -o write tunes with 'House' in the title
	+ quit exit abc2ps
	+
	+
	+To make things easier, there are three special characters:
	+ ? shows the last input used;
	+ ! at the start of line is substituted by the last files used;
	+ * at the start of line is substituted by the last input.
	+
	+This means that the same effect as above can be obtained in
	+shorter form like this:
	+
	+ abc2ps -i start abc2ps interactively
	+ book1 list tunes
	+ ! 1-10 equivalent to 'book1 1-10'
	+ * -o equivalent to 'book1 1-10 -o'
	+ book2 list tunes in book2.abc
	+ ! -e House -o equivalent to 'book2 -e House -o'
	+ q exit abc2ps
	+
	+Note that the -e flag is not needed in the line '* 1-10'
	+because it is clear that '1-10' is a selector (see above).
	+
	+
	+Another point is that if additional flags are used when starting
	+interactively, these function as defaults for the interactive mode.
	+For example, by starting the program with
	+
	+ abc2ps -io
	+
	+all selected tunes are immediately written to the output file.
	+The program usage is then very similar to that of abc2mtex. Of course,
	+it is not possible to list the file contents (to help choose among
	+the titles) when using the program in this way.
	+
	+In interactive mode, flags -O -E can be used as before to redirect
	+the output. When switching to another output file, the previous
	+file is closed. Switching back to the same file later will overwrite
	+the file.
	+
	+
	+----- Examples -----
	+
	+These examples assume that wildcards '*' in the argument list
	+are automatically expanded out by the operating system, as
	+happens e.g. under the C shell under Unix. If not, the input files
	+should be specified explicitly, that is:
	+ abc2ps x1.abc x2.abc x3.abc instead of abc2ps x*.abc
	+
	+To list the contents of file 'mytunes.abc':
	+
	+ abc mytunes.abc
	+
	+To typeset all tunes in 'mytunes.abc':
	+
	+ abc mytunes.abc -o
	+
	+To typeset all tunes, choosing all line breaks automatically:
	+
	+ abc mytunes.abc -o -c
	+
	+To do the same, but squeeze notes together more:
	+
	+ abc mytunes.abc -o -c -a0.9
	+
	+To list the contents of all abc files in the current directory:
	+
	+ abc2ps *.abc
	+
	+To search all abc files for tunes containing 'House' in the title:
	+
	+ abc2ps *.abc -e House
	+
	+To list the contents of all abc files, showing the Rhythm field also:
	+
	+ abc2ps *.abc -R
	+
	+To search all abc files for tunes with rhythm 'jig' or 'Jig':
	+
	+ abc2ps *.abc -R jig Jig
	+
	+To do the same while avoiding cases like 'slip jig':
	+
	+ abc2ps .abc -R 'jig' 'Jig*'
	+
	+To output all tunes by composer 'Carolan' in all abc files:
	+
	+ abc2ps *.abc -C Carolan -o
	+
	+To output tunes 1 to 10 in A.abc and 11-20 in B.abc:
	+
	+ abc2ps A -e 1-10 -f B -e 11-20 -o
	+or
	+ abc2ps A.abc 1-10 B.abc 11-20 -o
	+or
	+ abc2ps A 1-10 B.abc 11-20 -o
	+
	+To output all tunes with the string 'House' in the title or with
	+xref numbers 10-12, in all abc files whose name starts with X,
	+including historical notes and xref numbers in the output,
	+forcing a line break at continuation lines, with reduced size
	+of the symbols, putting one tune per page:
	+
	+ abc2ps X*.abc -e House 10,11,12 -onx -s0.9 -b1
	+
	+
	+----- Differences to abc2mtex ------
	+
	+Essentially, all features described in the abc2mtex userguide
	+should work. The are a few exceptions:
	+
	+ - The slur denotation S was replaced by the syntax (...)
	+ (see below)
	+
	+ - Key signatures HP and Hp probably aren't treated
	+ in exactly the right way.
	+
	+ - There is no automatic beam checking.
	+
	+ - There is no way to automatically transpose music in this version.
	+
	+
	+----- Some extra features --- -----
	+
	+For examples, see file sample.abc.
	+
	+ - Codes for decorations: including the ones defined in the
	+ standard abc syntax, the following decorations are interpreted:
	+ . dot, staccato
	+ J slide
	+ M bar (M='em-phasis')
	+ H hold sign (fermata)
	+ ~ gracing
	+ R roll
	+ u up-bow
	+ v down-bow
	+
	+
	+ - Escape sequences: embedding a string between two backslashes
	+ in a music line delimits an escape sequence. In the present version,
	+ these are treated as information fields. This makes it easy to
	+ change key, meter, or default length within a line (see sample.abc).
	+
	+
	+ - N-tuplets: abc2ps can handle general n-tuplet cases using the syntax
	+
	+ (p:q:r abcd ..
	+
	+ This means "put p notes into the time of q for the next r notes."
	+ If q is not given, it defaults as described in the abc2mtex
	+ user guide. If r is not given, it defaults to p. For example:
	+
	+ (3::2 = (3:2:2 ; (3 = (3:2:3
	+
	+ The number written over the n-plet is p. This generalized
	+ syntax is compatible with the older usage. Actually, q is not used
	+ at all here; it is only relevant for programs which play the music.
	+
	+
	+ - Chords: The program accepts the +...+ notation, but it seems more
	+ intuitive to use some kind of brackets to group together the notes
	+ which make a chord. This program will accept square brackets:
	+
	+ [ace][adf]
	+
	+ in place of the +..+ syntax.
	+ The abc notation formally permits notes with different durations
	+ on the same stem: [a/bc2] and so on. This program assigns all
	+ notes in a chord the duration of the first note in the bracket.
	+
	+ A chord with two identical notes makes a union (one head
	+ with stems going both up and down), eg: [AA].
	+
	+
	+ - Slurs and ties: in place of the syntax "SabcSd" for a slur
	+ over notes abcd, this program uses the notation
	+
	+ (abcd)
	+
	+ for a slur over the notes abcd. It permits cases such as
	+
	+ (ab(cd)) and ((ab)cd) and (a(bc)d)
	+
	+ and similar slurs-below-slurs. To connect three or four notes
	+ by ties (e.g., for a note held over several bars) use
	+
	+ (a(b)c) or by ties a-b-c
	+
	+ The rule is that any note alone within brackets like (b)
	+ terminates a previous slur and at the same time starts a new one.
	+
	+ Note that the slur syntax (..) does not interfere with the (3abc
	+ style for n-tuplets. If a bracket '(' is followed by a digit k,
	+ it is interpreted as the start of a k-tuplet, otherwise it is the
	+ start of a slur. For example, a slur is put over the last two
	+ triplets in this line: (3abc ((3cde) ((3efg).
	+
	+ An unbalanced parenthesis ')' or '(' indicates the continuation
	+ of a slur on a neighboring line. This is needed (for example)
	+ in order to make automatic line breaking possible. It will also
	+ lead to unexpected strange-looking additional slurs if the input
	+ file contains the wrong syntax (3abc) instead of (3abc for triplets.
	+
	+
	+ - Bars: The following symbols denote fat double bars
	+ at the start or end of a piece (without repeat dots).
	+ Namely: [\| for thick-thin, \|] for thin-thick.
	+
	+ For better results when using automatic line breaking, the program
	+ will split up some types of bars when these are at the end of a line,
	+ for example:
	+ :: becomes :\| together with \|: on the next line
	+ \|: becomes \| together with \|: on the next line
	+ :\|2 becomes :\| together with [2 on the next line etc.
	+
	+
	+ - Field E: this field can be used to set some parameters from
	+ within the file:
	+
	+ shrink set glue mode to compress
	+ space set to natural glue widths
	+ stretch stretched glue mode
	+ fill normal mode to fill staffs
	+ break ignore continuations
	+ xref write xref numbers to output
	+ one write one tune per page.
	+ newpage start new page for next tune
	+ lw ppp set local staff width to ppp points.
	+
	+ For example, to output a single tune in a narrower format,
	+ put 'E:lw 400' into the header of this tune. If this is put
	+ after the header but within the tune body, only the music is set
	+ with a different width and the title is written as before.
	+
	+
	+----- Customization -----
	+
	+1. First of all, the horizontal layout of the notes can be changed
	+extensively. This is described in 'layout.txt'.
	+
	+2. Then there are a number of macros in the main program abc2ps.c
	+which determine the page layout, ie:
	+
	+ PAGEHEIGHT height of paper
	+ PAGEWIDTH width of paper
	+
	+The following block determines the layout in the "pretty" mode (-p).
	+The numbers are various font sizes, skips between tunes etc.,
	+the seperation between staffs, and page margins. A similar
	+block (MAINTITLE2 ...) defines the normal, more compact mode.
	+
	+ MAINTITLE1 18
	+ SUBTITLE1 15
	+ SUBSUBTITLE1 12
	+ ASKIP1 0.6 * CM
	+ BSKIP1 0.6 * CM
	+ CSKIP1 1.2 * CM
	+ DSKIP1 0.5 * CM
	+ TOP_SEP1 25
	+ BOT_SEP1 25
	+ LSCALE1 0.8
	+ LMARGIN1 1.5 * CM
	+ RMARGIN1 2.0 * CM
	+ TMARGIN1 2.0 * CM
	+ BMARGIN1 1.0 * CM
	+
	+For example, the default staff width is calculated from these
	+parameters as PAGEWIDTH-LMARGIN-RMARGIN. The flags -w and -m change
	+this width and the left margin, respectively.
	+
	+
	+3. The behavior for underfull lines can be chosen (see "Line breaks").
	+ Also consider these two parameters:
	+
	+ ALFA_C default compression when using the -c flag.
	+ BETA_X maximal expansion allowed before considering a staff
	+ underfull.
	+
	+Thus, setting BETA_X to 100.0 lets lines be stretched to any
	+arbitrary amount quietly.
	+
	+
	+4. Parameters which influence the musical symbols (all dimensions
	+are in pt, relative to a fundamental spacing between staff lines of 6pt):
	+
	+ DECO_IS_ROLL How gracings ~ are interpreted. For 0, draws a trill sign.
	+ For 1, draws a roll sign (cap) over the note.
	+ LSCALE0 Overall scale factor. The "internal" height for the
	+ staff is 24 pt, that is, 6 pt between the lines. This
	+ is rather big, so LSCALE0 scales the size down.
	+ BASEWIDTH Width of lines within music (bars, stems etc).
	+ SLURWIDTH Width of Bezier curves when drawing slurs.
	+ STEM_YOFF Offset of stem from note head center, y direction
	+ STEM_XOFF Offset of stem from note head center, x direction
	+ STEM Standard stem length for single notes.
	+ STEM_MIN Minimal stem length when drawing beams.
	+ STEM_CH Standard stem length for chords.
	+ STEM_CH_MIN Minimal stem length for chords under beams.
	+ BEAM_DEPTH Width of the horizontal stroke for beams.
	+ BEAM_SHIFT How far the second, third beams are shifted up or down.
	+ BEAM_FLATFAC Long beams are drawn with slope reduced by this factor.
	+ BEAM_THRESH If the slope of a beam lies below this threshold,
	+ it is drawn with slope zero.
	+ MAX_SLOPE Upper limit for the slope of a beam.
	+ DOTSHIFT Extra shift, to avoid putting the dot into the flag
	+ on some notes.
	+ GSTEM Grace note stem length.
	+ GSTEM_XOFF Offset of grace note stem to head center.
	+ GSPACE0 Space between grace note and main note.
	+ GSPACE Space between grace notes.
	+
	+
	+
	+----- Summary of differences to version 1.1 -----
	+
	+ - better page breaking
	+
	+ - automatic line breaking possible
	+
	+ - EPSF output possible
	+
	+ - Slurs improved; slurs to previous/next staff allowed.
	+
	+ - New decorations: fermata, bar, up/down bow, roll sign, slide
	+
	+ - unions as [aa]
	+
	+ - thick-thin and thin-thick bars now [\| and \|]
	+
	+ - normal or pretty output, depending on flag -p
	+
	+ - horizontal beams positioned more cleverly
	+
	+ - n-plets can contain rests, eg. (3zab or (3azb;
	+ uses brackets if the notes are not all on one beam.
	+
	+ - general n-plet syntax (p:q:r added
	+
	+
	+---- Feedback -------
	+
	+Any suggestions for improvement or bug reports are welcome.
	+
	+Michael Methfessel ([email protected]), June 1996.
	+
	+
	+
	diff --git a/abc2ps.c b/abc2ps.c
	@@ -0,0 +1,753 @@
	+/*
	+ * abc2ps: a program to typeset tunes written in abc format using PostScript
	+ * Copyright (C) 1996,1997,1998 Michael Methfessel
	+ *
	+ * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
	+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
	+ * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
	+ * (at your option) any later version.
	+ *
	+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
	+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
	+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
	+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
	+ *
	+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
	+ * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
	+ * Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
	+ *
	+ * The author can be contacted as follows:
	+ *
	+ * Michael Methfessel
	+ * [email protected]
	+ * Institute for Semiconductor Physics, PO Box 409,
	+ * D-15204 Frankfurt (Oder), Germany
	+ */
	+
	+/* Main program abc2ps.c */
	+
	+#include <stdio.h>
	+#include <math.h>
	+#include <time.h>
	+#include <string.h>
	+
	+/* -------------- general macros ------------- */
	+
	+#define VERSION "1.3" /* version */
	+#define REVISION "3" /* revison */
	+#define VDATE "Mar 17 1999" /* version date */
	+#define VERBOSE0 2 /* default verbosity */
	+#define DEBUG_LV 0 /* debug output level */
	+#define OUTPUTFILE "Out.ps" /* standard output file */
	+#define INDEXFILE "Ind.ps" /* output file for index */
	+#define PS_LEVEL 2 /* PS laguage level: must be 1 or 2 */
	+
	+/* default directory to search for format files */
	+#define DEFAULT_FDIR ""
	+
	+
	+#define PAGEHEIGHT 29.7 /* basic page dimensions in cm .. */
	+#define LEFTMARGIN 1.8 /* .. used in all default formats */
	+#define STAFFWIDTH 17.4
	+
	+
	+/* ----- macros controlling music typesetting ----- */
	+
	+#define BASEWIDTH 0.8 /* width for lines drawn within music */
	+#define SLURWIDTH 0.8 /* width for lines for slurs */
	+#define STEM_YOFF 1.0 /* offset stem from note center */
	+#define STEM_XOFF 3.5
	+#define STEM 20 /* standard stem length */
	+#define STEM_MIN 16 /* min stem length under beams */
	+#define STEM_MIN2 12 /* ... for notes with two beams */
	+#define STEM_MIN3 10 /* ... for notes with three beams */
	+#define STEM_MIN4 10 /* ... for notes with four beams */
	+#define STEM_CH 16 /* standard stem length for chord */
	+#define STEM_CH_MIN 12 /* min stem length for chords under beams */
	+#define STEM_CH_MIN2 8 /* ... for notes with two beams */
	+#define STEM_CH_MIN3 7 /* ... for notes with three beams */
	+#define STEM_CH_MIN4 7 /* ... for notes with four beams */
	+#define BEAM_DEPTH 2.6 /* width of a beam stroke */
	+#define BEAM_OFFSET 0.25 /* pos of flat beam relative to staff line */
	+#define BEAM_SHIFT 5.3 /* shift of second and third beams */
	+/* To align the 4th beam as the 1st: shift=6-(depth-2offset)/3 /
	+#define BEAM_FLATFAC 0.6 /* factor to decrease slope of long beams */
	+#define BEAM_THRESH 0.06 /* flat beam if slope below this threshold */
	+#define BEAM_SLOPE 0.5 /* max slope of a beam */
	+#define BEAM_STUB 6.0 /* length of stub for flag under beam */
	+#define SLUR_SLOPE 1.0 /* max slope of a slur */
	+#define DOTSHIFT 5 /* shift dot when up flag on note */
	+#define GSTEM 10.0 /* grace note stem length */
	+#define GSTEM_XOFF 2.0 /* x offset for grace note stem */
	+#define GSPACE0 10.0 /* space from grace note to big note */
	+#define GSPACE 7.0 /* space between grace notes */
	+#define DECO_IS_ROLL 0 /* ~ makes roll if 1, otherwise twiddle */
	+#define WIDTH_MIN 1.0 /* minimal left,right width for xp list */
	+#define RANFAC 0.05 /* max random shift = RANFAC * spacing */
	+#define RANCUT 1.50 /* cutoff for random shift */
	+#define BNUMHT 32.0 /* height for bar numbers */
	+
	+#define BETA_C 0.1 /* max expansion for flag -c */
	+#define ALFA_X 1.0 /* max compression before complaining */
	+#define BETA_X 1.2 /* max expansion before complaining */
	+
	+#define VOCPRE 0.4 /* portion of vocals word before note */
	+#define GCHPRE 0.4 /* portion of guitar chord before note */
	+
	+#define DEFVOICE "1" /* default name for first voice */
	+
	+
	+/* ----- macros for program internals ----- */
	+
	+#define CM 28.35 /* factor to transform cm to pt */
	+#define PT 1.00 /* factor to transform pt to pt */
	+#define IN 72.00 /* factor to transform inch to pt */
	+
	+#define STRL 301 /* string length in info fields */
	+#define STRL1 101 /* string length for file names */
	+#define MAXSYMST 11 /* max symbols in start piece */
	+#define MAXHD 10 /* max heads on one stem */
	+#define NTEXT 100 /* max history lines for output */
	+#define MAXINF 100 /* max number of input files */
	+#define BSIZE 4001 /* buffer size for one input string */
	+#define BUFFSZ 40000 /* size of output buffer */
	+#define BUFFSZ1 3000 /* buffer reserved for one staff */
	+#define BUFFLN 100 /* max number of lines in output buffer */
	+#define NWPOOL 4000 /* char pool for vocals */
	+#define NWLINE 5 /* max number of vocal lines per staff */
	+
	+#define BASE 192 /* base for durations */
	+#define WHOLE 192 /* whole note */
	+#define HALF 96 /* half note */
	+#define QUARTER 48 /* quarter note */
	+#define EIGHTH 24 /* 1/8 note */
	+#define SIXTEENTH 12 /* 1/16 note */
	+#define THIRTYSECOND 6 /* 1/32 note */
	+#define SIXTYFOURTH 3 /* 1/64 note */
	+
	+#define COMMENT 1 /* types of lines scanned */
	+#define MUSIC 2
	+#define E_O_F 4
	+#define INFO 5
	+#define TITLE 6
	+#define METER 7
	+#define PARTS 8
	+#define KEY 9
	+#define XREF 10
	+#define DLEN 11
	+#define HISTORY 12
	+#define BLANK 13
	+#define WORDS 14
	+#define MWORDS 15
	+#define PSCOMMENT 16
	+#define TEMPO 17
	+#define VOICE 18
	+
	+#define INVISIBLE 1 /* valid symbol types */
	+#define NOTE 2
	+#define REST 3
	+#define BAR 4
	+#define CLEF 5
	+#define TIMESIG 6
	+#define KEYSIG 7
	+#define GCHORD 8
	+
	+#define SPACE 101 /* additional parsable things */
	+#define E_O_L 102
	+#define ESCSEQ 103
	+#define CONTINUE 104
	+#define NEWLINE 105
	+#define DUMMY 106
	+
	+
	+#define B_SNGL 1 /* codes for different types of bars */
	+#define B_DBL 2 /* \|\| thin double bar */
	+#define B_LREP 3 /* \|: left repeat bar */
	+#define B_RREP 4 /* :\| right repeat bar */
	+#define B_DREP 5 /* :: double repeat bar */
	+#define B_FAT1 6 /* [\| thick at section start */
	+#define B_FAT2 7 /* \|] thick at section end */
	+#define B_INVIS 8 /* invisible; for endings without bars */
	+
	+#define A_SH 1 /* codes for accidentals */
	+#define A_NT 2
	+#define A_FT 3
	+#define A_DS 4
	+#define A_DF 5
	+
	+
	+#define D_GRACE 1 /* codes for decoration */
	+#define D_STACC 2
	+#define D_SLIDE 3
	+#define D_EMBAR 4
	+#define D_HOLD 5
	+#define D_UPBOW 6
	+#define D_DOWNBOW 7
	+#define D_ROLL 8
	+#define D_TRILL 9
	+#define D_HAT 10
	+#define D_ATT 11
	+
	+#define H_FULL 1 /* types of heads */
	+#define H_EMPTY 2
	+#define H_OVAL 3
	+
	+#define TREBLE 1 /* types of clefs */
	+#define BASS 2
	+#define ALTO 3
	+
	+#define G_FILL 1 /* modes for glue */
	+#define G_SHRINK 2
	+#define G_SPACE 3
	+#define G_STRETCH 4
	+
	+#define S_TITLE 1 /* where to do pattern matching */
	+#define S_RHYTHM 2
	+#define S_COMPOSER 3
	+#define S_SOURCE 4
	+
	+#define TEXT_H 1 /* type of a text line */
	+#define TEXT_W 2
	+#define TEXT_Z 3
	+#define TEXT_N 4
	+#define TEXT_D 5
	+
	+#define DO_INDEX 1 /* what program does */
	+#define DO_OUTPUT 2
	+
	+#define SWFAC 0.50 /* factor to estimate width of string */
	+
	+#define DB_SW 0 /* debug switch */
	+
	+#define MAXFORMATS 10 /* max number of defined page formats */
	+#define STRLFMT 81 /* string length in FORMAT struct */
	+
	+
	+#define MAXNTEXT 400 /* for text output */
	+#define MAXWLEN 51
	+#define ALIGN 1
	+#define RAGGED 2
	+#define OBEYLINES 3
	+#define OBEYCENTER 4
	+#define SKIP 5
	+
	+#define E_CLOSED 1
	+#define E_OPEN 2
	+
	+
	+
	+/* ----- global variables ------- */
	+
	+int db=DEBUG_LV; /* debug control */
	+
	+int maxSyms,maxVc; /* for malloc */
	+
	+
	+#define NCOMP 5 /* max number of composer lines */
	+
	+struct ISTRUCT { /* information fields */
	+ char area [STRL];
	+ char book [STRL];
	+ char comp [NCOMP][STRL];
	+ int ncomp;
	+ char disc [STRL];
	+ char eskip [STRL];
	+ char group [STRL];
	+ char hist [STRL];
	+ char info [STRL];
	+ char key [STRL];
	+ char len [STRL];
	+ char meter [STRL];
	+ char notes [STRL];
	+ char orig [STRL];
	+ char rhyth [STRL];
	+ char src [STRL];
	+ char title [STRL];
	+ char title2 [STRL];
	+ char title3 [STRL];
	+ char parts [STRL];
	+ char xref [STRL];
	+ char trans [STRL];
	+ char tempo [STRL];
	+} info,default_info;
	+
	+struct GRACE { /* describes grace notes */
	+ int n; /* number of grace notes */
	+ int p[30]; /* pitches */
	+ int a[30]; /* accidentals */
	+};
	+
	+struct DECO { /* describes decorations */
	+ int n; /* number of grace notes */
	+ float top; /* max height needed */
	+ int t[10]; /* type of deco */
	+};
	+
	+struct SYMBOL { /* struct for a drawable symbol */
	+ int type; /* type of symbol */
	+ int pits[MAXHD]; /* pitches for notes */
	+ int lens[MAXHD]; /* note lengths as multiple of BASE */
	+ int accs[MAXHD]; /* code for accidentals */
	+ int sl1 [MAXHD]; /* which slur start on this head */
	+ int sl2 [MAXHD]; /* which slur ends on this head */
	+ int ti1 [MAXHD]; /* flag to start tie here */
	+ int ti2 [MAXHD]; /* flag to end tie here */
	+ float shhd[MAXHD]; /* horizontal shift for heads */
	+ float shac[MAXHD]; /* horizontal shift for accidentals */
	+ int npitch; /* number of note heads */
	+ int len; /* basic note length */
	+ int fullmes; /* flag for full-measure rests */
	+ int word_st; /* 1 if word starts here */
	+ int word_end; /* 1 if word ends here */
	+ int slur_st; /* how many slurs starts here */
	+ int slur_end; /* how many slurs ends here */
	+ int yadd; /* shift for treble/bass etc clefs */
	+ float x,y; /* position */
	+ int ymn,ymx,yav; /* min,mav,avg note head height */
	+ float ylo,yhi; /* bounds for this object */
	+ float xmn,xmx; /* min,max h-pos of a head rel to top */
	+ int stem; /* 0,1,-1 for no stem, up, down */
	+ int flags; /* number of flags or bars */
	+ int dots; /* number of dots */
	+ int head; /* type of head */
	+ int eoln; /* flag for last symbol in line */
	+ struct GRACE gr; /* grace notes */
	+ struct DECO dc; /* grace notes */
	+ float xs,ys; /* position of stem end */
	+ int u,v,w,t,q; /* auxillary information */
	+ int invis; /* mark note as invisible */
	+ float wl,wr; /* left,right min width */
	+ float pl,pr; /* left,right preferred width */
	+ float xl,xr; /* left,right expanded width */
	+ int p_plet,q_plet,r_plet; /* data for n-plets */
	+ float gchy; /* height of guitar chord */
	+ char text[41]; /* for guitar chords etc. */
	+ char wordp[NWLINE]; / pointers to wpool for vocals */
	+ int p; /* pointer to entry in posit table */
	+ float time; /* time for symbol start */
	+} ;
	+
	+
	+char lvoiceid[233]; /* string from last V: line */
	+int nvoice,mvoice; /* number of voices defd, nonempty */
	+int ivc; /* current voice */
	+int ivc0; /* top nonempty voice */
	+
	+
	+struct XPOS { /* struct for a horizontal position */
	+ int type; /* type of symbols here */
	+ int next,prec; /* pointers for linked list */
	+ int eoln; /* flag for line break */
	+ int p; / pointers to associated syms */
	+ float time,dur; /* start time, duration */
	+ float wl,wr; /* right and left widths */
	+ float space,shrink,stretch; /* glue before this position */
	+ float tfac; /* factor to tune spacings */
	+ float x; /* final horizontal position */
	+};
	+
	+
	+int ixpfree; /* first free element in xp array */
	+
	+
	+struct METERSTR { /* data to specify the meter */
	+ int meter1,meter2;
	+ int mflag,lflag;
	+ int dlen;
	+ int insert;
	+ char top[31];
	+} default_meter;
	+
	+struct KEYSTR { /* data to specify the key */
	+ int ktype;
	+ int sf;
	+ int add_pitch;
	+ int root,root_acc;
	+ int add_transp,add_acc[7];
	+} default_key;
	+
	+
	+struct VCESPEC { /* struct to characterize a voice */
	+ char id[33]; /* identifier string, eg. a number */
	+ char name[81]; /* full name of this voice */
	+ char sname[81]; /* short name */
	+ struct METERSTR meter,meter0,meter1; /* meter */
	+ struct KEYSTR key,key0,key1; /* keysig */
	+ int stems; /* +1 or -1 to force stem direction */
	+ int staves,brace,bracket; /* for deco over several voices */
	+ int do_gch; /* 1 to output gchords for this voice */
	+ float sep; /* for space to next voice below */
	+ int nsym; /* number of symbols */
	+ int draw; /* flag if want to draw this voice */
	+ int select; /* flag if selected for output */
	+ int insert_btype,insert_num; /* to split bars over linebreaks */
	+ int insert_bnum; /* same for bar number */
	+ float insert_space; /* space to insert after init syms */
	+ int end_slur; /* for a-b slurs */
	+ char insert_text[81]; /* string over inserted barline */
	+};
	+
	+
	+ /* things to alloc: */
	+struct SYMBOL sym; / symbol list */
	+struct SYMBOL *symv; / symbols for voices */
	+struct XPOS xp; / shared horizontal positions */
	+struct VCESPEC voice; / characteristics of a voice */
	+struct SYMBOL *sym_st; / symbols a staff start */
	+int *nsym_st;
	+
	+
	+int halftones; /* number of halftones to transpose by */
	+
	+ /* style parameters: */
	+float f0p,f5p,f1p,f0x,f5x,f1x; /* mapping fct */
	+float lnnp,bnnp,fnnp,lnnx,bnnx,fnnx; /* note-note spacing */
	+float lbnp,bbnp,rbnp,lbnx,bbnx,rbnx; /* bar-note spacing */
	+float lnbp,bnbp,rnbp,lnbx,bnbx,rnbx; /* note-bar spacing */
	+
	+
	+char wpool[NWPOOL]; /* pool for vocal strings */
	+int nwpool,nwline; /* globals to handle wpool */
	+
	+struct SYMBOL zsym; /* symbol containing zeros */
	+
	+struct BEAM { /* packages info about one beam */
	+ int i1,i2;
	+ float a,b;
	+ float x,y,t;
	+ int stem;
	+};
	+
	+struct FONTSPEC {
	+ char name [STRLFMT];
	+ float size;
	+ int box;
	+};
	+
	+struct FORMAT { /* struct for page layout */
	+ char name [STRLFMT];
	+ float pageheight,staffwidth;
	+ float topmargin,botmargin,leftmargin;
	+ float topspace,wordsspace,titlespace,subtitlespace,partsspace;
	+ float composerspace,musicspace,vocalspace,textspace;
	+ float scale,maxshrink,lineskipfac,parskipfac,indent;
	+ float staffsep,sysstaffsep,systemsep;
	+ float strict1,strict2;
	+ int landscape,titleleft,continueall,breakall,writehistory;
	+ int stretchstaff,stretchlast,withxrefs,barsperstaff;
	+ int oneperpage,titlecaps,barnums;
	+ struct FONTSPEC titlefont,subtitlefont,vocalfont,textfont,tempofont;
	+ struct FONTSPEC composerfont,partsfont,gchordfont,wordsfont,voicefont;
	+ struct FONTSPEC barnumfont,barlabelfont,indexfont;
	+};
	+
	+struct FORMAT sfmt; /* format after initialization */
	+struct FORMAT dfmt; /* format at start of tune */
	+struct FORMAT cfmt; /* current format for output */
	+
	+char fontnames[50][STRLFMT]; /* list of needed fonts */
	+int nfontnames;
	+
	+char txt[MAXNTEXT][MAXWLEN]; /* for output of text */
	+int ntxt;
	+
	+char vcselstr[101]; /* string for voice selection */
	+char mbf[501]; /* mini-buffer for one line */
	+char buf[BUFFSZ]; /* output buffer.. should hold one tune */
	+int nbuf; /* number of bytes buffered */
	+float bposy; /* current position in buffered data */
	+int ln_num; /* number of lines in buffer */
	+float ln_pos[BUFFLN]; /* vertical positions of buffered lines */
	+int ln_buf[BUFFLN]; /* buffer location of buffered lines */
	+int use_buffer; /* 1 if lines are being accumulated */
	+
	+char text [NTEXT][STRL]; /* pool for history, words, etc. lines */
	+int text_type[NTEXT]; /* type of each text line */
	+int ntext; /* number of text lines */
	+char page_init[201]; /* initialization string after page break */
	+int do_mode; /* control whether to do index or output */
	+char escseq[81]; /* escape sequence string */
	+int linenum; /* current line number in input file */
	+int tunenum; /* number of current tune */
	+int tnum1,tnum2;
	+int numtitle; /* how many titles were read */
	+int mline; /* number music lines in current tune */
	+int nsym; /* number of symbols in line */
	+int nsym0; /* nsym at start of parsing a line */
	+int pagenum; /* current page in output file */
	+int writenum; /* calls to write_buffer for each one tune */
	+int xrefnum; /* xref number of current tune */
	+int do_meter, do_indent; /* how to start next block */
	+
	+int index_pagenum; /* for index file */
	+float index_posx, index_posy;
	+int index_initialized;
	+
	+char gch[201]; /* guitar chord string */
	+int bagpipe; /* switch for HP mode */
	+int within_tune, within_block; /* where we are in the file */
	+int do_this_tune; /* are we typesetting the current one ? */
	+float posx,posy; /* overall scale, position on page */
	+int barinit; /* carryover bar number between parts */
	+
	+char p, p0; /* global pointers for parsing music line */
	+
	+int word,slur; /* variables used for parsing... */
	+int last_note,last_real_note;
	+int pplet,qplet,rplet;
	+int carryover; /* for interpreting > and < chars */
	+int ntinext,tinext[MAXHD]; /* for chord ties */
	+
	+struct { /* where to draw endings */
	+ float a,b; /* start and end position */
	+ int num; /* number of the ending */
	+ int type; /* shape: open or closed at right */
	+} ending[20];
	+int num_ending; /* number of endings to draw */
	+int mes1,mes2; /* to count measures in an ending */
	+
	+int slur1[20],slur2[20]; /* needed for drawing slurs */
	+int overfull; /* flag if staff overfull */
	+int do_words; /* flag if staff has words under it */
	+
	+int vb, verbose; /* verbosity, global and within tune */
	+int in_page=0;
	+
	+ /* switches modified by flags: */
	+int gmode; /* switch for glue treatment */
	+int include_xrefs; /* to include xref numbers in title */
	+int one_per_page; /* new page for each tune ? */
	+int pagenumbers; /* write page numbers ? */
	+int write_history; /* write history and notes ? */
	+int interactive; /* interactive mode ? */
	+int help_me; /* need help ? */
	+int select_all; /* select all tunes ? */
	+int epsf; /* for EPSF postscript output */
	+int choose_outname; /* 1 names outfile w. title/fnam */
	+int break_continues; /* ignore continuations ? */
	+int search_field0; /* default search field */
	+int pretty; /* for pretty but sprawling layout */
	+int bars_per_line; /* bars for auto linebreaking */
	+int continue_lines; /* flag to continue all lines */
	+int landscape; /* flag for landscape output */
	+int barnums; /* interval for bar numbers */
	+int make_index; /* write index file ? */
	+float alfa_c; /* max compression allowed */
	+float scalefac; /* scale factor for symbol size */
	+float lmargin; /* left margin */
	+float swidth; /* staff width */
	+float staffsep,dstaffsep; /* staff separation */
	+float strict1,strict2; /* 1stave, mstave strictness */
	+char transpose[21]; /* target key for transposition */
	+
	+float alfa_last,beta_last; /* for last short short line.. */
	+
	+char in_file[MAXINF][STRL1]; /* list of input file names */
	+int ninf; /* number of input file names */
	+FILE fin; / for input file */
	+
	+char outf[STRL1]; /* output file name */
	+char outfnam[STRL1]; /* internal file name for open/close */
	+char styf[STRL1]; /* layout style file name */
	+char styd[STRL1]; /* layout style directory */
	+char infostr[STRL1]; /* title string in PS file */
	+
	+int file_open; /* for output file */
	+int file_initialized; /* for output file */
	+FILE fout,findex; /* for output file */
	+int nepsf; /* counter for epsf output files */
	+
	+char sel_str[MAXINF][STRL1]; /* list of selector strings */
	+int s_field[MAXINF]; /* type of selection for each file */
	+int psel[MAXINF]; /* pointers from files to selectors */
	+
	+int temp_switch;
	+
	+
	+#include "style.h" /* globals to define layout style */
	+
	+/* ----- include subroutine files ----- */
	+void identify_note (struct SYMBOL s, char q);
	+int parse_length ();
	+
	+#include "syms.h"
	+#include "util.h"
	+#include "pssubs.h"
	+#include "buffer.h"
	+#include "format.h"
	+#include "subs.h"
	+#include "parse.h"
	+#include "music.h"
	+
	+/* ----- start of main ------ */
	+int main(argc, argv)
	+int argc;
	+char *argv[];
	+{
	+
	+ char aaa[501],bbb[501],ccc[501],ext[41];
	+ char xref_str[STRL1], pat[30][STRL1];
	+ char *urgv[100];
	+ int isel,j,npat,search_field,urgc,retcode,rc1;
	+
	+ /* ----- set default options and parse arguments ----- */
	+
	+ maxSyms = 800;
	+ maxVc = 4;
	+
	+ init_ops (1);
	+ retcode=parse_args (argc, argv);
	+ if (retcode) exit (1);
	+ if (interactive \|\| (do_mode==DO_OUTPUT))
	+ printf ("This is abc2ps, version %s.%s (%s)\n", VERSION, REVISION, VDATE);
	+
	+ alloc_structs ();
	+
	+ /* ----- set the page format ----- */
	+ nfontnames=0;
	+ if (!set_page_format()) exit (3);
	+ if (help_me==2) {
	+ print_format(cfmt);
	+ exit (0);
	+ }
	+
	+ /* ----- help printout ----- */
	+ if (argc<=1) help_me=1;
	+ if (help_me==1) {
	+ write_help ();
	+ exit (0);
	+ }
	+
	+ if ((ninf==0) && (!interactive)) rx ("No input file specified", "");
	+
	+ isel=psel[ninf-1];
	+ search_field0=s_field[isel]; /* default for interactive mode */
	+ if (epsf) cutext(outf);
	+
	+ /* ----- initialize ----- */
	+ zero_sym();
	+ pagenum=0;
	+ tunenum=tnum1=tnum2=0;
	+ verbose=0;
	+ file_open=file_initialized=0;
	+ nepsf=0;
	+ bposy=0;
	+ posx=cfmt.leftmargin;
	+ posy=cfmt.pageheight-cfmt.topmargin;
	+ writenum=99;
	+
	+ strcpy(page_init, "");
	+ strcpy (bbb,"");
	+ for (j=0;j<ninf;j++) {strcat(bbb,in_file[j]); strcat(bbb," ");}
	+
	+ if ((do_mode == DO_OUTPUT) && make_index) open_index_file (INDEXFILE);
	+
	+ /* ----- start infinite loop for interactive mode ----- */
	+ for (;;) {
	+
	+ if (interactive) {
	+ printf ("\nSelect tunes: ");
	+/\| gets (aaa); \|/
	+/\| fgets (aaa, sizeof(aaa), stdin); \|/
	+ getline(aaa,500,stdin);
	+ if (isblank(aaa)) break;
	+ sscanf(aaa,"%s",ccc);
	+ if (ccc[0]=='?') {
	+ printf ("%s\n", bbb);
	+ continue;
	+ }
	+ if (ccc[0]=='*') {
	+ strcat (bbb,strchr(aaa,'*')+1);
	+ strcpy (aaa,bbb);
	+ printf ("%s\n", aaa);
	+ }
	+ if (ccc[0]=='!') {
	+ strcpy (bbb,"");
	+ for (j=0;j<ninf;j++) {
	+ strcat (bbb,in_file[j]);
	+ strcat (bbb," ");
	+ }
	+ strcat (bbb,strchr(aaa,'!')+1);
	+ strcpy (aaa,bbb);
	+ printf ("%s\n", aaa);
	+ }
	+ strcpy(bbb,aaa);
	+ urgc=make_arglist (aaa, urgv);
	+ if (!strcmp(urgv[1],"q")) break;
	+ if (!strcmp(urgv[1],"quit")) break;
	+ init_ops(0);
	+ retcode=parse_args (urgc, urgv);
	+ if (retcode) continue;
	+ ops_into_fmt (&cfmt);
	+ if (do_mode==DO_OUTPUT) {
	+ rc1=set_page_format();
	+ if (rc1==0) continue;
	+ }
	+ if (epsf) cutext(outf);
	+ if (help_me==1) {
	+ write_help();
	+ continue;
	+ }
	+ if (help_me==2) {
	+ print_format(cfmt);
	+ continue;
	+ }
	+
	+ }
	+
	+ /* ----- loop over files in list ---- */
	+ if (ninf==0) printf ("++++ No input files\n");
	+ for (j=0;j<ninf;j++) {
	+ getext (in_file[j],ext);
	+ /* skip .ps and .eps files */
	+ if ((!strcmp(ext,"ps"))\|\|(!strcmp(ext,"eps"))) continue;
	+
	+ if ((fin = fopen (in_file[j],"r")) == NULL) {
	+ if (!strcmp(ext,"")) strext (in_file[j],in_file[j],"abc",1);
	+ if ((fin = fopen (in_file[j],"r")) == NULL) {
	+ printf ("++++ Cannot open input file: %s\n", in_file[j]);
	+ continue;
	+ }
	+ }
	+ isel=psel[j];
	+ search_field=s_field[isel];
	+ npat=rehash_selectors (sel_str[isel], xref_str, pat);
	+ dfmt=sfmt;
	+ strcpy(infostr, in_file[j]);
	+
	+ if (do_mode==DO_INDEX) {
	+ printf ("%s:\n", in_file[j]);
	+ do_index (fin,xref_str,npat,pat,select_all,search_field);
	+ }
	+
	+ else {
	+ if (!epsf) {
	+ strext (outf, outf, "ps", 1);
	+ if (choose_outname) strext (outf, in_file[j], "ps", 1);
	+ open_output_file(outf,in_file[j]);
	+ }
	+ printf ("%s: ", in_file[j]);
	+ if ((vb>=3) \|\| interactive) printf ("\n");
	+ process_file (fin,fout,xref_str,npat,pat,select_all,search_field);
	+ printf ("\n");
	+ }
	+
	+ }
	+ if (!interactive) break;
	+ }
	+
	+ if ((!interactive) && (do_mode==DO_INDEX))
	+ printf ("Selected %d title%s of %d\n", tnum1, tnum1==1?"":"s", tnum2);
	+
	+ close_output_file ();
	+
	+ if ((do_mode == DO_OUTPUT) && make_index) close_index_file ();
	+
	+ exit (0);
	+}
	+
	+
	+
	+
	+
	+
	diff --git a/bach.abc b/bach.abc
	@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
	+%%indent 1.4cm
	+%%voicefont Times-Roman 28
	+%%titlefont Times-Roman 18
	+%%barnumfont Times-Roman 11
	+
	+X:1
	+T: Praeludium II (WT II)
	+C: J.S. Bach
	+M: C
	+L: 1/16
	+K:Cm
	+V:RH clef=treble staves=2 brace=2 name="2."
	+V:LH clef=bass
	+[V:RH] zGFG AFEF GEDE FDCD \| E2c2F2c2 E2c2D2=B2 \|
	+[V:LH] c2c'2f2c'2 e2c'2d2=b2 \| cgfg bfef gede fdcd \|
	+%
	+[V:RH] CEGc Dc=B=A DGBd EdcB \| EAce Fedc FBdf Gfed \| ecBc dBAB cBAG Fzz2\|
	+[V:LH] e2c2f2d2 g2f2g2e2 \| a2g2=a2f2 b2a2=b2g2 \| c'a'g'a' bg'f'g' a2 z2ze…
	+%
	+[V:RH] dBAB cAGA BAGF Ezz2 \| cAGA BGFG AFEF TA2A2 \|
	+[V:LH] bg'f'g' af'e'f' g2Z2 z_d'c'b \| af'e'f' ge'd'e' fd'c'd' ec'bc' \|
	+%
	+[V:RH] AGFG TA2A2 Adfe dcBA \| GBeG FeFd eBAB cAGA \|
	+[V:LH] dgfg caga B2b2 z2 d2 \| e2c2A2B2 E2e2A2e2 \|
	+%
	+[V:RH] BGFG AFEF GEDE C2A2 \| B,2G2A,2F2 G,B,EG- GFED \| EGcF BEAD [B,8EG] :\|
	+[V:LH] G2e2F2d2 egfg afef \| gede fdcd e2g2a2b2 \|c'2a2b2B2 zeBG C4 :\|
	+
	diff --git a/blue_boy_bass.abc b/blue_boy_bass.abc
	@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
	+
	+
	+X: 1
	+T: Blue Boy
	+C: Barney Kessel
	+C: Herzel's Bass Line
	+M: 4/4
	+L: 1/4
	+K: C bass
	+ "C"c2 c>c- \| c4 \| c2 c>c-\|c4 \| \
	+ "F" f2 f>f-\| f4 \| "C" c2 c>c-\| c4 \|
	+ (3"G"g/^f/g/ -g z "F"(3f/"E"e/"F"f/\| -f z "F"f\
	+ ^f\|1 "C"cef^f\|"G"gz z4\
	+ :\|2"C"cef^f\|"G"g^gab\|
	+"C"c'dec\|"Dm"df"Eb0"_ed\|"C"cdef\|"Gm7"gf"C7"ec\|
	+"F7"fgag\|fg"Fm7"_af\|"Em7b5"edc_b,\|"A7"a,b,^ce\|
	+"Dm7"dcb,a,\|"G7"g,a,b,d\|"C"c>a,-"A7"a,>_b,-\| "Bb"_b,>=b,-"B"b,2 \|
	+"C"c"C#"^c"C"=c^f,\|"F"f,"F#"^f,"F"=f,b,\|"C"c"C#"^c"C"=c"C#"^c\|"C"cdeg\|
	+"F"f"F#"^f"F"=fa\|"Bb"b"Eb"_e"Ab"_a_e\|"Db"_d"Gb"_g"F"f"Bb"_b\|"Em7b5"e_b"A7"ae\|
	+"Dm7"defg\|"A7"aed_d\|"C"c>a,-"A7"a,>d-\|"Dm7"dzz2\|
	+ "C"c2 c>c- \| c4 \| c2 c>c-\|c4 \| \
	+ "F" f2 f>f-\| f4 \| "C" c2 c>c-\| c4 \|
	+ (3"G"g/^f/g/ -g z "F"(3f/"E"e/"F"f/\| -f z "F"f^f\| "C"cef^f\|"G"gz z2 \|
	+ (3"G"g/^f/g/ -g z "F"(3f/"E"e/"F"f/\| -f z "F"f^f\| "C"cef^f\|"G"gz z2 \|
	+ (3"G"g/^f/g/ -g z "F"(3f/"E"e/"F"f/\| -f z "F"f^f\| "C"c zz c\|z c z THc\|]
	+
	+L:1/4
	+ \M:3/4\ (3"G"g^fg -g2 z2 \|"F"(3f"E"e"F"f -f2 z2 \|\M:2/4\"F"f4\
	+ ^f4\| \M:4/4\ "C"c2e2f2^f2\|"G"g2z2 z4 \|
	+L:1/4
	+ \M:3/4\ (3"G"g^fg -g2 \|"F"(3f"E"e"F"f -f2 \|\M:2/4\"F"f4\
	+ ^f4\| \
	+M:4/4
	+L:1/4
	+ "C"c zz c\|z c z THc\|]
	diff --git a/bran5.abc b/bran5.abc
	@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
	+%%indent 60pt
	+
	+%%leftmargin 1.8cm
	+%%voicefont Times-Roman 12
	+%%titlefont Times-Roman 24
	+%%subtitlefont Times-Roman 18
	+%%composerfont Times-Roman 12
	+%%staffwidth 18.0cm
	+%%scale 0.65
	+%%musicspace 0.5cm
	+%%tempofont Times-Roman
	+
	+%%topspace 0
	+%%titlespace 0.2cm
	+%%composerspace 0
	+%%musicspace 0
	+
	+X:1
	+T: CONCERTO No. 5
	+T: I
	+C: Johann Sebastian Bach
	+C: BWV 1050
	+M: C\|
	+Q:"Allegro"
	+L: 1/8
	+K: D
	+V:1 clef=treble name="Flauto traverso" sname="Fl."
	+V:2 clef=treble name="Violino\\principale" sname="Vl. pr." spc=+5
	+V:3 clef=treble name="Violino\\in ripieno" sname="Vl." stv=4 brk=4
	+V:4 clef=alto name="Viola\\in ripieno" sname="Vla."
	+V:5 clef=bass name="Violoncello" sname="Vc."
	+V:6 clef=bass name="Violone" sname="Vne." spc=+5
	+V:7 clef=treble name="Cembalo\\concertato" sname="C." brc=2 stv=2 spc=-5
	+V:8 clef=bass
	+%
	+[V:1]
	+ z8 \| z8 \| z8 \|
	+[V:2]
	+ [L:1/16] DDFF AAdd cdcB AGFE\| DDFF AAdd e2A2 z2e2\|ffee ggff bbaa ccdd\|
	+[V:3] [L:1/16] DDFF AAdd cdcB AGFE\| DDFF AAdd e2A2 z2e2\|ffee ggff bbaa ccdd\|
	+[V:4] f2 zf edec\|dAdf cdec\|dad'c' d'dgf\|
	+[V:5] d2 zd abc'a \| fefd abc'a\| d'c'ba gfed\|
	+[V:6] d2 zd abc'a \| fefd abc'a\| d'c'ba gfed\|
	+[V:7] [D2FAd] x2 x4\| x8 \| x8\|
	+[V:8] [d2f2a2] zd abc'a\| fefd abc'a\| d'c'ba gfed\|
	+%
	+[V:1] z8 \| z8 \| z8 \|
	+[V:2] GGFF BBAA CCDD A,A,GG\| FEFD EEA,A, DEFG ABcA \| ddcc eedd ggff bbaa\|
	+[V:3] GGFF BBAA CCDD A,A,GG\| FEFD EEA,A, DEFG ABcA \| ddcc eedd ggff bbaa\|
	+[V:4] eddd gfeA\| AdBc d/e/f/g/ a/b/c'/a/\|d'fba cdec\|
	+[V:5] cdGF EDCc\|dBGA B/c/d/e/ f/g/a/f/ \| bagf edcA\|
	+[V:6] cdgf edcA\|dBGA B/c/d/e/ f/g/a/f/ \| bagf edcA\|
	+[V:7] x8 \| x8 \| x8 \|
	+[V:8] cdgf edcA\|dBGA B/c/d/e/ f/g/a/f/ \| bagf edcA\|
	diff --git a/buffer.h b/buffer.h
	@@ -0,0 +1,202 @@
	+/*
	+ * This file is part of abc2ps,
	+ * Copyright (C) 1996,1997,1998 Michael Methfessel
	+ * See file abc2ps.c for details.
	+ */
	+
	+/* subroutines to handle output buffer */
	+
	+/* PUTn: add to buffer with n arguments */
	+
	+#define PUT0(f) {sprintf(mbf,f); a2b(mbf); }
	+#define PUT1(f,a) {sprintf(mbf,f,a); a2b(mbf); }
	+#define PUT2(f,a,b) {sprintf(mbf,f,a,b); a2b(mbf); }
	+#define PUT3(f,a,b,c) {sprintf(mbf,f,a,b,c); a2b(mbf); }
	+#define PUT4(f,a,b,c,d) {sprintf(mbf,f,a,b,c,d); a2b(mbf); }
	+#define PUT5(f,a,b,c,d,e) {sprintf(mbf,f,a,b,c,d,e); a2b(mbf); }
	+
	+
	+/* ----- a2b: appends string to output buffer ----- */
	+void a2b (t)
	+char *t;
	+{
	+ int l,i;
	+
	+ l=strlen(t);
	+ /* printf ("Append %d <%s>\n", l, t); */
	+
	+ if (nbuf+l>BUFFSZ) {
	+ printf("+++ a2b: buffer full, BUFFSZ=%d\n", BUFFSZ);
	+ exit (1);
	+ }
	+
	+ for (i=0;i<l;i++) buf[nbuf+i]=t[i];
	+ nbuf += l;
	+
	+}
	+
	+
	+/* ----- bskip(h): translate down by h points in output buffer ---- */
	+void bskip(h)
	+float h;
	+{
	+ if (h*h>0.0001) {
	+ PUT1("0 %.2f T\n", -h)
	+ bposy=bposy-h;
	+ }
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- init_pdims: initialize page dimensions ----- */
	+void init_pdims ()
	+{
	+ if (in_page) return;
	+ posx=cfmt.leftmargin;
	+ posy=cfmt.pageheight-cfmt.topmargin;
	+
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- clear_buffer ------- */
	+void clear_buffer ()
	+{
	+ nbuf = 0;
	+ bposy = 0.0;
	+ ln_num = 0;
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- write_index_entry ------- */
	+void write_index_entry ()
	+{
	+ char s[801];
	+ float w,dx1,dx2;
	+
	+ if (!index_initialized) init_index_file ();
	+
	+ if (vb>=8) printf("Write index entry: %5d <%s>\n",
	+ pagenum, info.title);
	+
	+ /* spacing determined here */
	+ index_posy = index_posy-1.2*cfmt.indexfont.size;
	+
	+ if (index_posy-cfmt.indexfont.size < cfmt.botmargin) {
	+ close_index_page (findex);
	+ init_index_page (findex);
	+ }
	+
	+ dx1 = 1.8*cfmt.indexfont.size;
	+ dx2 = dx1+cfmt.indexfont.size;
	+
	+ tex_str (info.title,s,&w);
	+ if (strlen(s)==0) strcpy (s, "No title");
	+ fprintf (findex, "%.2f %.2f M (%d) lshow\n",
	+ index_posx+dx1, index_posy, pagenum);
	+
	+ fprintf (findex, "%.2f %.2f M (%s) S\n",
	+ index_posx+dx2, index_posy, s);
	+
	+ if (strlen(info.rhyth) \|\| strlen(info.orig)) {
	+ fprintf (findex, "( (");
	+ if (strlen(info.rhyth)) fprintf (findex, "%s", info.rhyth);
	+ if (strlen(info.rhyth) && strlen(info.orig))
	+ fprintf (findex, ", ");
	+ if (strlen(info.orig)) fprintf (findex, "%s", info.orig);
	+ fprintf (findex, ")) S\n");
	+ }
	+
	+
	+ if (strlen(info.comp)) fprintf (findex, "( - %s) S\n", info.comp);
	+
	+ if (cfmt.withxrefs) fprintf (findex, "( [%s]) S\n", info.xref);
	+
	+}
	+
	+
	+
	+
	+/* ----- write_buffer: write buffer contents, break at full pages ---- */
	+void write_buffer (fp)
	+FILE *fp;
	+{
	+ int i,l,b1,b2,nb;
	+ float p1,dp;
	+
	+ if (nbuf==0) return;
	+
	+ writenum++;
	+
	+ if ((writenum==1) && make_index) write_index_entry();
	+
	+ nb=0;
	+ for (l=0;l<ln_num;l++) {
	+ b1=0;
	+ p1=0;
	+ if (l>0) {
	+ b1=ln_buf[l-1];
	+ p1=ln_pos[l-1];
	+ }
	+ b2=ln_buf[l];
	+ dp=ln_pos[l]-p1;
	+ if ((posy+dp<cfmt.botmargin) && (!epsf)) {
	+ write_pagebreak (fp);
	+ }
	+ for (i=b1;i<b2;i++) putc(buf[i],fp);
	+ posy=posy+dp;
	+ nb=ln_buf[l];
	+ }
	+
	+ if (nb<nbuf) {
	+ for (i=nb;i<nbuf;i++) putc(buf[i],fp);
	+ }
	+
	+ clear_buffer();
	+ return;
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- buffer_eob: handle completed block in buffer ------- */
	+/* if the added stuff does not fit on current page, write it out
	+ after page break and change buffer handling mode to pass though */
	+void buffer_eob (fp)
	+FILE *fp;
	+{
	+ int do_break;
	+
	+ if (ln_num>=BUFFLN)
	+ rx("max number off buffer lines exceeded"," -- check BUFFLN");
	+
	+ ln_buf[ln_num]=nbuf;
	+ ln_pos[ln_num]=bposy;
	+ ln_num++;
	+
	+ if (!use_buffer) {
	+ write_buffer (fp);
	+ return;
	+ }
	+
	+ do_break=0;
	+ if (posy+bposy<cfmt.botmargin) do_break=1;
	+ if (cfmt.oneperpage) do_break=1;
	+
	+ if (do_break && (!epsf)) {
	+ if (tunenum != 1 ) write_pagebreak (fp);
	+ write_buffer (fp);
	+ use_buffer=0;
	+ }
	+
	+ return;
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- check_buffer: dump buffer if less than nb bytes avilable --- */
	+void check_buffer (fp, nb)
	+FILE *fp;
	+int nb;
	+{
	+ char mm[81];
	+
	+ if (nbuf+nb>BUFFSZ) {
	+ sprintf (mm, "BUFFSZ exceeded at line %d", ln_num);
	+ wng("possibly bad page breaks, ", mm);
	+ write_buffer (fp);
	+ use_buffer=0;
	+ }
	+}
	+
	+
	diff --git a/celloprelude.abc b/celloprelude.abc
	@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
	+%%barlabelfont Times-Bold 18 box
	+%%barnumberfont Times-Roman 12 box
	+%%barnumbers 5
	+
	+X:1
	+T: Prelude from the first Cello Suite
	+T: (transposed)
	+C: J.S. Bach
	+M: 4/4
	+L: 1/16
	+K:D
	+"A"[\|] (DAf)e fAfA (DAf)e fAfA \| (DBg)f gBgB (DBg)f gBgB \|
	+(Dcg)f gcgc (Dcg)f gcgc \| (Ddf)d fdfd (Ddf)d fdfd \|
	+(DBf)e fdcd Bdcd FA^GF \| (^Gde)d eded (^Gde)d eded \|
	+(cea)^g aede cede AcBA \| (B,Fd)c dFdF (B,Fd)c dFdF \|
	+(B,^GA)B AGFE (dcB)a ^gfed \| (cBA)a eace (ABc)e dcBA \|
	+^d(A=cB) cAdA f(AcB) cAdA \| (GBe)f geBA (GBe)f ge^cB \|
	+^A(cAc) ecec A(cAc) ecec "B"\| (dcB)d cdec dcBA GFED \|
	+CGAG AGAG CGAG AGAG \| (DF=c)B cFcF (DFc)B cFcF \|
	+(DGB)A BGBG (DGB)A BGBG \| (D^cg)f gcgc (Dcg)f gcgc \|
	+(DAf)e fdcB AGFE DCB,A, \| ^G,(EBc) dBcd G,(EBc) dBcd \|
	+=G,(EAB) cABc =G,(EAB) cABc \| G,(EAc) (e^g(a2) a)EF=G ABcd "C"\|
	+%second part
	+(ecA)B cdef (gec)d efga \| _ba^ga a=gfg gec=B AEFG \|
	+A,(EAc) efge (fdA)G FDEF \| A,DFA defe ^g=fef fe^de \|
	+e=dcd dB^GF EGBd e^gag \| aecB ceAc EA^GF EDCB, "D"\|
	+A,2 (=gf edcB A)(gfe dcBA \| G)(fed cBAG F)(edc BAGF \|
	+F)(dcB) [cc]e[AA]e [BB]e[cc]e [dd]e[BB]e \| [cc]e[AA]e [dd]e[BB]e [cc]e[AA]e [d…
	+[cc]e[AA]e [BB]e[cc]e [dd]e[ee]e [ff]e[AA]e \| [ee]e[ff]e [gg]e[AA]e [ff]e[gg]e…
	+[gg]e[ff]e [gg]e[ee]e [ff]e[ee]e [ff]e[dd]e \| [ee]e[dd]e [ee]e[cc]e [dd]e[cc]e…
	+ceAB =cA^cA dA^dA eA=fA \| ^fAgA ^gAaA ^bA=bA =c'A^c'A \|
	+d'(fAf) d'fd'f d'(fAf) d'fd'f \| d'(eAe) d'ed'e d'(eAe) d'ed'e \|
	+c'(gAg) c'gc'g c'(gAg) c'gc'g \| [D16Afd'] \|]
	+
	diff --git a/desafinado.abc b/desafinado.abc
	@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
	+
	+X: 1 % ---- desafinado in F
	+T: Desafinado
	+C: A. Jobim
	+C: Chorus by Stan Getz
	+M: C\|
	+L: 1/4
	+Q: "Bossa Nova"
	+K: F
	+z2 A<c-\|\|"FM7"c2z2\|C/D/E/F/ (3:2:2ED/ ^C//D//\|"G7+11"F3-F/_D/\|_D4\|"Gm7" z4\|"C7…
	+"A07"c>_E E/DE/-\|"D7b9"_E2zz/D/\|"Gm7" cBA2\|"A7b9"z/G/B2-B/A//G// \|"D7" ^F/A/E/…
	+"G7b9"z2z/D/F/G/\|_A3-A/G//F//\|=B,4\| _AG-"Gb7"G_B,\|"FM7"A, z z2\|z/A,/C/E/ G F/G…
	+"G7+11"G>F_D2-\|_D z z2\|"Gm7"z2 F/^C/D/E/\|"C7" F/D/E/F/ G/A/B/=B/\|"A07" d c/_E/…
	+"Gm7"c/Bc B/A/G/\|"Eb9"B A/B/-B A/G//F//\|"Dm7"A/GA G/F/E/\|"B07"G/FG/-"E7"G>F\|"A…
	+"G"z{G,D}E/D/ =B,/A,/B,/G,/-\|"FM7" G,/A,/C/E/ "E7"GF/E/-\|"AM7"E2z z/^C/\|"Bbdim…
	+"AM7"^G^F/E/ F<G\|"Am7"=B/AE/ =C/DE/-\|"Bm7"E2z/CE/\|"E7"G/E/G E2\|"CM7"zz/ G,/ C/…
	+"Dm7"G4 \|"G7" E/D/^C/D/-D2\|"Gm7"z2 (3D/_E/D/ ^C/D/\|"A07"B=D"D7b9"^C/D/B\|"Gm7"(…
	+"FM7"(3C/D/C/ =B,/C/G2-\|G>F G/F/z/G/-\|"G7+11"G F/_D/-_D2\|z2z/AG/\|"Gm7"A>G A/GA…
	+"A07"d/^c=c/-c>=B\|"D7b9"_B2_E D/c/-\|"Gm7"c2-c/BA//G//\|"Bbm"Mc/B/A/G/ MB/A/G/F/…
	+"G7"F4\|=B,2F2-\|"Bbm7"F3z/F/\|"Eb9"cB_A/F/G/F/\|"G7"=AF/D/=B,A\|"C7"F/D/C/=B,/ _B,…
	+"F"G/FF/-F2\|\|"Eb"z2z/_E/E/E/\|"F"F4\|"Eb"z2z/_E/E/E/\|"F"F//C//_E/-E3\|"Eb"z2z/_E/…
	diff --git a/fbook.fmt b/fbook.fmt
	@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
	+
	+% Emulates the Jazz Fakebook style.
	+% Use caps for title, parts or Q: for tempo.
	+
	+ scale 0.70
	+ topmargin 1.5cm
	+ titlefont Helvetica-Bold 13
	+ subtitlefont Helvetica-Bold 10
	+ titleleft false
	+ titlecaps
	+ composerfont Helvetica 9
	+ composerspace 0.3cm
	+ partsfont Times-Bold 10
	+ vocalfont Times-Bold 13
	+ musicspace 0.7cm
	+ gchordfont Times-Roman 12
	+ parskipfac 1.0
	+ leftmargin 1.3cm
	+ staffwidth 18.4cm
	+ staffsep 45
	+ maxshrink 0.65
	+
	+ lineskipfac 1.1
	+ parskipfac 0
	+ textspace 0.2cm
	+ textfont Times-Roman 10
	diff --git a/fonts.fmt b/fonts.fmt
	@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
	+
	+font AvantGarde-Demi
	+font Palatino-Bold
	+font Bookman-Demi
	+font Helvetica
	diff --git a/format.h b/format.h
	@@ -0,0 +1,489 @@
	+/*
	+ * This file is part of abc2ps,
	+ * Copyright (C) 1996,1997,1998 Michael Methfessel
	+ * See file abc2ps.c for details.
	+ */
	+
	+/* subroutines connected with page layout */
	+
	+
	+/* ----- fontspec ----- */
	+void fontspec (f,name,size,box)
	+char name [];
	+float size;
	+int box;
	+struct FONTSPEC *f;
	+{
	+ strcpy (f->name, name);
	+ f->size = size;
	+ f->box = box;
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- add_font ----- */
	+/* checks font list, adds font if new */
	+int add_font (f)
	+struct FONTSPEC *f;
	+{
	+ int i,i0,fnum;
	+
	+ i0=-1;
	+ for (i=0;i<nfontnames;i++) {
	+ if (!strcmp(f->name,fontnames[i])) i0=i;
	+ }
	+
	+ if (i0>=0) {
	+ fnum=i0;
	+ if (vb>=10) printf("Already at %d: font %s\n",fnum,f->name);
	+ }
	+ else {
	+ fnum=nfontnames;
	+ strcpy(fontnames[fnum],f->name);
	+ if (vb>=10) printf("Add new at %d: font %s\n",fnum,f->name);
	+ nfontnames++;
	+ }
	+ return fnum;
	+}
	+
	+
	+/* ----- make_font_list ----- */
	+void make_font_list (f)
	+struct FORMAT *f;
	+{
	+ if (vb>=10) printf ("Adding fonts from format..\n");
	+ add_font (&f->titlefont);
	+ add_font (&f->subtitlefont);
	+ add_font (&f->composerfont);
	+ add_font (&f->partsfont);
	+ add_font (&f->tempofont);
	+ add_font (&f->vocalfont);
	+ add_font (&f->textfont);
	+ add_font (&f->wordsfont);
	+ add_font (&f->gchordfont);
	+ add_font (&f->voicefont);
	+ add_font (&f->barnumfont);
	+ add_font (&f->barlabelfont);
	+}
	+
	+
	+/* ----- set_standard_format ----- */
	+void set_standard_format (f)
	+struct FORMAT *f;
	+{
	+ strcpy (f->name, "standard");
	+ f->pageheight = PAGEHEIGHT * CM;
	+ f->staffwidth = STAFFWIDTH * CM;
	+ f->leftmargin = LEFTMARGIN * CM;
	+ f->topmargin = 1.0 * CM;
	+ f->botmargin = 1.0 * CM;
	+ f->topspace = 0.8 * CM;
	+ f->titlespace = 0.2 * CM;
	+ f->subtitlespace = 0.1 * CM;
	+ f->composerspace = 0.2 * CM;
	+ f->musicspace = 0.2 * CM;
	+ f->partsspace = 0.3 * CM;
	+ f->staffsep = 46.0 * PT;
	+ f->sysstaffsep = 40.0 * PT;
	+ f->systemsep = 55.0 * PT;
	+ f->vocalspace = 23.0 * PT;
	+ f->textspace = 0.5 * CM;
	+ f->wordsspace = 0.0 * CM;
	+ f->scale = 0.70;
	+ f->maxshrink = 0.65;
	+ f->landscape = 0;
	+ f->titleleft = 0;
	+ f->stretchstaff = 1;
	+ f->stretchlast = 0;
	+ f->continueall = 0;
	+ f->breakall = 0;
	+ f->writehistory = 0;
	+ f->withxrefs = 0;
	+ f->oneperpage = 0;
	+ f->titlecaps = 0;
	+ f->barsperstaff = 0;
	+ f->barnums = -1;
	+ f->lineskipfac = 1.1;
	+ f->parskipfac = 0.4;
	+ f->strict1 = 0.5;
	+ f->strict2 = 0.8;
	+ f->indent = 0.0;
	+ fontspec (&f->titlefont, "Times-Roman", 15.0, 0);
	+ fontspec (&f->subtitlefont, "Times-Roman", 12.0, 0);
	+ fontspec (&f->composerfont, "Times-Italic", 11.0, 0);
	+ fontspec (&f->partsfont, "Times-Roman", 11.0, 0);
	+ fontspec (&f->tempofont, "Times-Bold", 10.0, 0);
	+ fontspec (&f->vocalfont, "Times-Bold", 13.0, 0);
	+ fontspec (&f->textfont, "Times-Roman", 12.0, 0);
	+ fontspec (&f->wordsfont, "Times-Roman", 12.0, 0);
	+ fontspec (&f->gchordfont, "Helvetica", 12.0, 0);
	+ fontspec (&f->voicefont, "Times-Roman", 12.0, 0);
	+ fontspec (&f->barnumfont, "Times-Italic", 12.0, 0);
	+ fontspec (&f->barlabelfont, "Times-Bold", 18.0, 0);
	+ fontspec (&f->indexfont, "Times-Roman", 11.0, 0);
	+ if (vb>=10) printf ("Loading format \"%s\"\n",f->name);
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- set_pretty_format ----- */
	+void set_pretty_format (f)
	+struct FORMAT *f;
	+{
	+ set_standard_format (f);
	+ strcpy (f->name, "pretty");
	+ f->titlespace = 0.4 * CM;
	+ f->composerspace = 0.25 * CM;
	+ f->musicspace = 0.25 * CM;
	+ f->partsspace = 0.3 * CM;
	+ f->staffsep = 50.0 * PT;
	+ f->sysstaffsep = 45.0 * PT;
	+ f->systemsep = 55.0 * PT;
	+ f->scale = 0.75;
	+ f->maxshrink = 0.55;
	+ f->parskipfac = 0.1;
	+ fontspec (&f->titlefont, "Times-Roman", 18.0, 0);
	+ fontspec (&f->subtitlefont, "Times-Roman", 15.0, 0);
	+ fontspec (&f->composerfont, "Times-Italic", 12.0, 0);
	+ fontspec (&f->partsfont, "Times-Roman", 12.0, 0);
	+ fontspec (&f->tempofont, "Times-Bold", 10.0, 0);
	+ fontspec (&f->vocalfont, "Times-Bold", 14.0, 0);
	+ fontspec (&f->textfont, "Times-Roman", 10.0, 0);
	+ fontspec (&f->wordsfont, "Times-Roman", 10.0, 0);
	+ fontspec (&f->gchordfont, "Helvetica", 12.0, 0);
	+ fontspec (&f->voicefont, "Times-Roman", 12.0, 0);
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- set_pretty2_format ----- */
	+void set_pretty2_format (f)
	+struct FORMAT *f;
	+{
	+ set_standard_format (f);
	+ strcpy (f->name, "pretty2");
	+ f->titlespace = 0.4 * CM;
	+ f->composerspace = 0.3 * CM;
	+ f->musicspace = 0.25 * CM;
	+ f->partsspace = 0.2 * CM;
	+ f->staffsep = 55.0 * PT;
	+ f->sysstaffsep = 45.0 * PT;
	+ f->systemsep = 55.0 * PT;
	+ f->textspace = 0.2 * CM;
	+ f->scale = 0.70;
	+ f->maxshrink = 0.55;
	+ f->titleleft = 1;
	+ f->parskipfac = 0.1;
	+ fontspec (&f->titlefont, "Helvetica-Bold", 16.0, 0);
	+ fontspec (&f->subtitlefont, "Helvetica-Bold", 13.0, 0);
	+ fontspec (&f->composerfont, "Helvetica", 10.0, 0);
	+ fontspec (&f->partsfont, "Times-Roman", 12.0, 0);
	+ fontspec (&f->tempofont, "Times-Bold", 10.0, 0);
	+ fontspec (&f->vocalfont, "Times-Bold", 13.0, 0);
	+ fontspec (&f->textfont, "Times-Roman", 10.0, 0);
	+ fontspec (&f->wordsfont, "Times-Roman", 10.0, 0);
	+ fontspec (&f->gchordfont, "Helvetica", 12.0, 0);
	+ fontspec (&f->voicefont, "Times-Roman", 12.0, 0);
	+ fontspec (&f->barnumfont, "Times-Roman", 11.0, 1);
	+ fontspec (&f->barlabelfont, "Times-Bold", 18.0, 1);
	+}
	+
	+
	+/* ----- print_font ----- */
	+void print_font (str,fs)
	+char *str;
	+struct FONTSPEC fs;
	+{
	+ printf (" %-14s %s %.1f", str, fs.name, fs.size);
	+ if (fs.box) printf (" box");
	+ printf ("\n");
	+}
	+
	+
	+/* ----- print_format ----- */
	+void print_format (f)
	+struct FORMAT f;
	+{
	+ char yn[2][5]={"no","yes"};
	+
	+ printf ("\nFormat \"%s\":\n", f.name);
	+ printf (" pageheight %.2fcm\n", f.pageheight/CM);
	+ printf (" staffwidth %.2fcm\n", f.staffwidth/CM);
	+ printf (" topmargin %.2fcm\n", f.topmargin/CM);
	+ printf (" botmargin %.2fcm\n", f.botmargin/CM);
	+ printf (" leftmargin %.2fcm\n", f.leftmargin/CM);
	+ printf (" topspace %.2fcm\n", f.topspace/CM);
	+ printf (" titlespace %.2fcm\n", f.titlespace/CM);
	+ printf (" subtitlespace %.2fcm\n", f.subtitlespace/CM);
	+ printf (" composerspace %.2fcm\n", f.composerspace/CM);
	+ printf (" musicspace %.2fcm\n", f.musicspace/CM);
	+ printf (" partsspace %.2fcm\n", f.partsspace/CM);
	+ printf (" wordsspace %.2fcm\n", f.wordsspace/CM);
	+ printf (" textspace %.2fcm\n", f.textspace/CM);
	+ printf (" vocalspace %.1fpt\n", f.vocalspace);
	+ printf (" staffsep %.1fpt\n", f.staffsep);
	+ printf (" sysstaffsep %.1fpt\n", f.sysstaffsep);
	+ printf (" systemsep %.1fpt\n", f.systemsep);
	+ printf (" scale %.2f\n", f.scale);
	+ printf (" maxshrink %.2f\n", f.maxshrink);
	+ printf (" strictness1 %.2f\n", f.strict1);
	+ printf (" strictness2 %.2f\n", f.strict2);
	+ printf (" indent %.1fpt\n", f.indent);
	+
	+ print_font("titlefont", f.titlefont);
	+ print_font("subtitlefont", f.subtitlefont);
	+ print_font("composerfont", f.composerfont);
	+ print_font("partsfont", f.partsfont);
	+ print_font("tempofont", f.tempofont);
	+ print_font("vocalfont", f.vocalfont);
	+ print_font("gchordfont", f.gchordfont);
	+ print_font("textfont", f.textfont);
	+ print_font("wordsfont", f.wordsfont);
	+ print_font("voicefont", f.voicefont);
	+ print_font("barnumberfont",f.barnumfont);
	+ print_font("barlabelfont", f.barlabelfont);
	+ print_font("indexfont", f.indexfont);
	+
	+ printf (" lineskipfac %.1f\n", f.lineskipfac);
	+ printf (" parskipfac %.1f\n", f.parskipfac);
	+ printf (" barsperstaff %d\n", f.barsperstaff);
	+ printf (" barnumbers %d\n", f.barnums);
	+ printf (" landscape %s\n", yn[f.landscape]);
	+ printf (" titleleft %s\n", yn[f.titleleft]);
	+ printf (" titlecaps %s\n", yn[f.titlecaps]);
	+ printf (" stretchstaff %s\n", yn[f.stretchstaff]);
	+ printf (" stretchlast %s\n", yn[f.stretchlast]);
	+ printf (" writehistory %s\n", yn[f.writehistory]);
	+ printf (" continueall %s\n", yn[f.continueall]);
	+ printf (" breakall %s\n", yn[f.breakall]);
	+ printf (" oneperpage %s\n", yn[f.oneperpage]);
	+ printf (" withxrefs %s\n", yn[f.withxrefs]);
	+
	+}
	+
	+
	+/* ----- g_unum: read a number with a unit ----- */
	+void g_unum (l,s,num)
	+char l,s;
	+float *num;
	+{
	+ float a,b;
	+ char unit[81];
	+
	+ strcpy(unit,"pt");
	+ sscanf(s,"%f%s", &a, unit);
	+
	+ if (!strcmp(unit,"cm")) b=a*CM;
	+ else if (!strcmp(unit,"mm")) b=aCM0.1;
	+ else if (!strcmp(unit,"in")) b=a*IN;
	+ else if (!strcmp(unit,"pt")) b=a*PT;
	+ else {
	+ printf ("+++ Unknown unit \"%s\" in line: %s\n",unit,l);
	+ exit (3);
	+ }
	+ *num = b;
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- g_logv: read a logical variable ----- */
	+void g_logv (l,s,v)
	+char l,s;
	+int *v;
	+{
	+ int k;
	+ char t[31];
	+
	+ strcpy(t,"1");
	+ sscanf (s,"%s", t);
	+ if (!strcmp(t,"1") \|\| !strcmp(t,"yes") \|\| !strcmp(t,"true"))
	+ k=1;
	+ else if (!strcmp(t,"0") \|\| !strcmp(t,"no") \|\| !strcmp(t,"false"))
	+ k=0;
	+ else {
	+ printf ("\n+++ Unknown logical value \"%s\" near \"%s\"\n",t,l);
	+ exit (3);
	+ }
	+ *v = k;
	+}
	+
	+
	+/* ----- g_fltv: read a float variable, no units ----- */
	+void g_fltv (l,nch,v)
	+char *l;
	+int nch;
	+float *v;
	+{
	+ float k;
	+
	+ sscanf (l+nch,"%f", &k);
	+ *v = k;
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- g_intv: read an int variable, no units ----- */
	+void g_intv (l,nch,v)
	+char *l;
	+int nch;
	+int *v;
	+{
	+ int k;
	+
	+ sscanf (l+nch,"%d", &k);
	+ *v = k;
	+}
	+
	+
	+
	+/* ----- g_fspc: read a font specifier ----- */
	+void g_fspc (l,nch,fn)
	+char *l;
	+int nch;
	+struct FONTSPEC *fn;
	+{
	+ char fname[101],ssiz[101],sbox[101];
	+ float fsize;
	+
	+ fsize=fn->size;
	+ strcpy(sbox,"SnOt");
	+ strcpy(ssiz,"SnOt");
	+
	+ sscanf (l+nch,"%s %s %s", fname, ssiz, sbox);
	+ if (strcmp(fname,"*")) strcpy (fn->name, fname);
	+
	+ if (strcmp(ssiz,"*")) sscanf(ssiz,"%f",&fsize);
	+ fn->size = fsize;
	+
	+ if (!strcmp(sbox,"box")) fn->box=1;
	+ else if (!strcmp(sbox,"SnOt")) ;
	+ else wng ("incorrect font spec: ", l+nch);
	+
	+ if (!file_initialized) add_font (fn);
	+}
	+
	+
	+/* ----- interpret_format_line ----- */
	+/* read a line with a format directive, set in format struct f */
	+int interpret_format_line (l,f)
	+char l[];
	+struct FORMAT *f;
	+{
	+ char w[81],fnm[81];
	+ int nch,i,fnum;
	+ char *s;
	+ struct FONTSPEC tempfont;
	+
	+ strcpy(w,"");
	+ sscanf(l,"%s%n", w, &nch);
	+ if (!strcmp(w,"")) return 0;
	+ if (w[0]=='%') return 0;
	+ if (vb>=6) printf ("Interpret format line: %s\n", l);
	+ if (!strcmp(w,"end")) return 1;
	+ s=l+nch;
	+
	+ if (!strcmp(w,"pageheight")) g_unum(l,s,&f->pageheight);
	+ else if (!strcmp(w,"staffwidth")) g_unum(l,s,&f->staffwidth);
	+ else if (!strcmp(w,"topmargin")) g_unum(l,s,&f->topmargin);
	+ else if (!strcmp(w,"botmargin")) g_unum(l,s,&f->botmargin);
	+ else if (!strcmp(w,"leftmargin")) g_unum(l,s,&f->leftmargin);
	+ else if (!strcmp(w,"topspace")) g_unum(l,s,&f->topspace);
	+ else if (!strcmp(w,"wordsspace")) g_unum(l,s,&f->wordsspace);
	+ else if (!strcmp(w,"titlespace")) g_unum(l,s,&f->titlespace);
	+ else if (!strcmp(w,"subtitlespace")) g_unum(l,s,&f->subtitlespace);
	+ else if (!strcmp(w,"composerspace")) g_unum(l,s,&f->composerspace);
	+ else if (!strcmp(w,"musicspace")) g_unum(l,s,&f->musicspace);
	+ else if (!strcmp(w,"partsspace")) g_unum(l,s,&f->partsspace);
	+ else if (!strcmp(w,"staffsep")) g_unum(l,s,&f->staffsep);
	+ else if (!strcmp(w,"sysstaffsep")) g_unum(l,s,&f->sysstaffsep);
	+ else if (!strcmp(w,"systemsep")) g_unum(l,s,&f->systemsep);
	+ else if (!strcmp(w,"vocalspace")) g_unum(l,s,&f->vocalspace);
	+ else if (!strcmp(w,"textspace")) g_unum(l,s,&f->textspace);
	+
	+ else if (!strcmp(w,"scale")) g_fltv(l,nch,&f->scale);
	+ else if (!strcmp(w,"maxshrink")) g_fltv(l,nch,&f->maxshrink);
	+ else if (!strcmp(w,"lineskipfac")) g_fltv(l,nch,&f->lineskipfac);
	+ else if (!strcmp(w,"parskipfac")) g_fltv(l,nch,&f->parskipfac);
	+ else if (!strcmp(w,"barsperstaff")) g_intv(l,nch,&f->barsperstaff);
	+ else if (!strcmp(w,"barnumbers")) g_intv(l,nch,&f->barnums);
	+ else if (!strcmp(w,"strictness1")) g_fltv(l,nch,&f->strict1);
	+ else if (!strcmp(w,"strictness2")) g_fltv(l,nch,&f->strict2);
	+ else if (!strcmp(w,"strictness")) {
	+ g_fltv(l,nch,&f->strict1); f->strict2=f->strict1; }
	+ else if (!strcmp(w,"indent")) g_unum(l,s,&f->indent);
	+
	+ else if (!strcmp(w,"titleleft")) g_logv(l,s,&f->titleleft);
	+ else if (!strcmp(w,"titlecaps")) g_logv(l,s,&f->titlecaps);
	+ else if (!strcmp(w,"landscape")) g_logv(l,s,&f->landscape);
	+ else if (!strcmp(w,"stretchstaff")) g_logv(l,s,&f->stretchstaff);
	+ else if (!strcmp(w,"stretchlast")) g_logv(l,s,&f->stretchlast);
	+ else if (!strcmp(w,"continueall")) g_logv(l,s,&f->continueall);
	+ else if (!strcmp(w,"breakall")) g_logv(l,s,&f->breakall);
	+ else if (!strcmp(w,"writehistory")) g_logv(l,s,&f->writehistory);
	+ else if (!strcmp(w,"withxrefs") ) g_logv(l,s,&f->withxrefs);
	+ else if (!strcmp(w,"oneperpage") ) g_logv(l,s,&f->oneperpage);
	+
	+ else if (!strcmp(w,"titlefont")) g_fspc(l,nch,&f->titlefont);
	+ else if (!strcmp(w,"subtitlefont")) g_fspc(l,nch,&f->subtitlefont);
	+ else if (!strcmp(w,"vocalfont")) g_fspc(l,nch,&f->vocalfont);
	+ else if (!strcmp(w,"partsfont")) g_fspc(l,nch,&f->partsfont);
	+ else if (!strcmp(w,"tempofont")) g_fspc(l,nch,&f->tempofont);
	+ else if (!strcmp(w,"textfont")) g_fspc(l,nch,&f->textfont);
	+ else if (!strcmp(w,"composerfont")) g_fspc(l,nch,&f->composerfont);
	+ else if (!strcmp(w,"wordsfont")) g_fspc(l,nch,&f->wordsfont);
	+ else if (!strcmp(w,"gchordfont")) g_fspc(l,nch,&f->gchordfont);
	+ else if (!strcmp(w,"voicefont")) g_fspc(l,nch,&f->voicefont);
	+ else if (!strcmp(w,"barnumberfont")) g_fspc(l,nch,&f->barnumfont);
	+ else if (!strcmp(w,"barlabelfont")) g_fspc(l,nch,&f->barlabelfont);
	+ else if (!strcmp(w,"indexfont")) g_fspc(l,nch,&f->indexfont);
	+
	+ else if (!strcmp(w,"font")) {
	+ sscanf(l,"%*s %s", fnm);
	+ fnum=-1;
	+ for (i=0;i<nfontnames;i++) {
	+ if (!strcmp(fnm,fontnames[i])) fnum=i;
	+ }
	+ if (fnum<0) {
	+ if (file_initialized) {
	+ printf ("+++ Cannot predefine when output file open: %s\n", l);
	+ exit (3);
	+ }
	+ tempfont.size=12.0;
	+ g_fspc(l,nch,&tempfont);
	+ }
	+ }
	+
	+ else {
	+ if (vb>=5) printf ("Ignore format line: %s\n", l);
	+ return 2;
	+ }
	+ return 0;
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- read_fmt_file ----- */
	+int read_fmt_file (filename,dirname,f)
	+char filename [],dirname[];
	+struct FORMAT *f;
	+{
	+ FILE *fp;
	+ char line[BSIZE],fname[201];
	+ int i,end;
	+
	+ strcpy(fname,filename);
	+ if ((fp = fopen (fname,"r")) == NULL) {
	+ if (strlen(dirname)==0)
	+ return 0;
	+ else {
	+ strcpy(fname,dirname);
	+ strcat(fname,"/");
	+ strcat(fname,filename);
	+ if ((fp = fopen (fname,"r")) == NULL) return 0;
	+ }
	+ }
	+
	+ if (vb>=4) printf ("Reading format file %s:\n", fname);
	+ printf ("%s .. ", fname);
	+ strcpy (line, "");
	+ getline(line, BSIZE, fp);
	+ for (i=0;i<200;i++) {
	+ end=interpret_format_line (line,f);
	+ if (end==1) return 1;
	+ strcpy (line, "");
	+ if (feof(fp)) return 1;
	+ if (!getline(line, BSIZE, fp)) return 1 ;
	+ }
	+ fclose (fp);
	+ return 1;
	+}
	+
	+
	diff --git a/journey.abc b/journey.abc
	@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
	+%%scale 0.70
	+%%titlefont Helvetica-Bold 13
	+%%composerfont Helvetica 9
	+%%composerspace 0.2cm
	+%%gchordfont Times-Roman 13
	+%%musicspace 1.1cm
	+%%leftmargin 1.3cm
	+%%staffwidth 18.4cm
	+%%staffsep 40
	+%%partsfont Times-Bold 10
	+%%partsspace 0.35cm
	+%musiconly
	+
	+X: 1
	+T: SENTIMENTAL JOURNEY
	+C: Words and Music by
	+C: Bud Green, Les Brown, and Ben Homer
	+M: C
	+L: 1/4
	+Q: "Easy Swing" 1/4=140
	+K: C
	+%text Easy Swing
	+"C"z/EC/ E>C\|E/>C/E/>C/ E<C\|z/EC/E>F\|"D7"E_E/D/-"G7"D2\|
	+w: Gon-na take a Sen-ti-men-tal Jour-ney, gon-na set my heart at ease._
	+w: Got my bag, I got my re-ser-va-tion, spent each dime I could af-ford.
	+"C"z/=EC/ E>C\|"F9"_E/>C/E/>C/ E<D\|"C"z/=EC/E>F\|"G7"E/>_E/ D/C/-"C"C2:\|
	+w: Gon-na take a Sen-ti-men-tal Jour-ney, to re-new old mem -or-ries._
	+w: Like a child in wild an-ti-ci-pa-tion, long to hear that "All_ a-board."
	+"FM7"B/c/-c3\| B/>c/B/>c/ d<c \| "CM7"^F/G/-G3\| ^F/>G/F/>G/ A<G\|
	+w:Se-ven,_ that's the time we leave, at sev-en._ I'll be wait-in' up for
	+"D7"^c/d/-d3\|^c/>d/c/>d/=c>A\|"G7"B/GA/-"Dm7"A>F\|"G7"G"C#dim7"E/F/-"G7/D G7"F2\|
	+w:Hea-ven,_ count-in' ev-'ry mile of rail-road track_ that takes me back._
	+"C"z/EC/ E>C\|E/>C/E/>C/ E<C\|z/EC/E>F\|"D7"E_E/D/-"G7"D2\|
	+w: Nev-er thought my heart could be so yeam-y. Why did I de-cide to roam?_
	+"C"z/=EC/ E>C\|"F9"_E/>C/E/>C/ E<D\|"C"z/=EC/ E<F\|"G7"E/>_E/ D/C/-"C"C2 \|]
	+w:Got-ta take this Sen-ti-men-tal Jour-ney, Sen-ti-men-tal Jour - ney home._
	diff --git a/landscape.fmt b/landscape.fmt
	@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
	+
	+% format for wide output in landscape mode
	+
	+ pageheight 21cm
	+ staffwidth 25cm
	+ landscape 1
	+
	+ titleleft yes
	+ titlefont Palatino-Bold 22
	+ composerspace 0.6cm
	+ staffsep 60
	diff --git a/layout.txt b/layout.txt
	@@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
	+
	+
	+ How the notes are arranged on the staff in abc2ps
	+ =================================================
	+
	+ This file contains more detailed information on the way in which
	+ the layout is calculated in abc2ps, for those who are interested
	+ or would like to change the layout.
	+
	+
	+ ----- General points -----
	+
	+ When typesetting music, an important feature is presumably
	+ that notes and rests are arranged in some way which indicates
	+ the note durations. The following considerations entered
	+ into abc2ps:
	+
	+ (a) The space assigned a note should be qualitatively proportional
	+ to its durations, but this mapping should not be strictly linear.
	+ It seems best to "saturate" the mapping so that whole notes
	+ are somewhat less than twice as wide as half notes. At the other
	+ end, the width allocated to 8th and 16th notes must be
	+ more similar than a factor of 1/2 or the layout looks uneven.
	+ Thus, for durations approaching zero the note width should go
	+ to some constant. A modifiable function nwidth(len) defines
	+ the mapping.
	+
	+ (b) Given a sequence of notes (or rests) within a bar, the space
	+ between any two should reflect the duration of the first.
	+ If this is done strictly, the distance along the staff becomes
	+ the correct "time axis" but the output looks uneven.
	+ Therefore there is an "asymmetry" parameter beta to adjust.
	+ For beta=0, the internote spacing comes equally from both neighbor
	+ notes, and for beta=1 only the first note of each pair is taken
	+ into account.
	+
	+ (c) When notes are grouped under a beam, they are moved slightly
	+ closer together.
	+
	+ (d) The spacing between a note at the start of a measure and the
	+ preceding bar line is a separate case. On the one hand, the duration
	+ of the note could influence the spacing. On the other hand,
	+ music often seems to be written with this spacing some fixed standard
	+ distance. The treatment here is to choose a standard space (eg. some
	+ fraction of a full measure) and another tuning parameter beta. For beta=0
	+ the standard distance is used, and for beta=1 the space is taken from
	+ the note duration. Notes at the end of a measure are treated similarily.
	+
	+ (e) If a measure has only one note in it, one can put the note exactly
	+ into the middle and calculate the measure width from the note duration.
	+ Alternatively, this case can be treated like case (d) as a bar-note
	+ and a note-bar case. A further parameter interpolates between these
	+ alternatives.
	+
	+
	+ ----- Puristic layout -----
	+
	+ To change the layout rules, the parameters in file "style.h" should
	+ be modified. As a starting point, it is useful to consider a strict
	+ layout defined as follows (see file "style.pure"):
	+
	+ (a) Make the mapping between note length and the space on the paper linear.
	+
	+ (b) Make the space between two notes exactly proportional to the length
	+ of the first note.
	+
	+ (c) Do not move notes under beams closer together.
	+
	+ (d) Put notes at the start of a measure at a fixed distance behind the bar.
	+ Put a bar behind a note at a spacing proportional to the note length.
	+
	+ (e) Treat a measure with a single note in it like case (d).
	+
	+ For this layout, the position of each note exactly gives the time when
	+ the note starts. It looks more or less like what one wants, but it is
	+ too strict for good readability. One way to get suitable layout
	+ parameters is to start from the settings in "style.pure" and twiddle
	+ on the parameters.
	+
	+
	+ ----- Algorithm for filling out the staffs -----
	+
	+ This is similar to the procedure used by Knuth in TeX
	+ as described in the TeXBook, chapter on "Glue".
	+ Three different sets of spacings are defined: shrink, space, stretch.
	+
	+ shrink: the smallest acceptable spacings. These are controlled
	+ by function set_sym_widths().
	+ space: prefered "natural" spacings at which layout looks best.
	+ All parameters in style.h ending in 'p' are relevant.
	+ stretch: spacings for an expanded "stretched" layout.
	+ All parameters in style.h ending in 'x' are relevant.
	+
	+ To set a line, the natural spacings are added together. If the sum is
	+ larger than the desired staff length, the final spacings are obtained
	+ by linear interpolation between the "shrink" and "space" values.
	+ If the sum is smaller, the spacings are obtained by interpolating
	+ between the "space" and "stretch" values. Compression does not go
	+ beyond the "shrink" spacings but expansion is allowed to any width.
	+ (Formal note: the definition of shrink and stretch used here is not
	+ the same as in TeX; eg. the minimal spacing is here 'shrink'
	+ whereas in TeX it is 'space-shrink'.)
	+
	+
	+ ----- How to proceed when changing the layout -----
	+
	+ When changing the output appearance, the important thing is to modify
	+ the three glue modes "shrink", "space", and "stretch" separately.
	+ Since a typical music line is a mixture of these modes, it is
	+ difficult to see what is happening when changing the parameters
	+ in the "fill" mode. In detail:
	+
	+ (1) Use info field 'E:shrink' or the flag "-g shrink" to force
	+ maximally compressed output. In this mode, no extra glue is put
	+ between the symbols. The layout should be as compressed as possible
	+ while still being acceptable. The spacings are here given by
	+ the left and right widths wl,wr which are defined in routine
	+ set_sym_widths(). These are presently set so that symbols
	+ have a small space around them, taking into account dots, flags,
	+ accidentals etc. Slightly more space is left around open notes and
	+ fat bars.
	+
	+ (2) Next, use 'E:space' or "-g space" to force the prefered natural
	+ spacing. This layout should be adjusted to get the ouput which looks
	+ best. As in case (1), there are left and right widths for each symbol,
	+ now called pl and pr, which are also set in set_sym_widths().
	+ The important difference is that spacings around notes and rests
	+ are influenced by the durations. This is done according
	+ to the rules described above, using the parameters ending in 'p'
	+ in style.h. The relevant routine is set_sym_poslist().
	+
	+ (3) Finally, use 'E:stretch' to force stretched output.
	+ This output should be something like twice as wide but should still be
	+ easily readable. For example, this implies that internote spacings are
	+ more even than in the "space" mode. Internally, the stretched spacings
	+ are calculated exactly as the prefered spacings, using left and right
	+ widths xl and xr, function xwidth(len), and the parameters ending
	+ in 'x' in style.h.
	+
	+ The idea is that after obtaining satisfactory layouts for the shrink,
	+ space, and stretch modes separately, the output should look good
	+ when the spacings are interpolated to fill out the staff.
	+
	+ If you change the style file to your tastes, you might as well
	+ give the layout a new name, by changing the macro STYLE in style.h.
	+ This is so that the command 'abc2ps -V' can show what style is
	+ currently being used.
	+
	+
	+ Michael Methfessel, Feb 1996.
	diff --git a/mtunes1.abc b/mtunes1.abc
	@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
	+
	+X:1
	+%%indent 1cm
	+T: Reel in E-minor
	+C: Trad.
	+Z: From Fiddle Book by M. Thaut.
	+M: C\|
	+L: 1/8
	+K:EDor
	+V:1 name="Mandolin" staves=1
	+"Em"EB, ((3B,A,B,) (EG) FE \| "D"DA, ((3A,G,A,) DE FA \| ("Em"GE) ED (EF) GA \|
	+"Em"B2 eB ("Bm"dB) AF \| ((3"Em"EDE) B,E (GE) B,E \| ((3"D"DED) A,D (FD) A,D \|
	+((3"Bm"Bcd) "Em7"eB (dB) AF \|1 ("D"DE) FA "Bm"B2 AF :\|2 "D"DE FA "Em"B2 z2 \|\|
	+\|: "Em"eB ((3BAB) (eg) fe \| "D"d2 fa (gf) ed \| ((3"Bm"Bcd) "Em"ef (gf) ge \|
	+("D"fg) ((3agf) "C"gf ed \| "Em"eB ((3BAB) ("D"AB) FA \| "Em"BE ((3EDE) (Bd) ef\|
	+"C"g3a "D"f3d \|1 ("Em"ef) ed ("Bm"BA) FB :\|2 "Em"ef ed B2 z2 \|]
	+
	+X: 2
	+T: Carolan's Cup
	+C:Trad.
	+Z: From Fiddle Book by M. Thaut.
	+M: 6/8
	+K:D
	+ (de) \| f3/(g/f/e/) (df)a \| ~e2 d/B/ A2 f/e/ \| dcB A<FA \| Bba bfe \|
	+ f3/(g/f/e/) (df)a \| e(g/f/e/d/) c2 e \| (dc)B (AF)A \| B3 B2 :\|
	+\|: c \| d3/(e/d/c/) d2 f \| a3/(b/a/f/) .a2 f \| e3/(f/e/d/) (ef)a \| (b3 b)(fa) \|
	+baf/e/ (de)a \| ~e2 d/B/ A2 f/e/ \| (dc)B (AF)A \| B3 B2 :\|
	+
	+X: 3
	+T: Anroozha
	+C: Persian, arr. Farid Farjad
	+S: Anroozha first CD
	+M: 2/4
	+L: 1/8
	+K:Em
	+"Em"zAGF \| A(G3 \|G4) \| zGFE \| "B7"G(F3\|F4) \| zFE^D\| "Em"F(E3\| E4)\|
	+\|:zAGF\|"Am"BA2F\|AG2E\|("B7"F4\|F4)\|zGFE\|"Am"AG2E\|"B7"GF2^D\|("Em"E4\|"(fine)"E4):\|
	+"Em"z(g/a/) .b/.b/.a/.a/\|g(b3\|b4)\|z(f/g/) .a/.a/.g/.g/\|\
	+ "Am"f(a3\|a4)\|"Em7"z(e/f/) .g/.g/.f/.f/\|"C"e({e}g3\|g4)\|
	+"B7"z(^d/e/) f.e/.e/\|"Em"^d/(d/(e3)\|e2)z2\|{E}A2 G2\|\
	+ "Am"F3G/A/\|("Em"G4\|G2)z2\|"C"G2F2\|"B7"E3^D/F/\|("Em"E4\|E2)z2\|
	+B2A2\| "G"G3A/B/\|("Am7"A4\|A2)z2\|A2G2\|"D"F3G/A/\|\
	+ ("C"G4\|G3)F/E/\|"B7"^D2E2\|A2z G/F/\|("Em"E4\|E2)z2\|\|
	+b3b\|"G"{b}e'2d'2\|"Am"{d'e'}d'c' b<c'\|("Em"b4\|b2)z2\|\
	+ zb2g\|"G"a2g2\|"Am"ag2a\|("Em"b4\|b2)z2\|
	+zb2g\|"G"a>g f2\|"B7"gfe^d\|("Em"e4\|e2)z2\|\
	+ B3B\|"G"{B}e2d2\|"Am"{de}dc B<c\|("Em"B4\|B2)z2\|
	+zB2G\|"Am7"A2G2\|AG2A\|("Em"B4\|B2)z2\|zB2G\|\
	+ "Am"A>GF2\|"B7"GFE^D\|("Em"E4\|E2)z2\|
	+"Am"A2((3"Em"GFG)\|"B"F3G/A/\|("C"G4\|G2)z2\|"C"G2"B"F2\|"Am"E3"B7"^D/F/\|\
	+ ("Em"E4\|E2)z2\|"Em"B2"D"A2\|"G"GF "C6"GA/B/\|("Am"A4\|A2)z2\|
	+"D"A2"C"G2\|"B"F3G/A/\|("C"G4\|G3)F/E/\|"Em"^D2E2\|"B7"A2zG/F/\|("Em"E4\|E2)z2\|\
	+ b3b\| ("G"a/c'/b2)(a/b/\|"Am"a2)z2\|
	+a3g\|(a/b/a2)(g/a/\|"Em"g2)z2\|"C"{f}g3f\|(g/a/g2)(f/g/\|"B7"f3)e\|\
	+ ^d2e2\|"Am"a2zg/f/\|("Em"e4\|e2)"D.C."z2\|\|
	diff --git a/music.h b/music.h
	@@ -0,0 +1,4496 @@
	+/*
	+ * This file is part of abc2ps,
	+ * Copyright (C) 1996,1997,1998 Michael Methfessel
	+ * See file abc2ps.c for details.
	+ */
	+
	+/* subroutines connected with output of music */
	+
	+#define XP_START 0
	+#define XP_END (maxSyms-1)
	+
	+/* ----- nwid ----- */
	+/* Sets the prefered width for a note depending on the duration.
	+ Return value is default space on right and left side.
	+ Function is determined by values at 0, 1/2, 1.
	+ Return value is 1.0 for quarter note. */
	+float nwid (dur)
	+float dur;
	+{
	+ float a,b,x,p,x0,p0;
	+
	+ a=2(f1p-2f5p+f0p);
	+ b=f1p-f0p-a;
	+ x = dur/(float)BASE;
	+ p = axx + b*x + f0p;
	+
	+ x0 = 0.25;
	+ p0 = ax0x0 + b*x0 + f0p;
	+ p = p/p0;
	+ return p;
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- xwid -- --- */
	+/* same as nwid but for stretched system */
	+float xwid (dur)
	+float dur;
	+{
	+ float a,b,x,p,x0,p0;
	+
	+ a=2(f1x-2f5x+f0x);
	+ b=f1x-f0x-a;
	+ x = dur/(float)BASE;
	+ p = axx + b*x + f0x;
	+
	+ x0 = 0.25;
	+ p0 = ax0x0 + b*x0 + f0x;
	+ p = p/p0;
	+
	+ return p;
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- next_note, prec_note ------ */
	+int next_note (k,n,symb)
	+int k,n;
	+struct SYMBOL symb[];
	+{
	+ int i;
	+ for (i=k+1;i<n;i++) {
	+ if ((symb[i].type==NOTE)\|\|(symb[i].type==REST)) return i;
	+ }
	+ return -1;
	+}
	+
	+int prec_note (k,n,symb)
	+int k,n;
	+struct SYMBOL symb[];
	+{
	+ int i;
	+ for (i=k-1;i>=0;i--) {
	+ if ((symb[i].type==NOTE)\|\|(symb[i].type==REST)) return i;
	+ }
	+ return -1;
	+}
	+
	+
	+/* ----- followed_by_note ------ */
	+int followed_by_note (k,n,symb)
	+int k,n;
	+struct SYMBOL symb[];
	+{
	+ int i;
	+
	+ for (i=k+1;i<n;i++) {
	+ switch (symb[i].type) {
	+ case INVISIBLE:
	+ break;
	+ case NOTE:
	+ case REST:
	+ return i;
	+ break;
	+ default:
	+ return -1;
	+ }
	+ }
	+ return -1;
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- preceded_by_note ------ */
	+int preceded_by_note (k,n,symb)
	+int k,n;
	+struct SYMBOL symb[];
	+{
	+ int i;
	+
	+ for (i=k-1;i>=0;i--) {
	+ switch (symb[i].type) {
	+ case INVISIBLE:
	+ break;
	+ case NOTE:
	+ case REST:
	+ return i;
	+ break;
	+ default:
	+ return -1;
	+ }
	+ }
	+ return -1;
	+}
	+
	+
	+void xch (i,j) /* sub to exchange two integers */
	+int i,j;
	+{
	+ int k;
	+ k=*i;
	+ i=j;
	+ *j=k;
	+}
	+
	+
	+
	+/* ----- print_linetype ----------- */
	+void print_linetype (t)
	+int t;
	+{
	+
	+ if (t== COMMENT) printf("COMMENT\n");
	+ else if (t== MUSIC) printf("MUSIC\n");
	+ else if (t== E_O_F) printf("E_O_F\n");
	+ else if (t== INFO) printf("INFO\n");
	+ else if (t== TITLE) printf("TITLE\n");
	+ else if (t== METER) printf("METER\n");
	+ else if (t== PARTS) printf("PARTS\n");
	+ else if (t== KEY) printf("KEY\n");
	+ else if (t== XREF) printf("XREF\n");
	+ else if (t== DLEN) printf("DLEN\n");
	+ else if (t== HISTORY) printf("HISTORY\n");
	+ else if (t== TEMPO) printf("TEMPO\n");
	+ else if (t== BLANK) printf("BLANK\n");
	+ else if (t== VOICE) printf("VOICE\n");
	+ else if (t== MWORDS) printf("MWORDS\n");
	+ else if (t== PSCOMMENT) printf("PSCOMMENT\n");
	+ else printf("UNKNOWN LINE TYPE\n");
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- print_syms: show sym properties set by parser ------ */
	+void print_syms(num1,num2,symb)
	+int num1,num2;
	+struct SYMBOL symb[];
	+{
	+ int i,t,j,y,nsh;
	+ char dsym[21] = {' ','~','.','J','M','H','u','v','R','T','K'};
	+ char bsym[10] = {'-', '1' ,'2', '3', '4', '5', '6', '7', '8', '9'};
	+ char str[21];
	+
	+ printf ("\n---------- Symbol list ----------\n");
	+ printf ("word slur eol num description\n");
	+
	+ for (i=num1;i<num2;i++) {
	+ printf (" %c %c %c %c %c ",
	+ bsym[symb[i].word_st], bsym[symb[i].word_end],
	+ bsym[symb[i].slur_st], bsym[symb[i].slur_end],
	+ bsym[symb[i].eoln] );
	+ printf ("%4d ", i);
	+ t=symb[i].type;
	+ switch (t) {
	+
	+ case NOTE:
	+ case REST:
	+ if (t==NOTE) printf ("NOTE ");
	+ if (t==REST) printf ("REST ");
	+ if (symb[i].npitch>1) printf (" [");
	+ for (j=0;j<symb[i].npitch;j++) {
	+ printf (" ");
	+ if (symb[i].accs[j]==A_SH) printf ("^");
	+ if (symb[i].accs[j]==A_NT) printf ("=");
	+ if (symb[i].accs[j]==A_FT) printf ("_");
	+ if (symb[i].accs[j]==A_DS) printf ("^^");
	+ if (symb[i].accs[j]==A_DF) printf ("__");
	+ y=3*(symb[i].pits[j]-18)+symb[i].yadd;
	+ strcpy (str,"z");
	+ if (t==NOTE) symbolic_pitch (symb[i].pits[j],str);
	+ printf ("%s(%d)", str, symb[i].lens[j]);
	+ }
	+ if (symb[i].npitch>1) printf (" ]");
	+ if (symb[i].p_plet)
	+ printf (" (%d:%d:%d", symb[i].p_plet,symb[i].q_plet,symb[i].r_plet);
	+ if (strlen(symb[i].text)>0) printf (" \"%s\"", symb[i].text);
	+ if (symb[i].dc.n>0) {
	+ printf (" deco ");
	+ for (j=0;j<symb[i].dc.n;j++)
	+ printf ("%c",dsym[symb[i].dc.t[j]]);
	+ }
	+ if (symb[i].gr.n>0) {
	+ printf (" grace ");
	+ for (j=0;j<symb[i].gr.n;j++) {
	+ if (j>0) printf ("-");
	+ if (symb[i].gr.a[j]==A_SH) printf ("^");
	+ if (symb[i].gr.a[j]==A_NT) printf ("=");
	+ if (symb[i].gr.a[j]==A_FT) printf ("_");
	+ symbolic_pitch (symb[i].gr.p[j],str);
	+ printf ("%s",str);
	+ }
	+ }
	+ break;
	+
	+ case BAR:
	+ printf ("BAR ======= ");
	+ if (symb[i].u==B_SNGL) printf ("single");
	+ if (symb[i].u==B_DBL) printf ("double");
	+ if (symb[i].u==B_LREP) printf ("left repeat");
	+ if (symb[i].u==B_RREP) printf ("right repeat");
	+ if (symb[i].u==B_DREP) printf ("double repeat");
	+ if (symb[i].u==B_FAT1) printf ("thick-thin");
	+ if (symb[i].u==B_FAT2) printf ("thin-thick");
	+ if (symb[i].u==B_INVIS) printf ("invisible");
	+ if (symb[i].v) printf (", ending %d", symb[i].v);
	+ if (strlen(symb[i].text)>0) printf (", label \"%s\"",symb[i].text);
	+ break;
	+
	+ case CLEF:
	+ if (symb[i].u==TREBLE) printf ("CLEF treble");
	+ if (symb[i].u==BASS) printf ("CLEF bass");
	+ if (symb[i].u==ALTO) printf ("CLEF alto");
	+ break;
	+
	+ case TIMESIG:
	+ printf ("TIMESIG ");
	+ if (symb[i].w==1) printf ("C");
	+ else if (symb[i].w==2) printf ("C\|");
	+ else printf ("%d/%d", symb[i].u,symb[i].v);
	+ break;
	+
	+ case KEYSIG:
	+ printf ("KEYSIG ");
	+ if (symb[i].t==A_SH) printf ("sharps ");
	+ if (symb[i].t==A_FT) printf ("flats ");
	+ printf ("%d to %d", symb[i].u,symb[i].v);
	+ if (symb[i].w <= symb[i].v)
	+ printf (", neutrals from %d", symb[i].w);
	+ break;
	+
	+ case INVISIBLE:
	+ printf ("INVIS ");
	+ break;
	+
	+ default:
	+ printf ("UNKNOWN ");
	+ break;
	+ }
	+ printf ("\n");
	+
	+ }
	+ printf ("\n");
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- print_vsyms: print symbols for all voices ----- */
	+void print_vsyms ()
	+{
	+ int i;
	+
	+ printf("\n");
	+ for (i=0;i<nvoice;i++) {
	+ if (nvoice>1)
	+ printf ("Voice <%s> (%d of %d)", voice[i].id,i,nvoice);
	+ print_syms (0,voice[i].nsym,symv[i]);
	+ }
	+}
	+
	+
	+/* ----- set_head_directions ----------- */
	+
	+#define ABS(a) ((a)>0) ? (a) : (-a)
	+
	+/* decide whether to shift heads to other side of stem on chords */
	+/* also position accidentals to avoid too much overlap */
	+void set_head_directions (s)
	+struct SYMBOL *s;
	+{
	+ int i,n,nx,sig,d,da,shift,nac;
	+ int i1,i2,m;
	+ float dx,xx,xmn;
	+
	+ n=s->npitch;
	+ sig=-1;
	+ if (s->stem>0) sig=1;
	+ for (i=0;i<n;i++) {
	+ s->shhd[i]=0;
	+ s->shac[i]=8;
	+ if (s->head==H_OVAL) s->shac[i]+=3;
	+ s->xmn=0;
	+ s->xmx=0;
	+ }
	+ if (n<2) return;
	+
	+ /* sort heads by pitch */
	+ for (;;) {
	+ nx=0;
	+ for (i=1;i<n;i++) {
	+ if ( (s->pits[i]-s->pits[i-1])*sig>0 ) {
	+ xch (&s->pits[i],&s->pits[i-1]);
	+ xch (&s->lens[i],&s->lens[i-1]);
	+ xch (&s->accs[i],&s->accs[i-1]);
	+ xch (&s->sl1[i],&s->sl1[i-1]);
	+ xch (&s->sl2[i],&s->sl2[i-1]);
	+ xch (&s->ti1[i],&s->ti1[i-1]);
	+ xch (&s->ti2[i],&s->ti2[i-1]);
	+ nx++;
	+ }
	+ }
	+ if (!nx) break;
	+ }
	+
	+ shift=0; /* shift heads */
	+ for (i=n-2;i>=0;i--) {
	+ d=s->pits[i+1]-s->pits[i];
	+ if (d<0) d=-d;
	+ if ((d>=2) \|\| (d==0))
	+ shift=0;
	+ else {
	+ shift=1-shift;
	+ if (shift) {
	+ dx=7.8;
	+ if (s->head==H_EMPTY) dx=7.8;
	+ if (s->head==H_OVAL) dx=10.0;
	+ if (s->stem==-1) s->shhd[i]=-dx;
	+ else s->shhd[i]=dx;
	+ }
	+ }
	+ if (s->shhd[i] < s->xmn) s->xmn = s->shhd[i];
	+ if (s->shhd[i] > s->xmx) s->xmx = s->shhd[i];
	+ }
	+
	+ shift=0; /* shift accidentals */
	+ i1=0; i2=n-1;
	+ if (sig<0) { i1=n-1; i2=0; }
	+ for (i=i1; ; i=i+sig) { /* count down in terms of pitch */
	+ xmn=0; /* left-most pos of a close head */
	+ nac=99; /* relative pos of next acc above */
	+ for (m=0;m<n;m++) {
	+ xx=s->shhd[m];
	+ d=s->pits[m]-s->pits[i];
	+ da=ABS(d);
	+ if ((da<=5) && (s->shhd[m]<xmn)) xmn=s->shhd[m];
	+ if ((d>0) && (da<nac) && s->accs[m]) nac=da;
	+ }
	+ s->shac[i]=8.5-xmn+s->shhd[i]; /* aligns accidentals in column */
	+ if (s->head==H_EMPTY) s->shac[i] += 1.0;
	+ if (s->head==H_OVAL) s->shac[i] += 3.0;
	+ if (s->accs[i]) {
	+ if (nac>=6) /* no overlap */
	+ shift=0;
	+ else if (nac>=4) { /* weak overlap */
	+ if (shift==0) shift=1;
	+ else shift=shift-1;
	+ }
	+ else { /* strong overlap */
	+ if (shift==0) shift=2;
	+ else if (shift==1) shift=3;
	+ else if (shift==2) shift=1;
	+ else if (shift==3) shift=0;
	+ }
	+
	+ while (shift>=4) shift -=4;
	+ s->shac[i] += 3*shift;
	+ }
	+ if (i==i2) break;
	+ }
	+
	+}
	+
	+
	+/* ----- set_minsyms: want at least one symbol in each voice --- */
	+void set_minsyms(ivc)
	+int ivc;
	+{
	+ int n2;
	+
	+ n2=voice[ivc].nsym;
	+ printf ("set_minsyms: n2=%d\n",n2);
	+ if (n2>0) return;
	+
	+ symv[ivc][n2]=zsym;
	+ symv[ivc][n2].type = INVISIBLE;
	+ symv[ivc][n2].u = 3;
	+ symv[ivc][n2].v = 3;
	+ symv[ivc][n2].w = 3;
	+ voice[ivc].nsym++;
	+
	+}
	+
	+
	+/* ----- set_sym_chars: set symbol characteristics --- */
	+void set_sym_chars (n1,n2,symb)
	+int n1,n2;
	+struct SYMBOL symb[];
	+{
	+ int i,np,m,ymn,ymx;
	+ float yav,yy;
	+
	+ for (i=n1;i<n2;i++) {
	+ if ((symb[i].type==NOTE)\|\|(symb[i].type==REST)) {
	+ symb[i].y=3*(symb[i].pits[0]-18)+symb[i].yadd;
	+ if (symb[i].type==REST) symb[i].y=12;
	+ yav=0;
	+ ymn=1000;
	+ ymx=-1000;
	+ np=symb[i].npitch;
	+ for (m=0;m<np;m++) {
	+ yy=3*(symb[i].pits[m]-18)+symb[i].yadd;
	+ yav=yav+yy/np;
	+ if (yy<ymn) ymn=yy;
	+ if (yy>ymx) ymx=yy;
	+ }
	+ symb[i].ymn=ymn;
	+ symb[i].ymx=ymx;
	+ symb[i].yav=yav;
	+ symb[i].ylo=ymn;
	+ symb[i].yhi=ymx;
	+
	+ }
	+ }
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- set_beams: decide on beams ---- */
	+void set_beams (n1,n2,symb)
	+int n1,n2;
	+struct SYMBOL symb[];
	+{
	+ int j,lastnote,start_flag;
	+
	+ /* separate words at notes without flags */
	+ start_flag=0;
	+ lastnote=-1;
	+ for (j=n1;j<n2;j++) {
	+ if (symb[j].type==NOTE) {
	+ if (start_flag) {
	+ symb[j].word_st=1;
	+ start_flag=0;
	+ }
	+ if (symb[j].flags==0) {
	+ if (lastnote>=0) symb[lastnote].word_end=1;
	+ symb[j].word_st=1;
	+ symb[j].word_end=1;
	+ start_flag=1;
	+ }
	+ lastnote=j;
	+ }
	+ }
	+
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- set_stems: decide on stem directions and lengths ---- */
	+void set_stems (n1,n2,symb)
	+int n1,n2;
	+struct SYMBOL symb[];
	+{
	+ int beam,j,k,n,stem,laststem;
	+ float avg,slen,lasty,dy;
	+
	+ /* set stem directions; near middle, use previous direction */
	+ beam=0;
	+ laststem=0;
	+ for (j=n1; j<n2; j++) {
	+ if (symb[j].type!=NOTE) laststem=0;
	+
	+ if (symb[j].type==NOTE) {
	+
	+ symb[j].stem=0;
	+ if (symb[j].len<WHOLE) symb[j].stem=1;
	+ if (symb[j].yav>=12) symb[j].stem=-symb[j].stem;
	+ if ((symb[j].yav>11) && (symb[j].yav<13) && (laststem!=0)) {
	+ dy=symb[j].yav-lasty;
	+ if ((dy>-7) && (dy<7)) symb[j].stem=laststem;
	+ }
	+
	+ if (symb[j].word_st && (!symb[j].word_end)) { /* start of beam */
	+ avg=0;
	+ n=0;
	+ for (k=j;k<n2;k++) {
	+ if (symb[k].type==NOTE) {
	+ avg=avg+symb[k].yav;
	+ n++;
	+ }
	+ if (symb[k].word_end) break;
	+ }
	+ avg=avg/n;
	+ stem=1;
	+ if (avg>=12) stem=-1;
	+ if ((avg>11) && (avg<13) && (laststem!=0)) stem=laststem;
	+ beam=1;
	+ }
	+
	+ if (beam) symb[j].stem=stem;
	+ if (symb[j].word_end) beam=0;
	+ if (bagpipe) symb[j].stem=-1;
	+ if (symb[j].len>=WHOLE) symb[j].stem=0;
	+ laststem=symb[j].stem;
	+ if (symb[j].len>=HALF) laststem=0;
	+ lasty=symb[j].yav;
	+ }
	+ }
	+
	+ /* shift notes in chords (need stem direction to do this) */
	+ for (j=n1;j<n2;j++)
	+ if (symb[j].type==NOTE) set_head_directions (&symb[j]);
	+
	+ /* set height of stem end, without considering beaming for now */
	+ for (j=n1; j<n2; j++) if (symb[j].type==NOTE) {
	+ slen=STEM;
	+ if (symb[j].npitch>1) slen=STEM_CH;
	+ if (symb[j].flags==3) slen += 4;
	+ if (symb[j].flags==4) slen += 9;
	+ if ((symb[j].flags>2) && (symb[j].stem==1)) slen -= 1;
	+ if (symb[j].stem==1) {
	+ symb[j].y=symb[j].ymn;
	+ symb[j].ys=symb[j].ymx+slen;
	+ }
	+ else if (symb[j].stem==-1) {
	+ symb[j].y=symb[j].ymx;
	+ symb[j].ys=symb[j].ymn-slen;
	+ }
	+ else {
	+ symb[j].y=symb[j].ymx;
	+ symb[j].ys=symb[j].ymx;
	+ }
	+ }
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- set_sym_times: set time axis; also count through bars ----- */
	+int set_sym_times (n1,n2,symb,meter0)
	+int n1,n2;
	+struct SYMBOL symb[];
	+struct METERSTR meter0;
	+{
	+ int i,pp,qq,rr,meter1,meter2,count,bnum,lastb,bsave;
	+ int qtab[] = {0,0,3,2,3,0,2,0,3,0};
	+ float time,factor,fullmes;
	+
	+ meter1=meter0.meter1;
	+ meter2=meter0.meter2;
	+
	+ lastb=bnum=0;
	+ bsave=1;
	+
	+ time=0.0;
	+ factor=1.0;
	+ for (i=n1;i<n2;i++) {
	+ symb[i].time=time;
	+
	+ /* count through bar numbers, put into symb.t */
	+ if (symb[i].type==BAR) {
	+ fullmes=(WHOLE*meter1)/meter2;
	+ if (bnum==0) {
	+ bnum=barinit;
	+ if (fullmes<time+0.001) bnum++;
	+ symb[i].t=bnum;
	+ lastb=i;
	+ }
	+ else if (time-symb[lastb].time>=fullmes-0.001) {
	+ bnum++;
	+ while (symb[i+1].type==BAR) {i++; symb[i].time=time; }
	+ symb[i].t=bnum;
	+ lastb=i;
	+ }
	+ if (symb[i].v>1) {
	+ bnum=bsave;
	+ symb[i].t=0;
	+ }
	+ if (symb[i].v==1) bsave=bnum;
	+ }
	+
	+ if ((symb[i].type==NOTE)\|\|(symb[i].type==REST)) {
	+ if (symb[i].p_plet) {
	+ pp=symb[i].p_plet;
	+ qq=symb[i].q_plet;
	+ rr=symb[i].r_plet;
	+ if (qq==0) {
	+ qq=qtab[pp];
	+ if (qq==0) {
	+ qq=2;
	+ if (meter1%3==0) qq=3;
	+ }
	+ }
	+ factor=((float)qq)/((float)pp);
	+ count=rr;
	+ }
	+ time=time+factor*symb[i].len;
	+ if (count>0) count--;
	+ if (count==0) factor=1;
	+ }
	+
	+ if (symb[i].type==TIMESIG) { /* maintain meter as we go along */
	+ meter1=symb[i].u;
	+ meter2=symb[i].v;
	+ }
	+
	+ }
	+
	+ return bnum;
	+
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- set_sym_widths: set widths and prefered space --- */
	+/* This routine sets the minimal left and right widths wl,wr
	+ so that successive symbols are still separated when
	+ no extra glue is put between them. It also sets the prefered
	+ spacings pl,pr for good output and xl,xr for expanded layout.
	+ All distances in pt relative to the symbol center. */
	+
	+#define AT_LEAST(a,b) if((a)<(b)) a=b;
	+void set_sym_widths (ns1,ns2,symb,ivc)
	+int ns1,ns2,ivc;
	+struct SYMBOL symb[];
	+{
	+ int i,n,j0,j,m,n1,n2,bt,k,sl,k1,k2,got_note,ok;
	+ float xx,w,swfac,spc,dur,yy;
	+ char t[81],tt[81];
	+
	+ swfac=1.0;
	+ if (strstr(cfmt.vocalfont.name,"Times-Roman")) swfac=1.00;
	+ if (strstr(cfmt.vocalfont.name,"Times-Bold")) swfac=1.05;
	+ if (strstr(cfmt.vocalfont.name,"Helvetica")) swfac=1.10;
	+ if (strstr(cfmt.vocalfont.name,"Helvetica-Bold")) swfac=1.15;
	+
	+ got_note=0;
	+ for (i=ns1;i<ns2;i++) {
	+ switch (symb[i].type) {
	+
	+ case INVISIBLE: /* empty space; shrink,space,stretch from u,v,w */
	+ symb[i].wl=symb[i].wr=0.5*symb[i].u;
	+ symb[i].pl=symb[i].pr=0.5*symb[i].v;
	+ symb[i].xl=symb[i].xr=0.5*symb[i].w;
	+ break;
	+
	+ case NOTE:
	+ case REST:
	+ got_note=1;
	+ dur=symb[i].len;
	+ symb[i].wl=symb[i].wr=4.5;
	+ if (symb[i].head==H_EMPTY) {symb[i].wl=6.0; symb[i].wr=14.0;}
	+ if (symb[i].head==H_OVAL) {symb[i].wl=8.0; symb[i].wr=18.0;}
	+ symb[i].pl=symb[i].xl=symb[i].wl;
	+ symb[i].pr=symb[i].xr=symb[i].wr;
	+
	+ /* room for shifted heads and accidental signs */
	+ for (m=0;m<symb[i].npitch;m++) {
	+ xx=symb[i].shhd[m];
	+ AT_LEAST (symb[i].wr, xx+6);
	+ AT_LEAST (symb[i].wl, -xx+6);
	+ if (symb[i].accs[m]) {
	+ xx=xx-symb[i].shac[m];
	+ AT_LEAST (symb[i].wl, -xx+3);
	+ }
	+ AT_LEAST (symb[i].xl, -xx+3);
	+ symb[i].pl=symb[i].wl;
	+ symb[i].xl=symb[i].wl;
	+ }
	+
	+ /* room for slide */
	+ for (k=0;k<symb[i].dc.n;k++) {
	+ if (symb[i].dc.t[k]==D_SLIDE) symb[i].wl += 10;
	+ }
	+
	+ /* room for grace notes */
	+ if (symb[i].gr.n>0) {
	+ xx=GSPACE0;
	+ if (symb[i].gr.a[0]) xx=xx+3.5;
	+ for (j=1;j<symb[i].gr.n;j++) {
	+ xx=xx+GSPACE;
	+ if (symb[i].gr.a[j]) xx=xx+4;
	+ }
	+ symb[i].wl = symb[i].wl + xx+1;
	+ symb[i].pl = symb[i].pl + xx+1;
	+ symb[i].xl = symb[i].xl + xx+1;
	+ }
	+
	+ /* space for flag if stem goes up on standalone note */
	+ if (symb[i].word_st && symb[i].word_end)
	+ if ((symb[i].stem==1) && symb[i].flags>0)
	+ AT_LEAST (symb[i].wr, 12);
	+
	+ /* leave room for dots */
	+ if (symb[i].dots>0) {
	+ AT_LEAST (symb[i].wr,12+symb[i].xmx);
	+ if (symb[i].dots>=2) symb[i].wr=symb[i].wr+3.5;
	+ n=(int) symb[i].y;
	+ /* special case: standalone with up-stem and flags */
	+ if (symb[i].flags && (symb[i].stem==1) && !(n%6))
	+ if ((symb[i].word_st==1) && (symb[i].word_end==1)) {
	+ symb[i].wr=symb[i].wr+DOTSHIFT;
	+ symb[i].pr=symb[i].pr+DOTSHIFT;
	+ symb[i].xr=symb[i].xr+DOTSHIFT;
	+ }
	+ }
	+
	+ /* extra space when down stem follows up stem */
	+ j0=preceded_by_note(i,ns2,symb);
	+ if ((j0>=0) && (symb[j0].stem==1) && (symb[i].stem==-1))
	+ AT_LEAST (symb[i].wl, 7);
	+
	+ /* make sure helper lines don't overlap */
	+ if ((j0>=0) && (symb[i].y>27) && (symb[j0].y>27))
	+ AT_LEAST (symb[i].wl, 7.5);
	+
	+ /* leave room guitar chord */
	+ if (strlen(symb[i].text)>0) {
	+ /* special case: guitar chord under ending 1 or 2 */
	+ /* leave some room to the left of the note */
	+ if ((i>0) && (symb[i-1].type==BAR)) {
	+ bt=symb[i-1].v;
	+ if (bt) AT_LEAST (symb[i].wl, 18);
	+ }
	+ /* rest is same for all guitar chord cases */
	+ tex_str(symb[i].text,t,&w);
	+ xx=cfmt.gchordfont.size*w;
	+ xx=xx1.05; / extra space mainly for helvetica font */
	+ spc=xx*GCHPRE;
	+ k1=prec_note(i,ns2,symb);
	+ k2=next_note(i,ns2,symb);
	+ if (spc>8.0) spc=8.0;
	+ if ((k1>0) && (strlen(symb[k1].text)>0))
	+ AT_LEAST (symb[i].wl, spc);
	+ if ((k2>0) && (strlen(symb[k2].text)>0))
	+ AT_LEAST (symb[i].wr, xx-spc);
	+ }
	+
	+ /* leave room for vocals under note */
	+ for (j=0;j<NWLINE;j++) {
	+ if (symb[i].wordp[j]) {
	+ sl=tex_str(symb[i].wordp[j],t,&w);
	+ xx=swfaccfmt.vocalfont.size(w+2*cwid(' '));
	+ AT_LEAST (symb[i].wl,xx*VOCPRE);
	+ AT_LEAST (symb[i].wr,xx*(1.0-VOCPRE));
	+ }
	+ }
	+
	+ AT_LEAST (symb[i].pl, symb[i].wl);
	+ AT_LEAST (symb[i].xl, symb[i].wl);
	+ AT_LEAST (symb[i].pr, symb[i].wr);
	+ AT_LEAST (symb[i].xr, symb[i].wr);
	+ break;
	+
	+ case BAR:
	+ symb[i].wl=symb[i].wr=0;
	+ if (symb[i].u==B_SNGL) symb[i].wl=symb[i].wr=3;
	+ else if (symb[i].u==B_DBL) { symb[i].wl=7; symb[i].wr=4; }
	+ else if (symb[i].u==B_LREP) { symb[i].wl=3; symb[i].wr=12; }
	+ else if (symb[i].u==B_RREP) { symb[i].wl=12; symb[i].wr=3; }
	+ else if (symb[i].u==B_DREP) symb[i].wl=symb[i].wr=12;
	+ else if (symb[i].u==B_FAT1) { symb[i].wl=3; symb[i].wr=9; }
	+ else if (symb[i].u==B_FAT2) { symb[i].wl=9; symb[i].wr=3; }
	+
	+ if (ivc==ivc0) { /* bar numbers and labels next */
	+ ok=0;
	+ if ((cfmt.barnums>0) && (symb[i].t%cfmt.barnums==0)) ok=1;
	+ if (strlen(symb[i].text)>0) ok=1;
	+ if (ok) {
	+ if (strlen(symb[i].text)>0) {
	+ tex_str(symb[i].text,t,&w);
	+ xx=cfmt.barlabelfont.sizew0.5;
	+ }
	+ else {
	+ sprintf (tt,"%d",symb[i].t);
	+ tex_str(tt,t,&w);
	+ xx=cfmt.barnumfont.sizew0.5;
	+ }
	+ yy=60;
	+ if (!got_note) yy=0;
	+ if ((i>0) && (symb[i-1].type==NOTE)) {
	+ yy=symb[i-1].ymx;
	+ if (symb[i-1].stem==1) yy=yy+26;
	+ }
	+ if ((i>0) && (strlen(symb[i-1].text)>0)) yy=60;
	+ AT_LEAST (symb[i].wl, 2);
	+ if (yy>BNUMHT-4.0) AT_LEAST (symb[i].wl, xx+1);
	+ if (!got_note) AT_LEAST (symb[i].wl, xx+1);
	+ yy=0;
	+ if (symb[i+1].type==NOTE) yy=symb[i+1].ymx;
	+ if (yy>BNUMHT-4.0) AT_LEAST (symb[i].wr, xx+2);
	+ if (strlen(symb[i+1].text)>0) AT_LEAST (symb[i].wr, xx+4);
	+ }
	+ }
	+
	+ symb[i].pl=symb[i].wl;
	+ symb[i].pr=symb[i].wr;
	+ symb[i].xl=symb[i].wl;
	+ symb[i].xr=symb[i].wr;
	+ break;
	+
	+ case CLEF:
	+ symb[i].wl=symb[i].wr=symb[i].xl=13.5;
	+ symb[i].pl=symb[i].pr=symb[i].xr=11.5;
	+ break;
	+
	+ case KEYSIG:
	+ n1=symb[i].u;
	+ n2=symb[i].v;
	+ if (n2>=n1) {
	+ symb[i].wl=2;
	+ symb[i].wr=5*(n2-n1+1)+2;
	+ symb[i].pl=symb[i].wl;
	+ symb[i].pr=symb[i].wr;
	+ symb[i].xl=symb[i].wl;
	+ symb[i].xr=symb[i].wr;
	+ }
	+ else {
	+ symb[i].wl=symb[i].pl=symb[i].xl=3;
	+ symb[i].wr=symb[i].pr=symb[i].xr=3;
	+ }
	+ break;
	+
	+ case TIMESIG:
	+ symb[i].wl=8+4*(strlen(symb[i].text)-1);
	+ symb[i].wr=symb[i].wl+4;
	+ symb[i].pl=symb[i].wl;
	+ symb[i].pr=symb[i].wr;
	+ symb[i].xl=symb[i].wl;
	+ symb[i].xr=symb[i].wr;
	+ break;
	+
	+ default:
	+ printf (">>> cannot set width for sym type %d\n", symb[i].type);
	+ symb[i].wl=symb[i].wr=symb[i].xl=0;
	+ symb[i].pl=symb[i].pr=symb[i].xr=0;
	+ break;
	+ }
	+
	+ }
	+}
	+
	+
	+
	+/* ----- contract_keysigs: delete duplicate keysigs at staff start ---- */
	+/* Depending on line breaks, a key and/or meter change can come
	+ at the start of a staff. Solution: scan through symbols from start
	+ of line as long as sym is a CLEF, KEYSIG, or TIMESIG. Remove all
	+ these, but set flags so that set_initsyms will draw the
	+ key and meter which result at the end of the scan. */
	+int contract_keysigs (ip1)
	+int ip1;
	+{
	+ int i,k,v,t,n3,sf,jp1,m,mtop;
	+
	+ mtop=10000;
	+ for (v=0;v<nvoice;v++) {
	+ i=ip1;
	+ m=0;
	+ for (;;) {
	+ m++;
	+ k=xp[i].p[v];
	+ if (k>=0) {
	+ if (symv[v][k].type==CLEF) {
	+ voice[v].key.ktype=symv[v][k].u;
	+ symv[v][k].type=INVISIBLE;
	+ }
	+ else if (symv[v][k].type==KEYSIG) {
	+ sf=symv[v][k].v;
	+ n3=symv[v][k].w;
	+ if (n3-1<sf) sf=n3-1;
	+ t =symv[v][k].t;
	+ if (t==A_FT) sf=-sf;
	+ if (t==A_NT) sf=0;
	+ voice[v].key.sf=sf;
	+ symv[v][k].type=INVISIBLE;
	+ }
	+ else if (symv[v][k].type==TIMESIG) {
	+ voice[v].meter.insert=1;
	+ voice[v].meter.meter1=symv[v][k].u;
	+ voice[v].meter.meter2=symv[v][k].v;
	+ voice[v].meter.mflag =symv[v][k].w;
	+ strcpy(voice[v].meter.top,symv[v][k].text);
	+ symv[v][k].type=INVISIBLE;
	+ }
	+ else
	+ break;
	+ }
	+ i=xp[i].next;
	+ if (i==XP_END) {
	+ i=xp[i].prec;
	+ break;
	+ }
	+ }
	+ if (m<mtop && i>=0) {mtop=m; jp1=i; }
	+ }
	+
	+ /* set glue for first symbol */
	+ xp[jp1].shrink = xp[jp1].wl+3;
	+ xp[jp1].space = xp[jp1].wl+9;
	+ xp[jp1].stretch= xp[jp1].wl+16;
	+
	+ return jp1;
	+
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- set_initsyms: set symbols at start of staff ----- */
	+int set_initsyms (v,wid0)
	+int v;
	+float *wid0;
	+{
	+ int k,t,n;
	+ float x;
	+
	+ k=0;
	+
	+ /* add clef */
	+ sym_st[v][k]=zsym;
	+ sym_st[v][k].type = CLEF;
	+ sym_st[v][k].u = voice[ivc].key.ktype;
	+ sym_st[v][k].v = 0;
	+ k++;
	+
	+ /* add keysig */
	+ sym_st[v][k]=zsym;
	+ sym_st[v][k].type = KEYSIG;
	+ n=voice[ivc].key.sf;
	+ t=A_SH;
	+ if (n<0) { n=-n; t=A_FT; }
	+ sym_st[v][k].u = 1;
	+ sym_st[v][k].v = n;
	+ sym_st[v][k].w = 100;
	+ sym_st[v][k].t = t;
	+ k++;
	+
	+ /* add timesig */
	+ if (voice[ivc].meter.insert) {
	+ sym_st[v][k]=zsym;
	+ sym_st[v][k].type = TIMESIG;
	+ sym_st[v][k].u = voice[ivc].meter.meter1;
	+ sym_st[v][k].v = voice[ivc].meter.meter2;
	+ sym_st[v][k].w = voice[ivc].meter.mflag;
	+ strcpy(sym_st[v][k].text,voice[ivc].meter.top);
	+ k++;
	+ voice[ivc].meter.insert=0;
	+ }
	+
	+ if (voice[ivc].insert_btype) {
	+ sym_st[v][k].type = BAR;
	+ sym_st[v][k].u=voice[ivc].insert_btype;
	+ sym_st[v][k].v=voice[ivc].insert_num;
	+ sym_st[v][k].t=voice[ivc].insert_bnum;
	+ strcpy(sym_st[v][k].text,voice[ivc].insert_text);
	+ voice[ivc].insert_btype=0;
	+ voice[ivc].insert_bnum=0;
	+ k++;
	+ }
	+
	+ n=k;
	+ set_sym_widths (0,n,sym_st[v],ivc);
	+
	+ x=0;
	+ for (k=0;k<n;k++) {
	+ x=x+sym_st[v][k].wl;
	+ sym_st[v][k].x=x;
	+ x=x+sym_st[v][k].wr;
	+ }
	+
	+ *wid0=x+voice[v].insert_space;
	+ return n;
	+
	+}
	+
	+
	+/* ----- print_poslist ----- */
	+void print_poslist ()
	+{
	+ int i,n,typ,vv;
	+
	+ printf ("\n----------- xpos list -----------\n");
	+ printf (" num ptr type time dur width tfac"
	+ " shrk spac stre eol vptr\n");
	+
	+ n=0;
	+ i=xp[XP_START].next;
	+ for (;;) {
	+ typ=xp[i].type;
	+ printf ("%3d %3d %d ", n,i,typ);
	+ if (typ==NOTE) printf ("NOTE");
	+ else if (typ==REST) printf ("REST");
	+ else if (typ==KEYSIG) printf ("KEY ");
	+ else if (typ==TIMESIG) printf ("TSIG");
	+ else if (typ==BAR) printf ("BAR ");
	+ else if (typ==CLEF) printf ("CLEF");
	+ else if (typ==INVISIBLE) printf ("INVS");
	+ else printf ("????");
	+ printf (" %7.2f %6.2f %4.1f %4.1f %5.2f %5.1f %5.1f %5.1f",
	+ xp[i].time,xp[i].dur,xp[i].wl,xp[i].wr,xp[i].tfac,
	+ xp[i].shrink,xp[i].space,xp[i].stretch);
	+ if (xp[i].eoln)
	+ printf(" %d ",xp[i].eoln);
	+ else
	+ printf(" - ");
	+ for (vv=0;vv<nvoice;vv++) {
	+ if (xp[i].p[vv]>=0)
	+ printf(" %2d",xp[i].p[vv]);
	+ else
	+ printf(" -");
	+ }
	+ printf ("\n");
	+ i=xp[i].next;
	+ n++;
	+ if (i==XP_END) break;
	+ }
	+
	+}
	+
	+
	+
	+
	+/* ----- insert_poslist: insert new element after element nins ----- */
	+int insert_poslist (nins)
	+int nins;
	+{
	+ int new,nxt,vv;
	+
	+ new=ixpfree;
	+ ixpfree++;
	+ if (new>=XP_END)
	+ rxi("Too many symbols; use -maxs to increase limit, now ",maxSyms);
	+
	+ nxt=xp[nins].next;
	+ xp[new].prec=nins;
	+ xp[new].next=nxt;
	+ xp[nins].next=new;
	+ xp[nxt].prec=new;
	+ for (vv=0;vv<nvoice;vv++) xp[new].p[vv]=-1;
	+
	+ return new;
	+
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- set_poslist: make list of horizontal posits to align voices --- */
	+void set_poslist ()
	+{
	+ int i,n,v,vv,typ,nok,nins;
	+ float tol=0.01;
	+ float d,tim;
	+
	+ /* initialize xp with data from top nonempty voice, ivc0 */
	+ v=ivc0;
	+ n=0;
	+ xp[0].next=1;
	+ for (i=0;i<voice[v].nsym;i++) {
	+ n++;
	+ xp[n].prec=n-1;
	+ xp[n].next=n+1;
	+ symv[v][i].p=n;
	+ for (vv=0;vv<nvoice;vv++) xp[n].p[vv]=-1;
	+ xp[n].p[v]=i;
	+ typ=symv[v][i].type;
	+ if (typ==REST) typ=NOTE;
	+ xp[n].type = typ;
	+ xp[n].time = symv[v][i].time;
	+ xp[n].dur = xp[n].tfac = 0;
	+ xp[n].shrink = xp[n].space = xp[n].stretch =0;
	+ xp[n].wl = xp[n].wr = 0;
	+ xp[n].eoln=symv[v][i].eoln;
	+ }
	+ xp[n].next=XP_END;
	+ xp[XP_END].prec=n;
	+ ixpfree=n+1;
	+
	+ /* find or insert syms for other voices */
	+ for (v=0;v<nvoice;v++) {
	+ if (voice[v].draw && v!=ivc0) {
	+ n=XP_START;
	+ for (i=0;i<voice[v].nsym;i++) {
	+ tim=symv[v][i].time;
	+ typ=symv[v][i].type;
	+ if (typ==REST) typ=NOTE;
	+ nok=-1;
	+ nins=n;
	+ for (;;) {
	+ n=xp[n].next;
	+ if (n==XP_END) break;
	+ d=xp[n].time-tim;
	+ if (xp[n].time<tim-tol) nins=n;
	+ if (dd<toltol && xp[n].type==typ) {
	+ nok=n;
	+ break;
	+ }
	+ if (xp[n].time>tim+tol) break;
	+ }
	+ if (nok>0)
	+ n=nok;
	+ else {
	+ n=insert_poslist (nins);
	+ xp[n].type=typ;
	+ xp[n].time=tim;
	+ xp[n].dur = xp[n].tfac = 0;
	+ xp[n].shrink = xp[n].space = xp[n].stretch =0;
	+ xp[n].wl = xp[n].wr = 0;
	+ xp[n].eoln=0;
	+ }
	+ symv[v][i].p=n;
	+ xp[n].p[v]=i;
	+ }
	+ }
	+ }
	+
	+/\| print_poslist (); \|/
	+
	+}
	+
	+
	+/* ----- set_xpwid: set symbol widths and tfac in xp list ----- */
	+void set_xpwid()
	+{
	+ int i,j,k,i1,i2,k1,k2,v,nsm;
	+ float fac,dy,ff,wv,wx;
	+
	+ /* set all tfacs to 1.0 */
	+ i=i1=xp[XP_START].next;
	+ for (;;) {
	+ xp[i].tfac=1.0;
	+ xp[i].wl=xp[i].wr=WIDTH_MIN;
	+ i2=i;
	+ i=xp[i].next;
	+ if (i==XP_END) break;
	+ }
	+
	+ /* loop over voices. first voice last, assumed most important */
	+ for (v=nvoice-1;v>=0;v--) {
	+ nsm=voice[v].nsym;
	+
	+ /* first symbol and last symbol */
	+ k1=symv[v][0].p;
	+ k2=symv[v][nsm-1].p;
	+ if (k1==i1 && symv[v][0].wl>xp[k1].wl) xp[k1].wl=symv[v][0].wl;
	+ if (k2==i2 && symv[v][nsm-1].wr>xp[k2].wr) xp[k2].wr=symv[v][nsm-1].wr;
	+
	+ /* loop over symbol nn pairs */
	+ for (i=1;i<nsm;i++) {
	+ j=i-1;
	+ k1=symv[v][j].p;
	+ k2=symv[v][i].p;
	+ if (xp[k1].next==k2) {
	+ if (symv[v][j].wr>xp[k1].wr) xp[k1].wr=symv[v][j].wr;
	+ if (symv[v][i].wl>xp[k2].wl) xp[k2].wl=symv[v][i].wl;
	+
	+ if (symv[v][j].type==NOTE && symv[v][i].type==NOTE) {
	+ fac=1.0;
	+ /* reduce distance under a beam */
	+ if (symv[v][i].word_st==0) fac=fac*fnnp;
	+ /* reduce distance for large jumps in pitch */
	+ dy=symv[v][i].y-symv[v][j].y;
	+ if (dy<0) dy=-dy;
	+ ff=1-0.010*dy;
	+ if (ff<0.9) ff=0.9;
	+ fac=fac*ff;
	+ xp[k2].tfac=fac;
	+ }
	+ }
	+ }
	+ }
	+
	+ /* check for all nn pairs in voice, in case some syms very wide */
	+ for (v=nvoice-1;v>=0;v--) {
	+ nsm=voice[v].nsym;
	+ for (i=1;i<nsm;i++) {
	+ j=i-1;
	+ k1=symv[v][j].p;
	+ k2=symv[v][i].p;
	+ if (xp[k1].next!=k2) {
	+ wv=symv[v][j].wr+symv[v][i].wl;
	+ wx=xp[k1].wr+xp[k2].wl;
	+ k=k1;
	+ for (;;) {
	+ k=xp[k].next;
	+ if (k==k2) break;
	+ wx=wx+xp[k].wl+xp[k].wr;
	+ }
	+ if(wx<wv) {
	+ fac=wv/wx;
	+ xp[k1].wr=fac*xp[k1].wr;
	+ xp[k2].wl=fac*xp[k2].wl;
	+ k=k1;
	+ for (;;) {
	+ k=xp[k].next;
	+ if (k==k2) break;
	+ xp[k].wl=fac*xp[k].wl;
	+ xp[k].wr=fac*xp[k].wr;
	+ }
	+
	+ }
	+ }
	+ }
	+ }
	+
	+}
	+
	+
	+/* ----- set_spaces: set the shrink,space,stretch distances ----- */
	+void set_spaces ()
	+{
	+ int i,j,n,nxt,typ,typl,meter1,meter2;
	+ float w0,w1,w2;
	+ float vbnp,vbnx,vnbp,vnbx;
	+
	+ /* note lengths for spaces at bars. Use dcefault meter for now */
	+ meter1=default_meter.meter1;
	+ meter2=default_meter.meter2;
	+ vbnp=(rbnpmeter1BASE)/meter2;
	+ vbnx=(rbnxmeter1BASE)/meter2;
	+ vnbp=(rnbpmeter1BASE)/meter2;
	+ vnbx=(rnbxmeter1BASE)/meter2;
	+
	+ /* redefine durations as differences in start times */
	+ n=0;
	+ i=xp[XP_START].next;
	+ for (;;) {
	+ nxt=xp[i].next;
	+ if (nxt!=XP_END) xp[i].dur=xp[nxt].time-xp[i].time;
	+ i=nxt;
	+ n++;
	+ if (i==XP_END) break;
	+ }
	+
	+ i=xp[XP_START].next;
	+ j=-1;
	+ typl=0;
	+ for (;;) {
	+ nxt=xp[i].next;
	+ typ=xp[i].type;
	+
	+ /* shrink distance is sum of left and right widths */
	+ if (j>=0)
	+ xp[i].shrink=xp[j].wr+xp[i].wl;
	+ else
	+ xp[i].shrink=xp[i].wl;
	+ xp[i].space=xp[i].stretch=xp[i].shrink;
	+
	+ if (xp[i].type==NOTE) {
	+
	+ if (typl==NOTE) { /* note after another note */
	+ w1 = lnnp*nwid(xp[j].dur);
	+ w2 = lnnp*nwid(xp[i].dur);
	+ xp[i].space = bnnpw1 + (1-bnnp)0.5*(w1+w2);
	+ w1 = lnnx*xwid(xp[j].dur);
	+ w2 = lnnx*xwid(xp[i].dur);
	+ xp[i].stretch = bnnxw1 + (1-bnnx)0.5*(w1+w2);
	+ }
	+
	+ else { /* note at start of bar */
	+ w1 = lbnp*nwid(xp[i].dur);
	+ w0 = lbnp*nwid(vbnp);
	+ if (w0>w1) w0=w1;
	+ xp[i].space = bbnpw1 + (1-bbnp)w0 + xp[j].wr;
	+ if (xp[i].space<14.0) xp[i].space=14.0;
	+ w1 = lbnx*xwid(xp[i].dur);
	+ w0 = lbnx*xwid(vbnp);
	+ if (w0>w1) w0=w1;
	+ xp[i].stretch = bbnxw1 + (1-bbnx)w0 + xp[j].wr;
	+ if (xp[i].stretch<18.0) xp[i].stretch=18.0;
	+ if (xp[i].shrink<12.0) xp[i].shrink=12.0;
	+ }
	+ }
	+
	+ else { /* some other symbol after note */
	+ if (typl==NOTE) {
	+ w1 = lnbp*nwid(xp[j].dur);
	+ w0 = lnbp*nwid(vnbp);
	+ xp[i].space = bnbpw1 + (1-bnbp)w0 + xp[i].wl;
	+ if (xp[i].space<13.0) xp[i].space=13.0;
	+ w1 = lnbx*xwid(xp[j].dur);
	+ w0 = lnbx*xwid(vnbx);
	+ xp[i].stretch = bnbxw1 + (1-bnbx)w0 + xp[i].wl;
	+ if (xp[i].stretch<17.0) xp[i].stretch=17.0;
	+ }
	+ }
	+
	+ /* multiply space and stretch by factors tfac */
	+ xp[i].space = xp[i].space*xp[i].tfac;
	+ xp[i].stretch = xp[i].stretch*xp[i].tfac;
	+
	+ /* make sure that shrink < space < stretch */
	+ if (xp[i].space<xp[i].shrink) xp[i].space=xp[i].shrink;
	+ if (xp[i].stretch<xp[i].space) xp[i].stretch=xp[i].space;
	+
	+ j=i;
	+ typl=typ;
	+ i=nxt;
	+
	+ if (i==XP_END) break;
	+ }
	+
	+ if (verbose>=11) print_poslist ();
	+
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- check_overflow: returns upper limit which fits on staff ------ */
	+int check_overflow (ip1,ip2,width)
	+int ip1,ip2;
	+float width;
	+{
	+
	+ int i,jp2,lastcut,nbar,need_note;
	+ float space,shrink,stretch,alfa,alfa0;
	+
	+ /* max shrink is alfa0 */
	+ alfa0=ALFA_X;
	+ if (cfmt.continueall) alfa0=cfmt.maxshrink;
	+ if (gmode==G_SHRINK) alfa0=1.0;
	+ if (gmode==G_SPACE) alfa0=0.0;
	+ if (gmode==G_STRETCH) alfa0=1.0;
	+
	+ jp2=ip2;
	+ space=shrink=stretch=0;
	+ lastcut=-1;
	+ nbar=0;
	+ need_note=1;
	+ i=ip1;
	+ for (;;) {
	+ space=space+xp[i].space;
	+ shrink=shrink+xp[i].shrink;
	+ stretch=stretch+xp[i].stretch;
	+ alfa=0;
	+ if (space>shrink) {
	+ alfa=(space-width)/(space-shrink);
	+ if (xp[i].type!=BAR)
	+ alfa=((space+8)-width)/(space-shrink);
	+ }
	+
	+ if (alfa>alfa0) {
	+ if (!cfmt.continueall) {
	+ if (verbose<=3) printf ("\n");
	+ printf ("+++ Overfull after %d bar%s in staff %d\n",
	+ nbar, nbar==1 ? "" : "s", mline);
	+ }
	+ jp2=i;
	+ if (i==ip1) jp2=xp[i].next;
	+ if (lastcut>=0) jp2=xp[lastcut].next;
	+ break;
	+ }
	+ /* The need_note business is to cut at the first of consecutive bars */
	+ if (xp[i].type==NOTE) need_note=0;
	+ if (xp[i].type==BAR && need_note==0) {lastcut=i; need_note=1; nbar++; }
	+ if (xp[i].type==KEYSIG) lastcut=i;
	+ i=xp[i].next;
	+ if (i==ip2) break;
	+ }
	+
	+ return jp2;
	+
	+}
	+
	+
	+/* ----- set_glue --------- */
	+float set_glue (ip1,ip2,width)
	+int ip1,ip2;
	+float width;
	+{
	+
	+ int i,j;
	+ float space,shrink,stretch,alfa,beta,glue,w,x,d1,d2,w1;
	+ float alfa0,beta0;
	+
	+ alfa0=ALFA_X; /* max shrink and stretch */
	+ if (cfmt.continueall) alfa0=cfmt.maxshrink;
	+ if (gmode==G_SHRINK) alfa0=1.0;
	+ if (gmode==G_SPACE) alfa0=0.0;
	+ if (gmode==G_STRETCH) alfa0=1.0;
	+ beta0=BETA_X;
	+ if (cfmt.continueall) beta0=BETA_C;
	+
	+
	+ space=shrink=stretch=0;
	+ i=ip1;
	+ for (;;) {
	+ space=space+xp[i].space;
	+ shrink=shrink+xp[i].shrink;
	+ stretch=stretch+xp[i].stretch;
	+ j=i;
	+ i=xp[i].next;
	+ if (i==ip2) break;
	+ }
	+
	+ /* add extra space if last symbol is not a bar */
	+ if (xp[j].type!=BAR) {
	+ d1=d2=xp[j].wr+3;
	+ if (xp[j].type==NOTE) d2 = lnbp*nwid(xp[j].dur)+xp[j].wr;
	+ if (d2<d1) d2=d1;
	+ shrink = shrink + d1;
	+ space = space + d2;
	+ stretch = stretch + d2;
	+ }
	+
	+ /* select alfa and beta */
	+ alfa=beta=0;
	+ if (space>width) {
	+ alfa=99;
	+ if (space>shrink) alfa=(space-width)/(space-shrink);
	+ }
	+ else {
	+ beta=99;
	+ if (stretch>space) beta=(width-space)/(stretch-space);
	+ if (!cfmt.stretchstaff) beta=0;
	+ }
	+
	+ if (gmode==G_SHRINK) { alfa=1; beta=0;} /* force minimal spacing */
	+ if (gmode==G_STRETCH) { alfa=0; beta=1;} /* force stretched spacing */
	+ if (gmode==G_SPACE) { alfa=beta=0; } /* force natural spacing */
	+
	+/\| if (alfa>alfa0) { alfa=alfa0; beta=0; } \|/
	+
	+ if (beta>beta0) {
	+ if (!cfmt.continueall) {
	+ if (verbose<=3) printf ("\n");
	+ printf ("+++ Underfull (%.0fpt of %.0fpt) in staff %d\n",
	+ (beta0stretch+(1-beta0)space)*cfmt.scale,
	+ cfmt.staffwidth,mline);
	+ }
	+ alfa=0;
	+ if (!cfmt.stretchstaff) beta=0;
	+ if ((!cfmt.stretchlast) && (ip2==XP_END)) {
	+ w1=alfa_lastshrink+beta_laststretch+(1-alfa_last-beta_last)*space;
	+ if (w1<width) {
	+ alfa=alfa_last; /* shrink undefull last line same as previous */
	+ beta=beta_last;
	+ }
	+ }
	+ }
	+
	+ w=alfashrink+betastretch+(1-alfa-beta)*space;
	+ if (verbose>=5) {
	+ if (alfa>0) printf ("Shrink staff %.0f%%", 100*alfa);
	+ else if (beta>0) printf ("Stretch staff %.0f%%", 100*beta);
	+ else printf ("No shrink or stretch");
	+ printf (" to width %.0f (%.0f,%.0f,%.0f)\n",w,shrink,space,stretch);
	+ }
	+
	+ /* now calculate the x positions */
	+ x=0;
	+ i=ip1;
	+ for (;;) {
	+ glue=alfaxp[i].shrink+betaxp[i].stretch+(1-alfa-beta)*xp[i].space;
	+ x=x+glue;
	+ xp[i].x=x;
	+ if (verbose>22) printf ("pos[%d]: type=%d pos=%.2f\n", i,xp[i].type,x);
	+ i=xp[i].next;
	+ if (i==ip2) break;
	+ }
	+
	+ alfa_last=alfa;
	+ beta_last=beta;
	+ return w;
	+
	+}
	+
	+
	+/* ----- adjust_group: even out spacings for one group of notes --- */
	+/* Here we repeat the whole glue thing, in rudimentary form */
	+void adjust_group(i1,i2)
	+int i1,i2;
	+{
	+ int j;
	+ float dx,x,spa,shr,str,hp,hx,alfa,beta,dur1;
	+
	+ dx=sym[i2].x-sym[i1].x;
	+ shr=sym[i1].wr+sym[i2].wl;
	+ for (j=i1+1;j<i2;j++) shr=shr+sym[j].wl+sym[j].wr;
	+ dur1=sym[i1].len;
	+ hp=lnnp*nwid(dur1);
	+ hx=lnnx*xwid(dur1);
	+ spa = (i2-i1)*hp;
	+ str = (i2-i1)*hx;
	+
	+ alfa=beta=0;
	+ if (dx>spa)
	+ beta=(dx-spa)/(str-spa);
	+ else
	+ alfa=(dx-spa)/(shr-spa);
	+
	+ x=sym[i1].x;
	+ for (j=i1+1;j<=i2;j++) {
	+ x=x+alfa(sym[j-1].wr+sym[j].wl)+betahx+(1-alfa-beta)*hp;
	+ sym[j].x=x;
	+ }
	+
	+}
	+
	+
	+/* ----- adjust_spacings: even out triplet spacings etc --- */
	+void adjust_spacings (n)
	+int n;
	+{
	+ int i,i1,count,beam,num;
	+
	+ /* adjust the n-plets */
	+ count=0;
	+ for (i=1;i<n;i++) {
	+ if ((sym[i].type==NOTE)\|\|(sym[i].type==REST)) {
	+ if (sym[i].p_plet) {
	+ i1=i;
	+ count=sym[i].r_plet;
	+ }
	+ if (count>0 && sym[i].len!=sym[i1].len) count=0;
	+ if (count==1) adjust_group (i1,i);
	+ if (count>0) count--;
	+ }
	+ else
	+ count=0;
	+ }
	+
	+ /* adjust beamed notes of equal duration */
	+ beam=0;
	+ for (i=1;i<n;i++) {
	+ if ((sym[i].type==NOTE)\|\|(sym[i].type==REST)) {
	+ if (sym[i].word_st && (!sym[i].word_end)) {
	+ i1=i;
	+ beam=1;
	+ if (sym[i].p_plet) beam=0; /* don't do nplets here */
	+ }
	+ if (beam && sym[i].len!=sym[i1].len) beam=0;
	+ if (beam && sym[i].word_end) {
	+ num=i-i1+1;
	+ if (num>2 && num<4) adjust_group (i1,i);
	+ }
	+ if (sym[i].word_end) beam=0;
	+ }
	+ else
	+ beam=0;
	+ }
	+
	+}
	+
	+
	+/* ----- adjust_rests: position single rests in bar center */
	+void adjust_rests (n,v)
	+int n,v;
	+{
	+ int i,ok;
	+
	+ for (i=2;i<n-1;i++) {
	+ if ((sym[i].type==REST) && sym[i].fullmes) {
	+
	+ ok=1;
	+ if ((sym[i-1].type==REST) \|\| (sym[i-1].type==NOTE)) ok=0;
	+ if ((sym[i+1].type==REST) \|\| (sym[i+1].type==NOTE)) ok=0;
	+
	+ if (ok) {
	+ sym[i].head = H_OVAL;
	+ sym[i].dots = 0;
	+ sym[i].x = 0.5*(sym[i-1].x+sym[i+1].x);
	+ }
	+
	+ }
	+ }
	+
	+}
	+
	+
	+
	+/* ----- copy_vsyms: copy selected syms for voice to v sym --- */
	+int copy_vsyms (v,ip1,ip2,wid0)
	+int v,ip1,ip2;
	+float wid0;
	+{
	+ int i,n,m,k;
	+ float d1,d2,r,x;
	+
	+ /* copy staff initialization symbols */
	+ n=0;
	+ for (i=0;i<nsym_st[v];i++) {
	+ sym[n]=sym_st[v][i];
	+ n++;
	+ }
	+
	+ /* copy real symbols, shifted by wid0 */
	+ i=ip1;
	+ m=0;
	+ for (;;) {
	+ k=xp[i].p[v];
	+ if (k >= 0) {
	+ sym[n]=symv[v][k];
	+ sym[n].x=xp[i].x+wid0;
	+ n++;
	+ m++;
	+ }
	+ i=xp[i].next;
	+ if (i==ip2) break;
	+ }
	+
	+ /* adjust things for more pretty output.. */
	+ adjust_rests (n,v);
	+ if (mvoice>1) adjust_spacings (n);
	+
	+ /* small random shifts make the output more human... */
	+ for (i=1;i<n-1;i++) {
	+ if ((sym[i].type==NOTE) \|\| (sym[i].type==REST)) {
	+ d1=sym[i].x-sym[i-1].x;
	+ d2=sym[i+1].x-sym[i].x;
	+ r=RANFAC*d1;
	+ if (d2<d1) r=RANFAC*d2;
	+ if (r>RANCUT) r=RANCUT;
	+ x=ranf(-r,r);
	+ sym[i].x=sym[i].x+x;
	+ }
	+ }
	+
	+ return n;
	+
	+}
	+
	+
	+/* ----- draw_timesig ------- */
	+void draw_timesig (x,s)
	+struct SYMBOL s;
	+float x;
	+{
	+ if (s.w==1)
	+ PUT1("%.1f csig\n", x)
	+ else if (s.w==2)
	+ PUT1("%.1f ctsig\n", x)
	+ else
	+/* PUT3("%.1f (%d) (%d) tsig\n", x, s.u, s.v) */
	+ PUT3("%.1f (%s) (%d) tsig\n", x, s.text, s.v)
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- draw_keysig: return sf for this key ----- */
	+int draw_keysig (x,s)
	+struct SYMBOL s;
	+float x;
	+{
	+ float p;
	+ int i,n1,n2,n3,t,yad,sf;
	+ int sh_pos[8]={0, 24,15,27,18,9,21,15};
	+ int ft_pos[8]={0, 12,21,9,18,6,15,3};
	+
	+ n1=s.u; /* which symbol to start with */
	+ n2=s.v; /* up to which symbol to go */
	+ n3=s.w; /* draw neutrals instead starting from this one */
	+ t =s.t; /* type of symbol: sharp or flat */
	+
	+ yad = 0;
	+ if (voice[ivc].key.ktype==BASS) yad = -6;
	+ if (voice[ivc].key.ktype==ALTO) yad = -3;
	+
	+ if (n2>7) {
	+ printf ("+++ Keysig seems to have %d symbols ???\n", n2);
	+ return 0;
	+ }
	+
	+ sf=0;
	+ if (t==A_SH) {
	+ p=x;
	+ for (i=n1;i<=n2;i++) {
	+ if (i>=n3)
	+ PUT2("%.1f %d nt0 ",p,sh_pos[i]+yad)
	+ else {
	+ sf++;
	+ PUT2("%.1f %d sh0 ",p,sh_pos[i]+yad)
	+ }
	+ p=p+5;
	+ }
	+ PUT0("\n")
	+ }
	+ else if (t==A_FT) {
	+ p=x;
	+ for (i=n1;i<=n2;i++) {
	+ if (i>=n3)
	+ PUT2("%.1f %d nt0 ", p, ft_pos[i]+yad)
	+ else {
	+ sf--;
	+ PUT2("%.1f %d ft0 ", p, ft_pos[i]+yad)
	+ }
	+ p=p+5;
	+ }
	+ PUT0("\n")
	+ }
	+ else
	+ bug ("wrong type in draw_keysig", 0);
	+
	+ return sf;
	+}
	+
	+
	+/* ----- draw_bar ------- */
	+void draw_bar (x,s)
	+struct SYMBOL s;
	+float x;
	+{
	+
	+ if (s.u==B_SNGL) /* draw the bar */
	+ PUT1("%.1f bar\n", x)
	+ else if (s.u==B_DBL)
	+ PUT1("%.1f dbar\n", x)
	+ else if (s.u==B_LREP)
	+ PUT2("%.1f fbar1 %.1f rdots\n", x, x+10)
	+ else if (s.u==B_RREP) {
	+ PUT2("%.1f fbar2 %.1f rdots\n", x, x-10)
	+ }
	+ else if (s.u==B_DREP) {
	+ PUT2("%.1f fbar1 %.1f rdots\n", x-1, x+9)
	+ PUT2("%.1f fbar2 %.1f rdots\n", x+1, x-9)
	+ }
	+ else if (s.u==B_FAT1)
	+ PUT1("%.1f fbar1\n", x)
	+ else if (s.u==B_FAT2)
	+ PUT1("%.1f fbar2\n", x)
	+ else if (s.u==B_INVIS)
	+ ;
	+ else
	+ printf (">>> dont know how to draw bar type %d\n", s.u);
	+
	+ PUT0("\n")
	+
	+}
	+
	+
	+/* ----- draw_barnums ------- */
	+void draw_barnums (fp)
	+FILE *fp;
	+{
	+ int i,last,ok,got_note;
	+
	+ last=0;
	+ got_note=0;
	+ for (i=0;i<nsym;i++) {
	+ if ((sym[i].type==NOTE)\|\|(sym[i].type==REST)) got_note=1;
	+
	+ if ((sym[i].type==BAR) && (strlen(sym[i].text)>0)) {
	+ if (last != 2) set_font (fp, cfmt.barlabelfont, 0);
	+ PUT3 (" %.1f %.1f M (%s) cshow ", sym[i].x, BNUMHT, sym[i].text)
	+ last=2;
	+ }
	+
	+ if ((sym[i].type==BAR) && sym[i].t) {
	+ ok=0;
	+ if ((cfmt.barnums>0) && (sym[i].t%cfmt.barnums==0)) ok=1;
	+ if ((cfmt.barnums==0) && (!got_note)) ok=1;
	+ if ((cfmt.barnums!=0) && ((strlen(sym[i].text)>0))) ok=0;
	+
	+ if (ok) {
	+ if (last != 1) set_font (fp, cfmt.barnumfont, 0);
	+/\| if ((mvoice>1) && (cfmt.barnums==0)) \|/
	+ if (cfmt.barnums==0)
	+ PUT1 (" 0 38 M (%d) rshow ", sym[i].t)
	+ else
	+ PUT3 (" %.1f %.1f M (%d) cshow ", sym[i].x, BNUMHT, sym[i].t)
	+ last=1;
	+ }
	+ }
	+ }
	+ PUT0("\n");
	+
	+}
	+
	+
	+/* ----- update_endings: remember where to draw endings ------- */
	+void update_endings (x,s)
	+struct SYMBOL s;
	+float x;
	+{
	+ int i;
	+
	+ if (num_ending>0) {
	+ i=num_ending-1;
	+ if (ending[i].num==1)
	+ mes1++;
	+ else {
	+ mes2++;
	+ if (mes2==mes1) ending[i].b=x;
	+ }
	+ }
	+
	+ if (s.v) {
	+ if (num_ending>0)
	+ if (ending[num_ending-1].num==1) ending[num_ending-1].b=x-3;
	+ ending[num_ending].a=x;
	+ ending[num_ending].b=-1;
	+ ending[num_ending].num=s.v;
	+ if (s.v==1) mes1=0;
	+ else mes2=0;
	+ num_ending++;
	+ }
	+
	+}
	+
	+
	+
	+/* ----- set_ending: determine limits of ending box ------- */
	+void set_ending (i)
	+int i;
	+{
	+ int num,j,j0,j1,mes,mesmax;
	+ float top;
	+
	+ num=sym[i].v;
	+ mesmax=0;
	+ if (num==2) mesmax=mes1;
	+
	+ mes=0;
	+ j0=j1=-1;
	+ for (j=i+1;j<nsym;j++) {
	+ if (sym[j].type==BAR) {
	+ if (sym[j].u!=B_INVIS) mes++;
	+ if (mes==1) j1=j;
	+ if (sym[j].u==B_RREP \|\| sym[j].u==B_DREP \|\| sym[j].u==B_FAT2 \|\|
	+ sym[j].u==B_LREP \|\| sym[j].u==B_FAT1 \|\| sym[j].v>0) {
	+ j0=j;
	+ break;
	+ }
	+ if (mes==mesmax) {
	+ j0=j;
	+ break;
	+ }
	+ }
	+ }
	+ top=-1;
	+ if (j0==-1) j0=j1;
	+ if (j0>=0) top=sym[j0].x;
	+
	+ ending[num_ending].num=num;
	+ ending[num_ending].a=sym[i].x;
	+ ending[num_ending].b=top;
	+ if (num==1) ending[num_ending].b=top-3;
	+ ending[num_ending].type=E_CLOSED;
	+ if (sym[j0].type==BAR && sym[j0].u==B_SNGL) ending[num_ending].type=E_OPEN;
	+ num_ending++;
	+
	+ if (num==1) mes1=mes;
	+ if (num==2) mes1=0;
	+
	+}
	+
	+
	+/* ----- draw_endings ------- */
	+void draw_endings ()
	+{
	+ int i;
	+
	+ for (i=0;i<num_ending;i++) {
	+ if (ending[i].b<0)
	+ PUT3("%.1f %.1f (%d) end2\n",
	+ ending[i].a, ending[i].a+50, ending[i].num)
	+ else {
	+ if (ending[i].type==E_CLOSED) {
	+ PUT3("%.1f %.1f (%d) end1\n",
	+ ending[i].a, ending[i].b, ending[i].num)
	+ }
	+ else {
	+ PUT3("%.1f %.1f (%d) end2\n",
	+ ending[i].a, ending[i].b, ending[i].num)
	+ }
	+ }
	+ }
	+ num_ending=0;
	+
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- draw_rest ----- */
	+void draw_rest (x,yy,s,gchy)
	+struct SYMBOL s;
	+float x,yy;
	+float *gchy;
	+{
	+
	+ int y,i,k,deco;
	+ float dotx,doty;
	+
	+ *gchy=38;
	+ if (s.invis) return;
	+
	+ y=(int) s.y;
	+ PUT2("%.2f %.0f", x, yy)
	+
	+ if (s.head==H_OVAL) PUT0(" r1")
	+ else if (s.head==H_EMPTY) PUT0(" r2")
	+ else {
	+ if (s.flags==0) PUT0(" r4")
	+ else if (s.flags==1) PUT0(" r8")
	+ else if (s.flags==2) PUT0(" r16")
	+ else if (s.flags==3) PUT0(" r32")
	+ else PUT0(" r64")
	+ }
	+
	+ if (y%6) { dotx=6.5; doty=0; } /* dots */
	+ else { dotx=6.5; doty=3; }
	+ if (s.head==H_OVAL) { dotx=8; doty=-3; }
	+ if (s.head==H_EMPTY) { dotx=8; doty=3; }
	+ for (i=0;i<s.dots;i++) {
	+ PUT2(" %.1f %.1f dt", dotx, doty)
	+ dotx=dotx+3.5;
	+ }
	+
	+
	+ for (k=s.dc.n-1;k>=0;k--) {
	+ deco=s.dc.t[k];
	+ if (deco==D_HOLD) PUT1(" %.1f hld", 27.0)
	+ }
	+
	+ PUT0("\n")
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- draw_gracenotes ----- */
	+void draw_gracenotes (x,w,d,s)
	+struct SYMBOL *s;
	+float x,w,d;
	+{
	+ int i,n,y,acc,ii,m;
	+ float xg[20],yg[20],lg,px[20],py[20],xx,yy;
	+ float s1,sx,sy,sxx,sxy,a,b,delta,lmin;
	+ float x0,y0,x1,y1,x2,y2,x3,y3,bet1,bet2,dy1,dy2,dx,dd,fac,facx;
	+
	+ n=s->gr.n;
	+ if (n==0) return;
	+
	+ facx=0.3;
	+ fac=d/w-1;
	+ if (fac<0) fac=0;
	+ fac=1+(fac*facx)/(fac+facx);
	+
	+ dx=0;
	+ for (m=0;m<s->npitch;m++) { /* room for accidentals */
	+ dd=-s->shhd[m];
	+ if (s->accs[m]) dd=-s->shhd[m]+s->shac[m];
	+ if ((s->accs[m]==A_FT)\|\|(s->accs[m]==A_NT)) dd=dd-2;
	+ if (dx<dd) dx=dd;
	+ }
	+
	+ xx=x-fac*(dx+GSPACE0);
	+ for (i=n-1;i>=0;i--) { /* set note positions */
	+ yg[i]=3*(s->gr.p[i]-18)+s->yadd;
	+ if (i==n-1) { /* some subtle shifts.. */
	+ if(yg[i]>=s->ymx) xx=xx+1; /* gnote above a bit closer */
	+ if((yg[i]<s->ymn-7)&&(n==1)) xx=xx-2; /* below with flag further */
	+ }
	+
	+ if (i<n-1) {
	+ if (yg[i]>yg[i+1]+8) xx=xx+fac*1.8;
	+ }
	+
	+ xg[i]=xx;
	+ xx=xx-fac*GSPACE;
	+ if (s->gr.a[i]) xx=xx-3.5;
	+ }
	+
	+ if (n>1) {
	+ s1=sx=sy=sxx=sxy=0; /* linear fit through stems */
	+ for (i=0;i<n;i++) {
	+ px[i]=xg[i]+GSTEM_XOFF;
	+ py[i]=yg[i]+GSTEM;
	+ s1 += 1; sx += px[i]; sy += py[i];
	+ sxx += px[i]px[i]; sxy += px[i]py[i];
	+ }
	+ delta=s1sxx-sxsx; /* beam fct: y=ax+b */
	+ a=(s1sxy-sxsy)/delta;
	+ if (a>BEAM_SLOPE) a=BEAM_SLOPE;
	+ if (a<-BEAM_SLOPE) a=-BEAM_SLOPE;
	+ b=(sy-a*sx)/s1;
	+
	+ if (bagpipe) { a=0; b=35; }
	+
	+ lmin=100; /* shift to get min stems */
	+ for (i=0;i<n;i++) {
	+ px[i]=xg[i]+GSTEM_XOFF;
	+ py[i]=a*px[i]+b;
	+ lg=py[i]-yg[i];
	+ if (lg<lmin) lmin=lg;
	+ }
	+ if (lmin<10) b=b+10-lmin;
	+ }
	+
	+ for (i=0;i<n;i++) { /* draw grace notes */
	+ if (n>1) {
	+ px[i]=xg[i]+GSTEM_XOFF;
	+ py[i]=a*px[i]+b;
	+ lg=py[i]-yg[i];
	+ PUT3("%.1f %.1f %.1f gnt ", xg[i],yg[i],lg)
	+ }
	+ else {
	+ lg=GSTEM;
	+ PUT3("%.1f %.1f %.1f gn1 ", xg[i],yg[i],lg)
	+ }
	+
	+ acc=s->gr.a[i];
	+ if (acc==A_SH) PUT2("%.1f %.1f gsh0 ",xg[i]-4.5,yg[i])
	+ if (acc==A_FT) PUT2("%.1f %.1f gft0 ",xg[i]-4.5,yg[i])
	+ if (acc==A_NT) PUT2("%.1f %.1f gnt0 ",xg[i]-4.5,yg[i])
	+ if (acc==A_DS) PUT2("%.1f %.1f gds0 ",xg[i]-4.5,yg[i])
	+ if (acc==A_DF) PUT2("%.1f %.1f gdf0 ",xg[i]-4.5,yg[i])
	+
	+ y = (int)yg[i]; /* helper lines */
	+ if (y<=-6) {
	+ if (y%6) PUT2("%.1f %d ghl ",xg[i], y+3)
	+ else PUT2("%.1f %d ghl ",xg[i], y)
	+ }
	+ if (y>=30) {
	+ if (y%6) PUT2("%.1f %d ghl ",xg[i], y-3)
	+ else PUT2("%.1f %d ghl ",xg[i], y)
	+ }
	+ }
	+
	+ if (n>1) /* beam */
	+ if (bagpipe)
	+ PUT4("%.1f %.1f %.1f %.1f gbm3 ", px[0],py[0],px[n-1],py[n-1])
	+ else
	+ PUT4("%.1f %.1f %.1f %.1f gbm2 ", px[0],py[0],px[n-1],py[n-1])
	+
	+
	+ bet1=0.2; /* slur */
	+ bet2=0.8;
	+ yy=1000;
	+ for (i=n-1;i>=0;i--) if (yg[i]<=yy) {yy=yg[i]; ii=i;}
	+ x0=xg[ii];
	+ y0=yg[ii]-5;
	+ if (ii>0) { x0=x0-4; y0=y0+1; }
	+ x3=x-1;
	+ y3=s->ymn-5;
	+ dy1=(x3-x0)*0.4;
	+ if (dy1>3) dy1=3;
	+ dy2=dy1;
	+
	+ if (yg[ii]>s->ymn+7){
	+ x0=xg[ii]-1;
	+ y0=yg[ii]-4.5;
	+ y3=s->ymn+1.5;
	+ x3=x-dx-5.5;
	+ dy2=(y0-y3)*0.2;
	+ dy1=(y0-y3)*0.8;
	+ bet1=0.0;
	+ }
	+
	+ if (y3>y0+4) {
	+ y3=y0+4;
	+ x0=xg[ii]+2;
	+ y0=yg[ii]-4;
	+ }
	+
	+ x1=bet1x3+(1-bet1)x0;
	+ y1=bet1y3+(1-bet1)y0-dy1;
	+ x2=bet2x3+(1-bet2)x0;
	+ y2=bet2y3+(1-bet2)y0-dy2;
	+
	+ PUT4(" %.1f %.1f %.1f %.1f", x1,y1,x2,y2);
	+ PUT4(" %.1f %.1f %.1f %.1f gsl\n", x3,y3,x0,y0);
	+
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- draw_basic_note: draw m-th head with accidentals and dots -- */
	+void draw_basic_note (x,w,d,s,m)
	+struct SYMBOL *s;
	+float x,w,d;
	+int m;
	+{
	+ int y,i,yy;
	+ float dotx,doty,xx,dx,avail,add,fac;
	+
	+ y=3(s->pits[m]-18)+s->yadd; / height on staff */
	+
	+ xx=x+s->shhd[m]; /* draw head */
	+ PUT2("%.1f %d", xx, y)
	+ if (s->head==H_OVAL) PUT0(" HD")
	+ if (s->head==H_EMPTY) PUT0(" Hd")
	+ if (s->head==H_FULL) PUT0(" hd")
	+ if (s->shhd[m]) {
	+ yy=0;
	+ if (y>=30) { yy=y; if (yy%6) yy=yy-3; }
	+ if (y<=-6) { yy=y; if (yy%6) yy=yy+3; }
	+ if (yy) PUT1(" %d hl", yy)
	+ }
	+
	+ if (s->dots) { /* add dots */
	+ if (y%6) { dotx=8; doty=0; }
	+ else { dotx=8; doty=3; }
	+ if (s->stem==-1)
	+ dotx=dotx+s->xmx-s->shhd[m];
	+ else
	+ dotx=dotx+s->xmx-s->shhd[m];
	+ if (s->dots && s->flags && (s->stem==1) && !(y%6))
	+ if ((s->word_st==1) && (s->word_end==1) && (s->npitch==1))
	+ dotx=dotx+DOTSHIFT;
	+ if (s->head==H_EMPTY) dotx=dotx+1;
	+ if (s->head==H_OVAL) dotx=dotx+2;
	+ for (i=0;i<s->dots;i++) {
	+ PUT2(" %.1f %.1f dt", dotx, doty)
	+ dotx=dotx+3.5;
	+ }
	+ }
	+
	+ if (s->accs[m]) { /* add accidentals */
	+ fac=1.0;
	+ avail=d-w-3;
	+ add=0.3*avail;
	+ fac=1+add/s->wl;
	+ if (fac<1) fac=1;
	+ if (fac>1.2) fac=1.2;
	+ dx=fac*s->shac[m];
	+ if (s->accs[m]==A_SH) PUT1(" %.1f sh", dx)
	+ if (s->accs[m]==A_NT) PUT1(" %.1f nt", dx)
	+ if (s->accs[m]==A_FT) PUT1(" %.1f ft", dx)
	+ if (s->accs[m]==A_DS) PUT1(" %.1f dsh", dx)
	+ if (s->accs[m]==A_DF) PUT1(" %.1f dft", dx)
	+ }
	+}
	+
	+
	+/* ----- draw_decorations ----- */
	+float draw_decorations (x,s,tp)
	+struct SYMBOL *s;
	+float x;
	+float *tp;
	+{
	+ int y,sig,k,deco,m;
	+ float yc,xc,y1,top,top1,dx,dy;
	+
	+
	+ top=-1000;
	+ for (k=s->dc.n-1;k>=0;k--) { /* decos close to head */
	+ deco=s->dc.t[k];
	+
	+/* if ((deco==D_STACC)\|\|(deco==D_EMBAR)) { / / dot or bar mark */
	+ if (deco==D_STACC) { /* dot */
	+ sig=1; if (s->stem==1) sig=-1;
	+ y=s->y+6*sig;
	+ if (y<top+3) y=top+3;
	+ if (!(y%6) && (y>=0) && (y<=24)) y+=3*sig;
	+ if (top<y) top=y;
	+ if (deco==D_STACC) PUT1(" %d stc",y)
	+ else PUT1(" %d emb",y)
	+ }
	+
	+ if (deco==D_SLIDE) { /* slide */
	+ yc=s->ymn;
	+ xc=5;
	+ for (m=0;m<s->npitch;m++) {
	+ dx=5-s->shhd[m];
	+ if (s->head==H_OVAL) dx=dx+2.5;
	+ if (s->accs[m]) dx=4-s->shhd[m]+s->shac[m];
	+ dy=3*(s->pits[m]-18)+s->yadd-yc;
	+ if ((dy<10) && (dx>xc)) xc=dx;
	+ }
	+ yc=s->ymn;
	+ PUT2(" %.1f %.1f sld", yc, xc)
	+ }
	+ }
	+
	+ top1=top;
	+ for (k=s->dc.n-1;k>=0;k--) { /* decos further away */
	+ deco=s->dc.t[k];
	+
	+ if (deco==D_EMBAR) { /* bar */
	+ yc=s->ymx+6;
	+ if (s->stem==1) yc=s->ys+4;
	+ if (yc<28) yc=28;
	+ if (yc<top+3) yc=top+3;
	+ if (top<yc+2) top=yc+2;
	+ PUT1(" %.2f emb", yc)
	+ }
	+
	+ if ((deco==D_GRACE)\|\|(deco==D_HAT)\|\|(deco==D_ATT)) { /* gracing,hat,att */
	+ yc=s->ymx+9;
	+ if (s->stem==1) yc=s->ys+5;
	+ if (yc<30) yc=30;
	+ if (yc<top+4) yc=top+4;
	+ if (top<yc+2) top=yc+2;
	+ if (deco==D_GRACE) PUT1(" %.2f grm", yc)
	+ else if (deco==D_HAT) PUT1(" %.2f hat", yc)
	+ else PUT1(" %.2f att", yc)
	+ }
	+
	+ if (deco==D_ROLL) { /* roll sign */
	+ y=s->y;
	+ if (s->stem==1) {
	+ yc=s->y-5;
	+ if (yc>-2) yc=-2;
	+ PUT1(" %.2f cpd", yc)
	+ }
	+ else {
	+ yc=s->y+5;
	+ if (s->dots && (!(y%6))) yc=s->y+6;
	+ if (yc<26) yc=26;
	+ if (yc<top+1) yc=top+1;
	+ if (top<yc+8) top=yc+8;
	+ PUT1(" %.2f cpu", yc)
	+ }
	+ }
	+
	+ if (deco==D_HOLD) { /* hold sign */
	+ yc=27;
	+ if (s->stem==1)
	+ y1=s->ys+4;
	+ else
	+ y1=s->ymx+6;
	+ if (yc<y1) yc=y1;
	+ if (yc<top+4) yc=top+4;
	+ if (top<yc+12) top=yc+12;
	+ PUT1(" %.1f hld", yc)
	+ }
	+
	+ if (deco==D_TRILL) { /* trill sign */
	+ yc=30;
	+ if (s->stem==1)
	+ y1=s->ys+5;
	+ else
	+ y1=s->ymx+7;
	+ if (yc<y1) yc=y1;
	+ if (yc<top+1) yc=top+1;
	+ if (top<yc+8) top=yc+8;
	+ PUT1(" %.1f trl", yc)
	+ }
	+
	+ if ((deco==D_UPBOW)\|\|(deco==D_DOWNBOW)) { /* bowing signs */
	+ yc=21;
	+ if (s->stem==1)
	+ y1=s->ys+4;
	+ else
	+ y1=s->ymx+8;
	+ if (yc<y1) yc=y1;
	+ if (yc<top+4) yc=top+4;
	+ if (top<yc+10) top=yc+10;
	+ if (deco==D_UPBOW) PUT1(" %.1f upb", yc)
	+ if (deco==D_DOWNBOW) PUT1(" %.1f dnb", yc)
	+ }
	+ }
	+ *tp=top;
	+ return top1;
	+}
	+
	+
	+/* ----- draw_note ----- */
	+float draw_note (x,w,d,s,fl,gchy)
	+struct SYMBOL *s;
	+float x,w,d;
	+float *gchy;
	+int fl;
	+{
	+ char c,cc;
	+ int y,i,m,k;
	+ float yc,slen,slen0,top,top2,xx;
	+ slen0=STEM;
	+
	+ draw_gracenotes (x, w, d, s); /* draw grace notes */
	+
	+ c = 'd'; cc='u';
	+ if (s->stem==1) { c='u'; cc='d'; }
	+ slen=s->stem*(s->ys-s->y);
	+
	+ for (m=0;m<s->npitch;m++) {
	+ if (m>0) PUT0(" ")
	+ draw_basic_note (x,w,d,s,m); /* draw note heads */
	+ xx=3*(s->pits[m]-18)+s->yadd-s->y;
	+ xx=xx*xx;
	+ if (xx<0.01) { /* add stem */
	+ if (s->stem) PUT2(" %.1f s%c",slen,c)
	+ if (fl && (s->flags>0)) /* add flags */
	+ PUT3(" %.1f f%d%c",slen,s->flags,c)
	+ }
	+ if ((m>0) && (s->pits[m]==s->pits[m-1])) { /* unions */
	+ if (s->stem) PUT2(" %.2f s%c",slen0,cc)
	+ if (s->flags>0)
	+ PUT3(" %.1f f%d%c",slen0,s->flags,cc)
	+ }
	+ }
	+
	+ top=draw_decorations (x,s,&top2); /* add decorations */
	+
	+ y = s->ymn; /* lower helper lines */
	+ if (y<=-6) {
	+ for (i=-6;i>=y;i=i-6) PUT1(" %d hl", i)
	+ if (s->head==H_OVAL) PUT0("1")
	+ }
	+ y = s->ymx; /* upper helper lines */
	+ if (y>=30) {
	+ for (i=30;i<=y;i=i+6) PUT1(" %d hl", i)
	+ if (s->head==H_OVAL) PUT0("1")
	+ }
	+
	+ *gchy=38;
	+ if (strlen(s->text)>0) { /* position guitar chord */
	+ yc=*gchy;
	+ if (yc<y+8) yc=y+8;
	+ if (yc<s->ys+4) yc=s->ys+4;
	+ for (k=0;k<s->dc.n;k++) {
	+ if ((s->dc.t[k]==D_GRACE) && (yc<y+12)) yc=y+12;
	+ }
	+ if (yc<top2) yc=top2;
	+ *gchy=yc;
	+ }
	+
	+ PUT0("\n")
	+
	+ return top;
	+
	+}
	+
	+
	+/* ----- vsh: up/down shift needed to get k6 ----- /
	+float vsh (x,dir)
	+int dir;
	+float x;
	+{
	+ int ix,iy,ir;
	+ float x1,xx;
	+ x1=x*dir;
	+ ix=x1+600.999;
	+ ir=ix%6;
	+ iy=ix-600;
	+ if (ir>0) iy=iy+6-ir;
	+ xx=iy*dir;
	+ return xx-x;
	+}
	+
	+
	+/* ----- rnd3: up/down shift needed to get k3 ----- /
	+float rnd3(x)
	+float x;
	+{
	+ int ix,iy,ir;
	+ float xx;
	+
	+ ix=x+600.999-1.5;
	+ ir=ix%3;
	+ iy=ix-600;
	+ if (ir>0) iy=iy+3-ir;
	+ xx=iy;
	+ return xx-x;
	+}
	+
	+
	+/* ----- rnd6: up/down shift needed to get k6 ----- /
	+float rnd6(x)
	+float x;
	+{
	+ int ix,iy,ir;
	+ float xx;
	+
	+ ix=x+600.999-3.0;
	+ ir=ix%6;
	+ iy=ix-600;
	+ if (ir>0) iy=iy+6-ir;
	+ xx=iy;
	+ return xx-x;
	+}
	+
	+
	+/* ----- b_pos ----- */
	+float b_pos (stem,flags,b)
	+int stem,flags;
	+float b;
	+{
	+ float bb,d1,d2,add;
	+ float top,bot;
	+
	+ if (stem==1) {
	+ top=b;
	+ bot=b-(flags-1)*BEAM_SHIFT-BEAM_DEPTH;
	+ if (bot>26) return b;
	+ }
	+ else {
	+ bot=b;
	+ top=b+(flags-1)*BEAM_SHIFT+BEAM_DEPTH;
	+ if (top<-2) return b;
	+ }
	+
	+ d1=rnd6(top-BEAM_OFFSET);
	+ d2=rnd6(bot+BEAM_OFFSET);
	+ add=d1;
	+ if (d1d1>d2d2) add=d2;
	+ bb=b+add;
	+
	+/* printf ("stem %d top %.1f, bot%.1f, choices %.1f %.1f => %.1f\n",
	+ stem, top,bot, d1,d2, add); */
	+/* printf ("b_pos(%d) b=%.1f to %.1f\n", stem,b,bb); */
	+
	+ return bb;
	+}
	+
	+
	+/* ----- calculate_beam ----- */
	+int calculate_beam (i0,bm)
	+int i0;
	+struct BEAM *bm;
	+{
	+ int j,j1,j2,i,stem,notes,flags;
	+ float x,y,ys,a,b,max_stem_err,stem_err,min_stem,slen,yyg,yg,try;
	+ float s,sx,sy,sxx,sxy,syy,delta,hh,dev,dev2,a0;
	+
	+ j1=i0; /* find first and last note in beam */
	+ j2=-1;
	+ stem=sym[j1].stem;
	+ for (j=i0;j<nsym;j++)
	+ if (sym[j].word_end) {
	+ j2=j;
	+ break;
	+ }
	+ if (j2==-1) {
	+ return 0;
	+ }
	+
	+ notes=flags=0; /* set x positions, count notes and flags */
	+ for (j=j1;j<=j2;j++) {
	+ if(sym[j].type==NOTE) {
	+ sym[j].xs=sym[j].x+stem*STEM_XOFF;
	+ sym[j].stem=stem;
	+ if (sym[j].flags>flags) flags=sym[j].flags;
	+ notes++;
	+ }
	+ }
	+
	+ s=sx=sy=sxx=sxy=syy=0; /* linear fit through stem ends */
	+ for (j=j1;j<=j2;j++) if (sym[j].type==NOTE) {
	+ x=sym[j].xs;
	+ y=sym[j].ymx+STEM*stem;
	+ s += 1; sx += x; sy += y;
	+ sxx += xx; sxy += xy; syy += y*y;
	+ }
	+
	+ delta=ssxx-sxsx; /* beam fct: y=ax+b */
	+ a=(ssxy-sxsy)/delta;
	+ b=(sy-a*sx)/s;
	+
	+ /* the next few lines modify the slope of the beam */
	+ if (notes>=3) {
	+ hh=syy-asxy-bsy; /* flatten if notes not in line */
	+ dev=0;
	+ if (hh>0) {
	+ dev2=hh/(notes-2);
	+ if (dev2>0.5) a=BEAM_FLATFAC*a;
	+ }
	+ }
	+
	+
	+ if (a>=0) a=BEAM_SLOPEa/(BEAM_SLOPE+a); / max steepness for beam */
	+ else a=BEAM_SLOPE*a/(BEAM_SLOPE-a);
	+
	+
	+ /* to decide if to draw flat etc. use normalized slope a0 */
	+ a0=a(sym[j2].xs-sym[j1].xs)/(20(notes-1));
	+
	+ if ((a0<BEAM_THRESH) && (a0>-BEAM_THRESH)) a=0; /* flat below threshhold */
	+
	+ b=(sy-asx)/s; / recalculate b for new slope */
	+
	+/* if (flags>1) b=b+2stem;/ /* leave a bit more room if several beams …
	+
	+ if (bagpipe) { b=-11; a=0; }
	+
	+ max_stem_err=0; /* check stem lengths */
	+ for (j=j1;j<=j2;j++) if (sym[j].type==NOTE) {
	+ if (sym[j].npitch==1) {
	+ min_stem=STEM_MIN;
	+ if (sym[j].flags==2) min_stem=STEM_MIN2;
	+ if (sym[j].flags==3) min_stem=STEM_MIN3;
	+ if (sym[j].flags==4) min_stem=STEM_MIN4;
	+ }
	+ else {
	+ min_stem=STEM_CH_MIN;
	+ if (sym[j].flags==2) min_stem=STEM_CH_MIN2;
	+ if (sym[j].flags==3) min_stem=STEM_CH_MIN3;
	+ if (sym[j].flags==4) min_stem=STEM_CH_MIN4;
	+ }
	+ min_stem=min_stem+BEAM_DEPTH+BEAM_SHIFT*(sym[j].flags-1);
	+ ys=a*sym[j].xs+b;
	+ if (stem==1) slen=ys-sym[j].ymx;
	+ else slen=sym[j].ymn-ys;
	+ stem_err=min_stem-slen;
	+ if (stem_err>max_stem_err) max_stem_err=stem_err;
	+ }
	+
	+ if (max_stem_err>0) /* shift beam if stems too short */
	+ b=b+stem*max_stem_err;
	+
	+ for (j=j1+1;j<=j2;j++) if (sym[j].type==NOTE) { /* room for gracenotes */
	+ for (i=0;i<sym[j].gr.n;i++) {
	+ yyg=a*(sym[j].x-GSPACE0)+b;
	+ yg=3*(sym[j].gr.p[i]-18)+sym[j].yadd;
	+ if (stem==1) {
	+ try=(yg+GSTEM)-(yyg-BEAM_DEPTH-2);
	+ if (try>0) b=b+try;
	+ }
	+ else {
	+ try=(yg)-(yyg+BEAM_DEPTH+7);
	+ if (try<0) b=b+try;
	+ }
	+ }
	+ }
	+
	+ if ((a<0.01) && (a>-0.01)) /* shift flat beams onto staff lines */
	+ b=b_pos (stem,flags,b);
	+
	+ for (j=j1;j<=j2;j++) if (sym[j].type==NOTE) { /* final stems */
	+ sym[j].ys=a*sym[j].xs+b;
	+ }
	+
	+ bm->i1=j1; /* save beam parameters in struct */
	+ bm->i2=j2;
	+ bm->a=a;
	+ bm->b=b;
	+ bm->stem=stem;
	+ bm->t=stem*BEAM_DEPTH;
	+ return 1;
	+}
	+
	+
	+/* ----- rest_under_beam ----- */
	+float rest_under_beam (x,head,bm)
	+float x;
	+int head;
	+struct BEAM *bm;
	+{
	+ float y,tspace,bspace;
	+ int j1,j2,j,nf,iy;
	+
	+ tspace=9;
	+ bspace=11;
	+ if ((head==H_OVAL)\|\|(head==H_EMPTY)) tspace=bspace=4;
	+
	+ j1=bm->i1;
	+ j2=bm->i2;
	+ nf=0;
	+ for (j=j1;j<=j2;j++)
	+ if ((sym[j].type==NOTE)\|\|(sym[j].flags>nf)) nf=sym[j].flags;
	+
	+ if (bm->stem==1) {
	+ y=bm->a*x+bm->b;
	+ y=y-BEAM_DEPTH-(nf-1)*BEAM_SHIFT;
	+ y=y-tspace;
	+ if (y>12) y=12;
	+ }
	+ else {
	+ y=bm->a*x+bm->b;
	+ y=y+BEAM_DEPTH+(nf-1)*BEAM_SHIFT;
	+ y=y+bspace;
	+ if (y<12) y=12;
	+ }
	+
	+ if ((head==H_OVAL)\|\|(head==H_EMPTY)) {
	+ iy=(y+3.0)/6.0;
	+ y=6*iy;
	+ }
	+
	+ return y;
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- draw_beam_num: draw number on a beam ----- */
	+void draw_beam_num (bm,num,xn)
	+struct BEAM *bm;
	+int num;
	+float xn;
	+{
	+ float yn;
	+
	+ if (bm->stem==-1)
	+ yn=bm->a*xn+bm->b-12;
	+ else
	+ yn=bm->a*xn+bm->b+4;
	+
	+ PUT3("%.1f %.1f (%d) bnum\n", xn, yn, num)
	+
	+}
	+
	+
	+/* ----- draw_beam: draw a single beam ----- */
	+void draw_beam (x1,x2,dy,bm)
	+float x1,x2,dy;
	+struct BEAM *bm;
	+{
	+ float y1,y2;
	+
	+ y1=bm->ax1+bm->b-bm->stemdy;
	+ y2=bm->ax2+bm->b-bm->stemdy;
	+ PUT5("%.1f %.1f %.1f %.1f %.1f bm\n", x1,y1,x2,y2,bm->t)
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- draw_beams: draw the beams for one word ----- */
	+void draw_beams (bm)
	+struct BEAM *bm;
	+{
	+ int j,j1,j2,j3,inbeam,k1,k2,num,p,r;
	+ float x1,x2,xn;
	+
	+ j1=bm->i1;
	+ j2=bm->i2;
	+
	+ /* make first beam over whole word */
	+ x1=sym[j1].xs;
	+ x2=sym[j2].xs;
	+ num=sym[j1].u;
	+
	+ for (j=j1;j<=j2;j++) { /* numbers for nplets on same beam */
	+ if (sym[j].p_plet>0) {
	+ p=sym[j].p_plet;
	+ r=sym[j].r_plet;
	+ j3=j+r-1;
	+ if (j3<=j2) {
	+ xn=0.5*(sym[j].xs+sym[j3].xs);
	+ draw_beam_num (bm,p,xn);
	+ sym[j].p_plet=0;
	+ }
	+ }
	+ }
	+
	+ draw_beam (x1,x2,0.0,bm);
	+
	+ /* second beams where two or more flags */
	+ k1=0;
	+ inbeam=0;
	+ for (j=j1;j<=j2;j++) {
	+ if (sym[j].type!=NOTE) continue;
	+ if ((!inbeam) && (sym[j].flags>=2)) {
	+ k1=j;
	+ inbeam=1;
	+ }
	+ if (inbeam && ((sym[j].flags<2) \|\| (j==j2))) {
	+ if ((sym[j].flags>=2) && (j==j2)) k2=j;
	+ x1=sym[k1].xs;
	+ x2=sym[k2].xs;
	+ inbeam=0;
	+ if (k1==k2) {
	+ if (k1==j1) draw_beam (x1+BEAM_STUB,x1,BEAM_SHIFT,bm);
	+ else draw_beam (x1-BEAM_STUB,x1,BEAM_SHIFT,bm);
	+ }
	+ else
	+ draw_beam (x1,x2,BEAM_SHIFT,bm);
	+ inbeam=0;
	+ }
	+ k2=j;
	+ }
	+
	+ /* third beams where three or more flags */
	+ k1=0;
	+ inbeam=0;
	+ for (j=j1;j<=j2;j++) {
	+ if (sym[j].type!=NOTE) continue;
	+ if ((!inbeam) && (sym[j].flags>=3)) {
	+ k1=j;
	+ inbeam=1;
	+ }
	+ if (inbeam && ((sym[j].flags<3) \|\| (j==j2))) {
	+ if ((sym[j].flags>=3) && (j==j2)) k2=j;
	+ x1=sym[k1].xs;
	+ x2=sym[k2].xs;
	+ inbeam=0;
	+ if (k1==k2) {
	+ if (k1==j1) draw_beam (x1+BEAM_STUB,x1,2*BEAM_SHIFT,bm);
	+ else draw_beam (x1-BEAM_STUB,x1,2*BEAM_SHIFT,bm);
	+ }
	+ else
	+ draw_beam (x1,x2,2*BEAM_SHIFT,bm);
	+ inbeam=0;
	+ }
	+ k2=j;
	+ }
	+
	+ /* fourth beams where four or more flags */
	+ k1=0;
	+ inbeam=0;
	+ for (j=j1;j<=j2;j++) {
	+ if (sym[j].type!=NOTE) continue;
	+ if ((!inbeam) && (sym[j].flags>=4)) {
	+ k1=j;
	+ inbeam=1;
	+ }
	+ if (inbeam && ((sym[j].flags<4) \|\| (j==j2))) {
	+ if ((sym[j].flags>=4) && (j==j2)) k2=j;
	+ x1=sym[k1].xs;
	+ x2=sym[k2].xs;
	+ inbeam=0;
	+ if (k1==k2) {
	+ if (k1==j1) draw_beam (x1+BEAM_STUB,x1,3*BEAM_SHIFT,bm);
	+ else draw_beam (x1-BEAM_STUB,x1,3*BEAM_SHIFT,bm);
	+ }
	+ else
	+ draw_beam (x1,x2,3*BEAM_SHIFT,bm);
	+ inbeam=0;
	+ }
	+ k2=j;
	+ }
	+
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- extreme: return min or max, depending on s ----- */
	+float extreme (s, a, b)
	+float s,a,b;
	+{
	+
	+ if (s>0) {
	+ if (a>b) return a;
	+ return b;
	+ }
	+ else {
	+ if (a<b) return a;
	+ return b;
	+ }
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- draw_bracket ----- */
	+void draw_bracket (p,j1,j2)
	+int p,j1,j2;
	+{
	+ float x1,x2,y1,y2,xm,ym,s,s0,xx,yy,yx,dy;
	+ int j;
	+
	+ x1=sym[j1].x-4;
	+ x2=sym[j2].x+4;
	+ y1=sym[j1].ymx+10;
	+ y2=sym[j2].ymx+10;
	+
	+ if (sym[j1].stem==1) { y1=sym[j1].ys+4; x1=x1+3; }
	+ if (sym[j2].stem==1) { y2=sym[j2].ys+4; x2=x2+3; }
	+
	+ if (y1<30) y1=30;
	+ if (y2<30) y2=30;
	+
	+ xm=0.5*(x1+x2);
	+ ym=0.5*(y1+y2);
	+
	+ s=(y2-y1)/(x2-x1);
	+ s0=(sym[j2].ymx-sym[j1].ymx)/(x2-x1);
	+ if (s0>0) {
	+ if (s<0) s=0; if (s>s0) s=s0;
	+ }
	+ else {
	+ if (s>0) s=0; if (s<s0) s=s0;
	+ }
	+ if (ss < 0.20.2) s=0; /* flat if below limit */
	+
	+
	+ dy=0; /* shift up bracket if needed */
	+ for (j=j1;j<=j2;j++) {
	+ if ((sym[j].type==NOTE) \|\| (sym[j].type==REST)) {
	+ xx=sym[j].x;
	+ yy=ym+(xx-xm)*s;
	+ yx=sym[j].ymx+10;
	+ if (sym[j].stem==1) yx=sym[j].ys+5;
	+ if (yx-yy>dy) dy=yx-yy;
	+ }
	+ }
	+ ym=ym+dy;
	+ y1=ym+s*(x1-xm);
	+ y2=ym+s*(x2-xm);
	+
	+ /* shift up guitar chords, if needed */
	+ for (j=j1;j<=j2;j++) {
	+ if ((sym[j].type==NOTE) \|\| (sym[j].type==REST)) {
	+ xx=sym[j].x;
	+ yy=ym+(xx-xm)*s;
	+ if (sym[j].gchy<yy+4) sym[j].gchy=yy+4;
	+ }
	+ }
	+
	+ xx=xm-6;
	+ yy=ym+s*(xx-xm);
	+ PUT4("%.1f %.1f %.1f %.1f hbr ", x1,y1,xx,yy)
	+
	+ xx=xm+6;
	+ yy=ym+s*(xx-xm);
	+ PUT4("%.1f %.1f %.1f %.1f hbr ", x2,y2,xx,yy)
	+
	+ yy=0.5*(y1+y2);
	+ PUT3("%.1f %.1f (%d) bnum\n", xm, yy-4, p)
	+
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- draw_nplet_brackets ----- */
	+void draw_nplet_brackets ()
	+{
	+ int i,j,k,p,r,c;
	+
	+ for (i=0;i<nsym;i++) {
	+ if ((sym[i].type==NOTE) \|\| (sym[i].type==REST)) {
	+ if (sym[i].p_plet>0) {
	+ p=sym[i].p_plet;
	+ r=sym[i].r_plet;
	+ c=r;
	+ k=i;
	+ for (j=i;j<nsym;j++) {
	+ if ((sym[j].type==NOTE) \|\| (sym[j].type==REST)) {
	+ c--;
	+ k=j;
	+ if (c==0) break;
	+ }
	+ }
	+ draw_bracket (p,i,k);
	+ }
	+ }
	+ }
	+}
	+
	+
	+/* ----- slur_direction: decide whether slur goes up or down --- */
	+float slur_direction (k1,k2)
	+int k1,k2;
	+{
	+ float s;
	+ int i,are_stems,are_downstems,are_bars,y_max,notes;
	+
	+ are_stems=are_downstems=are_bars=0;
	+ notes=0;
	+ y_max=300;
	+ for (i=k1;i<=k2;i++) {
	+ if (sym[i].type==BAR) are_bars=1;
	+ if (sym[i].type==NOTE) {
	+ notes++;
	+ if (sym[i].stem != 0 ) are_stems=1;
	+ if (sym[i].stem == -1 ) are_downstems=1;
	+ if (sym[i].ymn<y_max) y_max=sym[i].ymn;
	+ }
	+ }
	+ s=-1;
	+ if (are_downstems) s=1;
	+ if (!are_stems) {
	+ s=1;
	+ if (y_max<12) s=-1;
	+ }
	+
	+ /* next line tries to put long phrasings on top */
	+ if (are_bars && (notes>5)) s=1;
	+
	+ return s;
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- output_slur: output slur -- --- */
	+void output_slur (x1,y1,x2,y2,s,height,shift)
	+float x1,y1,x2,y2,s,height,shift;
	+{
	+ float alfa,beta,mx,my,xx1,yy1,xx2,yy2,dx,dy,dz,a,add;
	+
	+ alfa=0.3;
	+ beta=0.45;
	+
	+ /* for wide flat slurs, make shape more square */
	+ dy=y2-y1;
	+ if (dy<0) dy=-dy;
	+ dx=x2-x1;
	+ if (dx<0) dx=-dx;
	+ a=dy/dx;
	+ if ((a<0.7) && dx>40) {
	+ add=0.2*(dx-40)/100;
	+ alfa=0.3+add;
	+ if (alfa>0.7) alfa=0.7;
	+ }
	+
	+
	+ /* alfa, beta, and height determine Bezier control points pp1,pp2
	+ *
	+ * X====alfa===\|===alfa=====X
	+ * / \| \
	+ * pp1 \| pp2
	+ * / height \
	+ * beta \| beta
	+ * / \| \
	+ * p1 m p2
	+ *
	+ */
	+
	+
	+ mx=0.5*(x1+x2);
	+ my=0.5*(y1+y2);
	+
	+ xx1=mx+alfa*(x1-mx);
	+ yy1=my+alfa*(y1-my)+height;
	+ xx1=x1+beta*(xx1-x1);
	+ yy1=y1+beta*(yy1-y1);
	+
	+ xx2=mx+alfa*(x2-mx);
	+ yy2=my+alfa*(y2-my)+height;
	+ xx2=x2+beta*(xx2-x2);
	+ yy2=y2+beta*(yy2-y2);
	+
	+ dx=0.03*(x2-x1);
	+ if (dx>10.0) dx=10.0;
	+ dy=1.0;
	+ dz=0.20;
	+ if (x2-x1>100) dz=dz+0.001*(x2-x1);
	+ if (dz>0.6) dz=0.6;
	+
	+ PUT4("%.1f %.1f %.1f %.1f ",
	+ xx2-dx, yy2+shift+sdy, xx1+dx, yy1+shift+sdy)
	+ PUT3("%.1f %.1f 0 %.1f ", x1,y1+shift+sdz,sdz)
	+ PUT4("%.1f %.1f %.1f %.1f ", xx1,yy1+shift,xx2,yy2+shift)
	+ PUT4("%.1f %.1f %.1f %.1f SL\n", x2,y2+shift, x1,y1+shift)
	+
	+
	+/*PUT4("%.2f %.2f %.2f %.2f ", xx1,yy1+shift,xx2,yy2+shift)
	+ PUT4("%.2f %.2f %.2f %.2f sl\n", x2,y2+shift, x1,y1+shift)*/
	+
	+ return;
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- draw_slur (not a pretty routine, this) ----- */
	+void draw_slur (k1,k2,nn,level)
	+int k1,k2,level,nn;
	+{
	+ float x01,x02,y01,y02;
	+ float x1,y1,x2,y2,yy,height,addx,addy;
	+ float s,shift,hmin,a;
	+ float x,y,z,h,dx,dy;
	+ int i;
	+
	+ s=slur_direction (k1,k2);
	+
	+ /* fix endpoints */
	+ if (sym[k1].type==NOTE) { /* here if k1 points to note */
	+ x01=sym[k1].x;
	+ yy=sym[k1].ymn; if (s>0) yy=sym[k1].ymx;
	+ y01=extreme(s,yy+s6,sym[k1].ys+s2);
	+ if (sym[k1].word_end) {
	+ yy=sym[k1].ymn; if (s>0) yy=sym[k1].ymx;
	+ y01=yy+s*6;
	+ if ((sym[k1].stem==1)&&(s==1)) x01=x01+4;
	+ }
	+ if ((s>0) && (y01<sym[k1].dc.top+2.5)) y01=sym[k1].dc.top+2.5;
	+ }
	+
	+ if (sym[k2].type==NOTE) { /* here if k2 points to note */
	+ x02=sym[k2].x;
	+ yy=sym[k2].ymn; if (s>0) yy=sym[k2].ymx;
	+ y02=extreme(s,yy+s6,sym[k2].ys+s2);
	+ if (sym[k2].word_st) {
	+ yy=sym[k2].ymn; if (s>0) yy=sym[k2].ymx;
	+ y02=yy+s*6;
	+ if ((sym[k2].stem==-1)&&(s==-1)) x02=x02-3;
	+ }
	+ if ((s>0) && (y02<sym[k2].dc.top+2.5)) y02=sym[k2].dc.top+2.5;
	+ }
	+
	+ if (sym[k1].type!=NOTE) {
	+ x01=sym[k1].x+sym[k1].wr;
	+ y01=y02+1.2*s;
	+ if (nn>1) {
	+ if(s==1) { if (y01<28) y01=28; }
	+ else { if (y01>-4) y01=-4; }
	+ }
	+ }
	+
	+ if (sym[k2].type!=NOTE) {
	+ x02=sym[k2].x;
	+ y02=y01+1.2*s;
	+ if (nn>1) {
	+ if (s==1) {if (y02<28) y02=28; }
	+ else {if (y02>-4) y02=-4; }
	+ }
	+ }
	+
	+ /* shift endpoints */
	+ addx=0.04*(x02-x01);
	+ if (addx>3.0) addx=3.0;
	+ addy=0.02*(x02-x01);
	+ if (addy>3.0) addy=3.0;
	+ x1 = x01+addx;
	+ x2 = x02-addx;
	+ y1=y01+s*addy;
	+ y2=y02+s*addy;
	+
	+ a=(y2-y1)/(x2-x1); /* slur steepness */
	+ if (a > SLUR_SLOPE) a= SLUR_SLOPE;
	+ if (a < -SLUR_SLOPE) a=-SLUR_SLOPE;
	+ if (a>0) {
	+ if (s == 1) y1=y2-a*(x2-x1);
	+ if (s == -1) y2=y1+a*(x2-x1);
	+ }
	+ else {
	+ if (s == -1) y1=y2-a*(x2-x1);
	+ if (s == 1) y2=y1+a*(x2-x1);
	+ }
	+
	+ /* for big vertical jump, shift endpoints */
	+ y=y2-y1; if (y>8) y=8; if (y<-8) y=-8;
	+ z=y; if(z<0) z=-z; dx=0.5z; dy=0.3z;
	+ if (y>0) {
	+ if (s==1) { x2=x2-dx; y2=y2-dy; }
	+ if (s==-1) { x1=x1+dx; y1=y1+dy; }
	+ }
	+ else {
	+ if (s==1) { x1=x1+dx; y1=y1-dy; }
	+ if (s==-1) { x2=x2-dx; y2=y2+dy; }
	+ }
	+
	+ h=0;
	+ for (i=k1+1; i<k2; i++)
	+ if (sym[i].type==NOTE) {
	+ x = sym[i].x;
	+ yy = sym[i].ymn; if (s>0) yy=sym[i].ymx;
	+ y = extreme (s, yy+6s, sym[i].ys+2s);
	+ z = (y2(x-x1)+y1(x2-x))/(x2-x1);
	+ h = extreme (s, h, y-z);
	+ }
	+
	+ y1=y1+0.4*h;
	+ y2=y2+0.4*h;
	+ h=0.6*h;
	+
	+ hmin=s(0.03(x2-x1)+8);
	+ if (nn>3) hmin=s(0.12(x2-x1)+12);
	+ height = extreme (s, hmin, 3.0*h);
	+ height = extreme (-s, height, s*50);
	+
	+ y=y2-y1; if (y<0) y=-y;
	+ if ((s==1) && (height< 0.8y)) height=0.8y;
	+ if ((s==-1) && (height>-0.8y)) height=-0.8y;
	+
	+ shift=3slevel;
	+
	+ output_slur (x1,y1,x2,y2,s,height,shift);
	+
	+ return;
	+}
	+
	+
	+/* ----- prev_scut, next_scut: find place to terminate/start slur --- */
	+int next_scut (i)
	+int i;
	+{
	+ int j,cut,ok;
	+
	+ cut=nsym-1;
	+ for (j=i+1;j<nsym;j++) {
	+ ok=0;
	+ if (sym[j].type==BAR) {
	+ if (sym[j].u==B_RREP) ok=1;
	+ if (sym[j].u==B_DREP) ok=1;
	+ if (sym[j].u==B_FAT1) ok=1;
	+ if (sym[j].u==B_FAT2) ok=1;
	+ if (sym[j].v==2) ok=1;
	+ }
	+ if(ok) {
	+ cut=j;
	+ break;
	+ }
	+ }
	+ return cut;
	+}
	+
	+int prev_scut(i)
	+int i;
	+{
	+ int j,cut,ok;
	+
	+ cut=-1;
	+ for (j=i;j>=0;j--) {
	+ ok=0;
	+ if (sym[j].type==BAR) {
	+ if (sym[j].u==B_LREP) ok=1;
	+ if (sym[j].u==B_DREP) ok=1;
	+ if (sym[j].u==B_FAT1) ok=1;
	+ if (sym[j].u==B_FAT2) ok=1;
	+ if (sym[j].v==2) ok=1;
	+ }
	+ if(ok) {
	+ cut=j;
	+ break;
	+ }
	+ }
	+
	+ if (cut==-1) { /* return sym before first note */
	+ cut=0;
	+ for (j=0;j<nsym;j++) {
	+ if((sym[j].type==REST) \|\| (sym[j].type==NOTE)) {
	+ cut=j-1;
	+ break;
	+ }
	+ }
	+ }
	+
	+ return cut;
	+}
	+
	+
	+/* ----- draw_chord_slurs ----- */
	+void draw_chord_slurs(k1,k2,nh1,nh2,nslur,mhead1,mhead2,job)
	+int k1,k2,nh1,nh2,nslur,mhead1[MAXHD],mhead2[MAXHD],job;
	+{
	+
	+ int i,pbot,ptop,m1,m2,p1,p2,y,cut;
	+ float s,x1,y1,x2,y2,height,shift,addx,addy;
	+
	+ if (nslur==0) return;
	+
	+ pbot=1000;
	+ ptop=-1000;
	+ for (i=0;i<sym[k1].npitch;i++) {
	+ p1=sym[k1].pits[i];
	+ if (p1<pbot) pbot=p1;
	+ if (p1>ptop) ptop=p1;
	+ }
	+
	+ for (i=0;i<nslur;i++) {
	+ m1=mhead1[i];
	+ m2=mhead2[i];
	+ p1=sym[k1].pits[m1];
	+ p2=sym[k2].pits[m2];
	+ s=slur_direction (k1,k2);
	+ if (p1==pbot) s=-1;
	+ if (p1==ptop) s=1;
	+
	+ x1=sym[k1].x;
	+ x2=sym[k2].x;
	+ if (job==2) {
	+ cut=next_scut(k1);
	+ x2=sym[cut].x;
	+ if (cut==k1) x2=x1+30;
	+ }
	+
	+ if (job==1) {
	+ cut=prev_scut(k1);
	+ x1=sym[cut].x;
	+ if (cut==k1) x2=x1-30;
	+ }
	+
	+ addx=0.04*(x2-x1);
	+ if (addx>3.0) addx=3.0;
	+ addy=0.02*(x2-x1);
	+ if (addy>3.0) addy=3.0;
	+
	+ x1=x1+3+addx;
	+ x2=x2-3-addx;
	+ if ((s==1) && (sym[k1].stem==1)) x1=x1+1.5;
	+ if ((s==-1) && (sym[k2].stem==-1)) x2=x2-1.5;
	+
	+ y=3*(p1-18)+sym[k1].yadd;
	+ y1=y2=y+s*(4+addy);
	+ y=3*(p2-18)+sym[k2].yadd;
	+ y2=y+s*(4+addy);
	+
	+ if ((s==1) && !(y%6) && (sym[k1].dots>0)) {
	+ y2=y1=y+s*(5.5+addy);
	+ x1=x1-2;
	+ x2=x2+2;
	+ }
	+ height=s(0.04(x2-x1)+5);
	+ shift=0;
	+ output_slur (x1,y1,x2,y2,s,height,shift);
	+ }
	+
	+}
	+
	+
	+
	+/* ----- draw_slurs: draw slurs/ties between neighboring notes/chords */
	+void draw_slurs (k1,k2,job)
	+int k1,k2,job;
	+{
	+ int i,m1,m2;
	+ int mhead1[MAXHD],mhead2[MAXHD],nslur,nh1,nh2;
	+
	+ if (nbuf+100>BUFFSZ)
	+ rx ("PS output exceeds reserved space per staff",
	+ " -- increase BUFFSZ1");
	+
	+ nslur=0;
	+
	+ if (job==2) { /* half slurs from last note in line */
	+ nh1=sym[k1].npitch;
	+ for (i=1;i<=nh1;i++) {
	+ for (m1=0;m1<nh1;m1++) {
	+ if (sym[k1].sl1[m1]==i) {
	+ nslur=nslur+1;
	+ mhead1[nslur-1]=m1;
	+ }
	+ if (sym[k1].ti1[m1]) {
	+ nslur=nslur+1;
	+ mhead1[nslur-1]=m1;
	+ }
	+ }
	+ }
	+ draw_chord_slurs(k1,k1,nh1,nh1,nslur,mhead1,mhead1,job);
	+ return;
	+ }
	+
	+ if (job==1) { /* half slurs to first note in line */
	+ nh1=sym[k1].npitch;
	+ for (i=1;i<=nh1;i++) {
	+ for (m1=0;m1<nh1;m1++) {
	+ if (sym[k1].sl2[m1]==i) {
	+ nslur=nslur+1;
	+ mhead1[nslur-1]=m1;
	+ }
	+ if (sym[k1].ti2[m1]) {
	+ nslur=nslur+1;
	+ mhead1[nslur-1]=m1;
	+ }
	+ }
	+ }
	+ draw_chord_slurs(k1,k1,nh1,nh1,nslur,mhead1,mhead1,job);
	+ return;
	+ }
	+
	+ /* real 2-note case: set up list of slurs/ties to draw */
	+ if ((sym[k1].type==NOTE) && (sym[k2].type==NOTE)) {
	+ nh1=sym[k1].npitch;
	+ nh2=sym[k2].npitch;
	+
	+ for (m1=0;m1<nh1;m1++) {
	+ if (sym[k1].ti1[m1]) {
	+ for (m2=0;m2<nh2;m2++) {
	+ if (sym[k2].pits[m2]==sym[k1].pits[m1]) {
	+ nslur++;
	+ mhead1[nslur-1]=m1;
	+ mhead2[nslur-1]=m2;
	+ break;
	+ }
	+ }
	+ }
	+ }
	+
	+ for (i=1;i<=nh1;i++) {
	+ for (m1=0;m1<nh1;m1++) {
	+ if (sym[k1].sl1[m1]==i) {
	+ nslur++;
	+ mhead1[nslur-1]=m1;
	+ mhead2[nslur-1]=-1;
	+ for (m2=0;m2<nh2;m2++) {
	+ if (sym[k2].sl2[m2]==i) mhead2[nslur-1]=m2;
	+ }
	+ if (mhead2[nslur-1]==-1) nslur--;
	+ }
	+ }
	+ }
	+ }
	+
	+ draw_chord_slurs(k1,k2,nh1,nh2,nslur,mhead1,mhead2,job);
	+}
	+
	+
	+
	+/* ----- draw_phrasing: draw phrasing slur between two symbols --- */
	+void draw_phrasing (k1,k2,level)
	+int k1,k2,level;
	+{
	+ int nn,i;
	+
	+ if (k1==k2) return;
	+ if (nbuf+100>BUFFSZ)
	+ rx ("PS output exceeds reserved space per staff",
	+ " -- increase BUFFSZ1");
	+ nn=0;
	+ for (i=k1;i<=k2;i++)
	+ if ((sym[i].type==NOTE)\|\|(sym[i].type==REST)) nn++;
	+
	+ draw_slur (k1,k2,nn,level);
	+
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- draw_all_slurs: draw all slurs/ties between neighboring notes */
	+void draw_all_slurs ()
	+{
	+ int i,i1,i2;
	+
	+ i1=-1;
	+ for (i=0;i<nsym;i++) {
	+ if (sym[i].type==NOTE) {
	+ i1=i;
	+ break;
	+ }
	+ }
	+ if (i1<0) return;
	+ draw_slurs(i1,i1,1);
	+
	+ for (;;) {
	+ i2=-1;
	+ for (i=i1+1;i<nsym;i++) {
	+ if (sym[i].type==NOTE) {
	+ i2=i;
	+ break;
	+ }
	+ }
	+ if (i2<0) break;
	+ draw_slurs(i1,i2,0);
	+ i1=i2;
	+ }
	+
	+ draw_slurs(i1,i1,2);
	+
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- draw_all_phrasings: draw all phrasing slurs for one staff ----- */
	+void draw_all_phrasings ()
	+{
	+ int i,j,k,cut,pass,num;
	+
	+ for (pass=0;;pass++) {
	+ num=0;
	+ for (i=0;i<nsym;i++) {
	+
	+ if (sym[i].slur_st) {
	+ k=-1; /* find matching slur end */
	+ for (j=i+1;j<nsym;j++) {
	+ if (sym[j].slur_st && (!sym[j].slur_end)) break;
	+ if (sym[j].slur_end) {
	+ k=j;
	+ break;
	+ }
	+ }
	+ if (k>=0) {
	+ cut=next_scut(i);
	+ if (cut<k) {
	+ draw_phrasing (i,cut,pass);
	+ cut=prev_scut(k);
	+ draw_phrasing (cut,k,pass);
	+ }
	+ else {
	+ draw_phrasing (i,k,pass);
	+ }
	+ num++;
	+ sym[i].slur_st--;
	+ sym[k].slur_end--;
	+ }
	+ }
	+ }
	+ if (num==0) break;
	+ }
	+
	+ /* do unbalanced slurs still left over */
	+
	+ for (i=0;i<nsym;i++) {
	+ if (sym[i].slur_end) {
	+ cut=prev_scut(i);
	+ draw_phrasing (cut,i,0);
	+ }
	+ if (sym[i].slur_st) {
	+ cut=next_scut(i);
	+ draw_phrasing (i,cut,0);
	+ }
	+ }
	+
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- check_bars1 ---------- */
	+void check_bars1 (ip1,ip2)
	+int ip1,ip2;
	+{
	+ int v,i,j,k1,k2;
	+ float dx;
	+
	+ /* check for inelegant bar combinations within one line */
	+ i=j=ip1;
	+ for (;;) {
	+ if (xp[i].type==BAR && xp[j].type==BAR && i!=j) {
	+ dx=0;
	+ for (v=0;v<nvoice;v++) {
	+ k1=xp[j].p[v];
	+ k2=xp[i].p[v];
	+ if (k1>=0 && k2>=0) {
	+ if (symv[v][k1].u==B_RREP && symv[v][k2].u==B_LREP) {
	+ symv[v][k2].u=B_DREP;
	+ symv[v][k1].u=B_INVIS;
	+ dx=-4.0;
	+ }
	+ }
	+ }
	+ xp[i].x=xp[i].x+dx;
	+ }
	+ j=i;
	+ i=xp[i].next;
	+ if (i==ip2) break;
	+ }
	+
	+}
	+
	+
	+/* ----- check_bars2 ---------- */
	+void check_bars2 (ip1,ip2)
	+int ip1,ip2;
	+{
	+ int i,ip,v;
	+
	+ /* check whether to split up last bar over two lines */
	+ ip=xp[ip2].prec;
	+ for (v=0;v<nvoice;v++) {
	+ strcpy(voice[v].insert_text,"");
	+ voice[v].insert_bnum = 0;
	+ voice[v].insert_space = 0;
	+ voice[v].insert_num = 0;
	+ voice[v].insert_btype = 0;
	+
	+ i=xp[ip].p[v];
	+ if (i>=0) {
	+ if (symv[v][i].type==BAR) {
	+ if (symv[v][i].u==B_LREP) {
	+ symv[v][i].u=B_SNGL;
	+ voice[v].insert_btype=B_LREP;
	+ voice[v].insert_num=0;
	+ }
	+ else if (symv[v][i].u==B_DREP) {
	+ symv[v][i].u=B_RREP;
	+ voice[v].insert_btype=B_LREP;
	+ voice[v].insert_num=0;
	+ }
	+ else if ((symv[v][i].u==B_RREP) && (symv[v][i].v!=0)) {
	+ voice[v].insert_btype=B_INVIS;
	+ voice[v].insert_num=symv[v][i].v;
	+ symv[v][i].v=0;
	+ }
	+ else if ((symv[v][i].u==B_SNGL) && (symv[v][i].v!=0)) {
	+ voice[v].insert_btype=B_INVIS;
	+ voice[v].insert_num=symv[v][i].v;
	+ symv[v][i].v=0;
	+ }
	+
	+ /* if number or label on last bar, move to next line */
	+ if (symv[v][i].t \|\| (strlen(symv[v][i].text)>0)) {
	+ if (symv[v][i+1].type==BAR) {
	+ if (symv[v][i+1].t==0) symv[v][i+1].t=symv[v][i].t;
	+ if (strlen(symv[v][i+1].text)==0)
	+ strcpy(symv[v][i+1].text,symv[v][i].text);
	+ }
	+ else {
	+ if (!voice[v].insert_btype) voice[v].insert_btype=B_INVIS;
	+ voice[v].insert_space=symv[v][i].wr;
	+ voice[v].insert_bnum=symv[v][i].t;
	+ strcpy(voice[v].insert_text,symv[v][i].text);
	+ strcpy(symv[v][i].text,"");
	+ symv[v][i].t=0;
	+ }
	+ }
	+
	+
	+ }
	+ }
	+ }
	+
	+
	+}
	+
	+
	+
	+/* ----- draw_vocals ----- */
	+void draw_vocals (fp,nwl,botnote,bspace,botpos)
	+FILE *fp;
	+float botnote,bspace;
	+float *botpos;
	+int nwl;
	+{
	+ int i,hyflag,l,j;
	+ float x,x0,yword,lastx,spc,vfsize,w,swfac,lskip;
	+ char word[81],t[81];
	+
	+ if (nwl<=0) return;
	+ vfsize=cfmt.vocalfont.size;
	+ lskip=1.1*vfsize;
	+ set_font (fp, cfmt.vocalfont, 0);
	+ yword=-cfmt.vocalspace;
	+ swfac=1.05;
	+ if (strstr(cfmt.vocalfont.name,"Helvetica")) swfac=1.10;
	+ if (botnote-cfmt.vocalfont.size<yword)
	+ yword=botnote-cfmt.vocalfont.size;
	+
	+ for (j=0;j<nwl;j++) {
	+ hyflag=0;
	+ lastx=-10;
	+ for (i=0;i<nsym;i++) {
	+ if (sym[i].wordp[j]) {
	+ strcpy(word,sym[i].wordp[j]);
	+ x0=sym[i].x;
	+ l=strlen(word);
	+
	+ if (hyflag) {
	+ tex_str (word,t,&w);
	+ spc=x0-VOCPREvfsizeswfac*w-lastx;
	+ x = lastx+0.5spc-0.5swfacvfsizecwid('-');
	+ PUT2("%.1f %.1f whf ",x,yword)
	+ hyflag=0;
	+ }
	+
	+ if ((l>1) && (word[l-1]=='^')) {
	+ word[l-1]='\0';
	+ hyflag=1;
	+ }
	+
	+ if ((l==1) && (word[0]=='_')) {
	+ if (lastx<0) lastx=sym[i-1].x+sym[i-1].wr;
	+ PUT3("%.1f %.1f %.1f wln ", lastx+3, sym[i].x+1, yword)
	+ }
	+ else if ((l==1) && (word[0]=='^')) {
	+ PUT2("%.1f %.1f whf ", x0, yword)
	+ lastx=x0+vfsizeswfacw;
	+ }
	+ else {
	+ tex_str (word,t,&w);
	+ if (isdig(word[0]))
	+ x0=x0-3vfsizeswfac*cwid('1');
	+ else
	+ x0=x0-VOCPREvfsizeswfac*w;
	+ if (strcmp(t," ")) PUT3("(%s) %.1f %.1f wd ", t, x0, yword)
	+ lastx=x0+vfsizeswfacw;
	+ }
	+ }
	+ }
	+ if (hyflag) PUT2("%.1f %.1f whf ",lastx+5,yword)
	+ yword=yword-lskip;
	+ }
	+ *botpos=yword + lskip - bspace;
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- draw_symbols: draw symbols at proper positions on staff ----- */
	+void draw_symbols (fp,bspace,bpos,is_top)
	+FILE *fp;
	+float bspace,*bpos;
	+int is_top;
	+{
	+ int i,inbeam,j,nwl;
	+ float x,y,top,xl,d,w,gchy,botnote,botpos,spc,swfac;
	+ struct BEAM bm;
	+ char t[81];
	+
	+ inbeam=do_words=0;
	+ botnote=0;
	+ nwl=0;
	+ for (i=0;i<nsym;i++) { /* draw the symbols */
	+
	+ for (j=0;j<NWLINE;j++)
	+ if (sym[i].wordp[j]) {
	+ if (j+1>nwl) nwl=j+1;
	+ }
	+ if (nbuf+100>BUFFSZ)
	+ rx ("PS output exceeds reserved space per staff",
	+ " -- increase BUFFSZ1");
	+ x=sym[i].x;
	+
	+ switch (sym[i].type) {
	+
	+ case NOTE:
	+ xl=0; w=sym[i].wl;
	+ if (i>0) { xl=sym[i-1].x; w=w+sym[i-1].wr; }
	+ d=x-xl;
	+
	+ if (sym[i].word_st && !sym[i].word_end) {
	+ if (calculate_beam (i,&bm)) inbeam=1;
	+ }
	+ if (inbeam) {
	+ top=draw_note(x,w,d,&sym[i],0,&gchy);
	+ if (i==bm.i2) {
	+ inbeam=0;
	+ draw_beams (&bm);
	+ }
	+ }
	+ else {
	+ top=draw_note(x,w,d,&sym[i],1,&gchy);
	+ }
	+ sym[i].gchy=gchy;
	+ sym[i].dc.top=top;
	+ if (sym[i].ymn-5<botnote) botnote=sym[i].ymn-5;
	+ break;
	+
	+ case REST:
	+ y=sym[i].y;
	+ if (inbeam) y=rest_under_beam (sym[i].x,sym[i].head,&bm);
	+ draw_rest(x,y,sym[i],&gchy);
	+ sym[i].gchy=gchy;
	+ break;
	+
	+ case BAR:
	+ if (sym[i].v) set_ending(i);
	+ draw_bar (x,sym[i]);
	+ break;
	+
	+ case CLEF:
	+ if (sym[i].u==TREBLE) {
	+ if (sym[i].v) PUT1("%.1f stclef\n", x)
	+ else PUT1("%.1f tclef\n", x)
	+ }
	+ else if (sym[i].u==BASS) {
	+ if (sym[i].v) PUT1("%.1f sbclef\n", x)
	+ else PUT1("%.1f bclef\n", x)
	+ }
	+ else if (sym[i].u==ALTO) {
	+ if (sym[i].v) PUT1("%.1f scclef\n", x)
	+ else PUT1("%.1f cclef\n", x)
	+ }
	+ else
	+ bug("unknown clef type", 0);
	+ voice[ivc].key.ktype=sym[i].u;
	+ break;
	+
	+ case TIMESIG:
	+ draw_timesig (x,sym[i]);
	+ break;
	+
	+ case KEYSIG:
	+ voice[ivc].key.sf=draw_keysig (x,sym[i]);
	+ break;
	+
	+ case INVISIBLE:
	+ break;
	+
	+ default:
	+ printf (">>> cannot draw symbol type %d\n", sym[i].type);
	+ }
	+ }
	+
	+ draw_nplet_brackets ();
	+
	+/\| if (voice[ivc].do_gch) draw_barnums (fp); \|/
	+
	+
	+ if (ivc==ivc0) draw_barnums (fp);
	+
	+
	+ /* draw guitar chords */
	+ if (voice[ivc].do_gch) {
	+ set_font(fp,cfmt.gchordfont,0);
	+ swfac=1.0;
	+ if (strstr(cfmt.gchordfont.name,"Times-Roman")) swfac=1.00;
	+ if (strstr(cfmt.gchordfont.name,"Times-Bold")) swfac=1.05;
	+ if (strstr(cfmt.gchordfont.name,"Helvetica")) swfac=1.10;
	+ if (strstr(cfmt.gchordfont.name,"Helvetica-Bold")) swfac=1.15;
	+
	+ for (i=0;i<nsym;i++) {
	+ if ((sym[i].type==NOTE)\|\|(sym[i].type==REST)) {
	+ if (strlen(sym[i].text)>0) {
	+ tex_str (sym[i].text,t,&w);
	+ w=cfmt.gchordfont.size*w;
	+ spc=w*GCHPRE;
	+ if (spc>8.0) spc=8.0;
	+ PUT3("%.1f %.1f (%s) gc ", sym[i].x-spc, sym[i].gchy, t)
	+ }
	+ }
	+ }
	+ }
	+
	+
	+ draw_all_slurs ();
	+ draw_all_phrasings ();
	+
	+/\| if (is_top) draw_endings (); \|/
	+ if (ivc==ivc0) draw_endings ();
	+ num_ending=0;
	+
	+ botpos=-bspace;
	+ if (botnote<botpos) botpos=botnote;
	+
	+ if (nwl>0) draw_vocals (fp,nwl,botnote,bspace,&botpos);
	+
	+ *bpos=botpos;
	+
	+}
	+
	+
	+/* ----- draw_sysbars: draw bars extending over staves----- */
	+void draw_sysbars (fp,ip1,ip2,wid0,h1,dh)
	+FILE *fp;
	+int ip1,ip2;
	+float wid0,h1,dh;
	+{
	+ int i,v,ok,u,uu,p;
	+ float x;
	+
	+ PUT2 ("gsave 0 %.2f T 1.0 %.4f scale ",h1,dh/24.0)
	+ i=ip1;
	+ for (;;) {
	+ if (xp[i].type==BAR) {
	+ p=xp[i].p[ivc0];
	+ u=symv[ivc0][p].u;
	+ if (u==B_LREP) u=B_FAT1;
	+ if (u==B_RREP) u=B_FAT2;
	+ ok=1;
	+ for (v=0;v<nvoice;v++) {
	+ if (v!=ivc0 && voice[v].draw) {
	+ p=xp[i].p[v];
	+ if (p<0) ok=0;
	+ else {
	+ uu=symv[v][p].u;
	+ if (uu==B_LREP) uu=B_FAT1;
	+ if (uu==B_RREP) uu=B_FAT2;
	+ if (uu!=u) ok=0;
	+ }
	+ }
	+ }
	+
	+ if (ok) {
	+ x=xp[i].x+wid0;
	+ if (u==B_SNGL)
	+ PUT1("%.1f bar ", x)
	+ else if (u==B_DBL)
	+ PUT1("%.1f dbar ", x)
	+ else if (u==B_FAT1)
	+ PUT1("%.1f fbar1 ", x)
	+ else if (u==B_FAT2)
	+ PUT1("%.1f fbar2 ", x)
	+ else if (u==B_DREP) {
	+ PUT1("%.1f fbar1 ", x-1)
	+ PUT1("%.1f fbar2 ", x+1)
	+ }
	+ }
	+ }
	+
	+ i=xp[i].next;
	+ if (i==ip2) break;
	+ }
	+
	+ PUT0 (" 0.0 bar grestore\n")
	+
	+}
	+
	+
	+/* ----- count_symbols: count number of "real" symbols ---- */
	+int count_symbols ()
	+{
	+ int i,c;
	+
	+ c=0;
	+ for (i=0;i<nsym;i++) {
	+ switch (sym[i].type) {
	+ case NOTE:
	+ case REST:
	+ case BAR:
	+ c++;
	+ }
	+ }
	+ return c;
	+
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- select_piece: choose limits for piece to put on one staff ---- */
	+int select_piece (ip1)
	+int ip1;
	+{
	+ int i,num,ltype,count_this;
	+
	+ /* find next symbol marked as eol */
	+ i=ip1;
	+ for (;;) {
	+ if (xp[i].eoln) break;
	+ if (xp[i].next==XP_END) break;
	+ i=xp[i].next;
	+ }
	+ i=xp[i].next;
	+ if (cfmt.barsperstaff==0) return i;
	+
	+ /* find first note or rest */
	+ i=ip1;
	+ for (;;) {
	+ if (xp[i].type==NOTE \|\| xp[i].type==REST)
	+ if (xp[i].type==NOTE \|\| xp[i].type==REST) break;
	+ i=xp[i].next;
	+ if (i==XP_END) return i;
	+ }
	+ i=xp[i].next;
	+ if (i==XP_END) return i;
	+
	+ /* count bars until number is reached */
	+ num=0;
	+ ltype=0;
	+ for (;;) {
	+ count_this=0;
	+ if (xp[i].type==BAR) {
	+ count_this=1;
	+ if (ltype==BAR) count_this=0;
	+ }
	+ num=num+count_this;
	+ ltype=xp[i].type;
	+ i=xp[i].next;
	+ if (i==XP_END) return i;
	+ if (num==cfmt.barsperstaff) return i;
	+ }
	+ i=xp[i].next;
	+
	+ return i;
	+
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- is_topvc: check for top voice of set staved together --- */
	+int is_topvc (jv)
	+int jv;
	+{
	+ int iv,kv,ok;
	+
	+ ok=0;
	+ for (iv=0;iv<jv;iv++) {
	+ if (voice[iv].staves >= jv-iv+1) {
	+ for (kv=iv;kv<jv;kv++)
	+ if (voice[kv].draw) ok=1;
	+ }
	+ }
	+
	+ return 1-ok;
	+}
	+
	+
	+/* ----- vc_select: set flags for voice selection from -V option --- */
	+int vc_select ()
	+{
	+ char *s;
	+ int i,a,b,n;
	+
	+ if (strlen(vcselstr)==0) return nvoice;
	+
	+ for (i=0;i<nvoice;i++) voice[i].select=0;
	+ s=vcselstr;
	+ for (;;) {
	+ if (*s==0) break;
	+ if (!sscanf(s,"%d%n",&a,&n)) break;
	+ s+=n;
	+ b=a;
	+ if (*s=='-') {
	+ s++;
	+ if (*s==0) break;
	+ if (!sscanf(s,"%d%n",&b,&n)) break;
	+ s+=n;
	+ }
	+ for (i=a-1;i<b;i++)
	+ if (i>=0 && i<nvoice) voice[i].select=1;
	+
	+
	+ if (*s==0) {
	+ n=0;
	+ for (i=0;i<nvoice;i++) if (voice[i].select) n++;
	+ if (verbose>=4) {
	+ printf ("Selection <%s> selected voices:",vcselstr);
	+ for (i=0;i<nvoice;i++) if (voice[i].select) printf(" %d",i+1);
	+ printf ("\n");
	+ }
	+ return n;
	+ }
	+ if (*s==',') s++;
	+ else break;
	+ }
	+
	+ rx ("Bad voice selection: -V ", vcselstr);
	+ return 0;
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- voice_label: label voice, or just return length if job==0 -- */
	+float voice_label (fp, label, h, xc, dx0, job)
	+FILE *fp;
	+char *label;
	+float xc,dx0,h;
	+int job;
	+{
	+ float w,wid,dy,xcc;
	+ char lab[81],t[81];
	+ int n,i;
	+ char p,q,*l[10];
	+
	+ if (strlen(label)==0) return 0.0;
	+
	+ strcpy(lab,label);
	+ n=0;
	+ p=lab;
	+ l[0]=p;
	+ while (q=strstr(p,"\\\\")) { *q='\0'; p=q+2; n++; l[n]=p; }
	+ n++;
	+
	+ wid=0;
	+ for (i=0;i<n;i++) {
	+ tex_str(l[i],t,&w);
	+ w=cfmt.voicefont.size*w;
	+ if (w>wid) wid=w;
	+ if (job!=0) {
	+ xcc=xc;
	+ if (xcc+0.5w>dx0) xcc=dx0-0.5w;
	+ dy = 8.0 + 0.5cfmt.voicefont.size(n-1-2*i) + h;
	+ PUT3 (" %.2f %.2f M (%s) cshow\n",xcc,dy,t)
	+ }
	+ }
	+ return wid;
	+}
	+
	+
	+
	+/* ----- mstave_deco: draw decorations over multiple staves ----- */
	+void mstave_deco (fp,ip1,ip2,wid0,hsys,htab)
	+FILE *fp;
	+int ip1,ip2;
	+float hsys,wid0,htab[];
	+{
	+ int iv,jv,nv;
	+ float hbot,htop,ht,x0,y0,wid,wc,wcb,w,wmin;
	+ float wmin1=15.0, wmin2=10.0; /* space to staff */
	+
	+ wmin=wmin2;
	+ if (do_indent) wmin=wmin1;
	+
	+ /* draw bar lines */
	+ if (mvoice>1) {
	+ for (iv=0;iv<nvoice;iv++) {
	+ hbot=10000; htop=-hbot; nv=1;
	+ for (jv=iv;jv<iv+voice[iv].staves;jv++) {
	+ if (voice[jv].draw) nv++;
	+ if (voice[jv].draw && (htab[jv]<hbot)) hbot=htab[jv];
	+ if (voice[jv].draw && (htab[jv]>htop)) htop=htab[jv];
	+ }
	+ if ((hbot<htop-0.001) && (nv>1))
	+ draw_sysbars (fp,ip1,ip2,wid0,hsys-htop,htop-hbot+24.0);
	+ }
	+ PUT1 ("gsave 1.0 %.4f scale 0.0 bar grestore\n", (hsys+24.0)/24.0)
	+ }
	+
	+ /* next part draws voice names (except on braces) */
	+ set_font (fp, cfmt.voicefont, 0);
	+ nv=0;
	+ for (iv=0;iv<nvoice;iv++) if (voice[iv].draw) nv++;
	+
	+ /* get max label width, then center labels above each other */
	+ wid=w=0;
	+ for (iv=0;iv<nvoice;iv++) {
	+ if (voice[iv].draw) {
	+ if (do_indent)
	+ w=voice_label (fp, voice[iv].name, 0.0,0.0,0.0, 0);
	+ else if (nv>1)
	+ w=voice_label (fp, voice[iv].sname, 0.0,0.0,0.0, 0);
	+ if (w>wid) wid=w;
	+ }
	+ }
	+ wc=wcb=0.5*wid+wmin;
	+ if (wcb<18.0) wcb=18.0; /* label on brace needs a bit more room */
	+
	+ for (iv=0;iv<nvoice;iv++) {
	+ if (voice[iv].draw && (voice[iv].brace==0) ) {
	+ y0=hsys-htab[iv];
	+ if (do_indent)
	+ voice_label (fp, voice[iv].name,y0,-wc,-wmin,1);
	+ else if (nv>1)
	+ voice_label (fp,voice[iv].sname,y0,-wc,-wmin,1);
	+ }
	+ }
	+
	+ /* braces and brackets */
	+ for (iv=0;iv<nvoice;iv++) {
	+ hbot=10000; htop=-hbot; nv=0;
	+ for (jv=iv;jv<iv+voice[iv].brace;jv++) {
	+ if (voice[jv].draw) nv++;
	+ if (voice[jv].draw && (htab[jv]<hbot)) hbot=htab[jv];
	+ if (voice[jv].draw && (htab[jv]>htop)) htop=htab[jv];
	+ }
	+ if (hbot<htop+0.001) {
	+ ht=htop-hbot+24.0;
	+ y0=hsys-htop+0.5*ht;
	+ x0=-8;
	+ ht=ht-2.0;
	+ if (voice[iv].brace==1) ht=ht+15.0;
	+ if (voice[iv].brace>2) ht=ht-8.0;
	+ if ((nv>1)\|\|(voice[iv].brace==1))
	+ PUT3 (" %.4f %.1f %.1f brace\n", ht/120.0, x0, y0)
	+ if (do_indent)
	+ voice_label (fp, voice[iv].name, y0-12.0,-wcb,-wmin,1);
	+ else if (nv>1)
	+ voice_label (fp, voice[iv].sname,y0-12.0,-wcb,-wmin,1);
	+ }
	+
	+ hbot=10000; htop=-hbot; nv=0;
	+ for (jv=iv;jv<iv+voice[iv].bracket;jv++) {
	+ if (voice[jv].draw) nv++;
	+ if (voice[jv].draw && (htab[jv]<hbot)) hbot=htab[jv];
	+ if (voice[jv].draw && (htab[jv]>htop)) htop=htab[jv];
	+ }
	+ if ((hbot<htop+0.001) && ((nv>1)\|\|(voice[iv].bracket==1)))
	+ PUT2 ("\n %.1f -3 %.1f bracket\n", htop-hbot+24.0+6.0, hsys-htop-3.0)
	+
	+ }
	+
	+}
	+
	+
	+
	+/* ----- output_music: output for parsed symbol list ----- */
	+void output_music (fp)
	+FILE *fp;
	+{
	+ int ip1,ip2,mv,is_top,nsel,b,bnum;
	+ float realwidth,staffwidth,wid0,widv,lscale,lwidth,bpos;
	+ float spa1,spa2,hsys,htab[40],extra,indent,spax;
	+
	+ /* save current meter and key, to continue after P: or T: field */
	+ for (ivc=0;ivc<nvoice;ivc++) {
	+ voice[ivc].meter1 = voice[ivc].meter;
	+ voice[ivc].key1 = voice[ivc].key;
	+ }
	+
	+ if (!file_initialized && !epsf) {
	+ init_ps (fout,infostr,0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0);
	+ init_page (fout);
	+ }
	+
	+ if (nvoice==0) { init_parse_params(); return; }
	+ if (verbose>=10) print_vsyms ();
	+
	+ alfa_last=0.1; beta_last=0.0;
	+ lwidth=cfmt.staffwidth;
	+ lscale=cfmt.scale;
	+ check_margin (cfmt.leftmargin);
	+
	+ /* dump buffer if not enough space for a staff line */
	+ check_buffer (fp, BUFFSZ1);
	+
	+ /* initialize meter and key for voices */
	+ for (ivc=0;ivc<nvoice;ivc++) {
	+ voice[ivc].meter = voice[ivc].meter0;
	+ voice[ivc].key = voice[ivc].key0;
	+ if (!do_meter) voice[ivc].meter.insert=0;
	+ }
	+
	+ /* setup for horizontal positioning, decide which voices to draw */
	+ nsel=vc_select ();
	+ for (ivc=0;ivc<nvoice;ivc++)
	+ if (!voice[ivc].select) voice[ivc].nsym=0;
	+
	+ mvoice=0;
	+ ivc0=-1;
	+ for (ivc=0;ivc<nvoice;ivc++) {
	+ voice[ivc].draw=0;
	+ if (voice[ivc].nsym>0) {
	+ mvoice++;
	+ if (ivc0<0) ivc0=ivc;
	+ voice[ivc].draw=1;
	+ }
	+ }
	+ if (mvoice==0) { init_parse_params(); return; }
	+
	+ for (ivc=0;ivc<nvoice;ivc++) {
	+ if (voice[ivc].draw) {
	+ set_sym_chars (0,voice[ivc].nsym,symv[ivc]);
	+ set_beams (0,voice[ivc].nsym,symv[ivc]);
	+ set_stems (0,voice[ivc].nsym,symv[ivc]);
	+ b=set_sym_times(0,voice[ivc].nsym,symv[ivc],voice[ivc].meter0);
	+ set_sym_widths (0,voice[ivc].nsym,symv[ivc],ivc);
	+ if (ivc==ivc0) bnum=b;
	+ }
	+ }
	+ barinit=bnum;
	+
	+ if (mvoice==1)
	+ set_style_pars (cfmt.strict1);
	+ else
	+ set_style_pars (cfmt.strict2);
	+
	+ set_poslist ();
	+ set_xpwid ();
	+ set_spaces ();
	+
	+ /* loop over pieces to output */
	+ ip1=xp[XP_START].next;
	+ for (;;) {
	+ mline++;
	+ ip1=contract_keysigs (ip1);
	+ wid0=0;
	+ for (ivc=0;ivc<nvoice;ivc++) {
	+ nsym_st[ivc]=set_initsyms (ivc, &widv);
	+ if (widv>wid0) wid0=widv;
	+ }
	+ indent = (do_indent==1) ? cfmt.indent : 0.0;
	+
	+ ip2=select_piece (ip1);
	+ ip2=check_overflow (ip1,ip2,lwidth/lscale-wid0-indent);
	+ if (verbose>5) printf ("output posits %d to %d\n",ip1,ip2-1);
	+ realwidth=set_glue (ip1,ip2,lwidth/lscale-wid0-indent);
	+ check_bars1 (ip1,ip2);
	+ check_bars2 (ip1,ip2);
	+
	+ spa1=spa2=cfmt.staffsep;
	+ if (mvoice>1) {
	+ spa1=cfmt.systemsep;
	+ spa2=cfmt.sysstaffsep;
	+ }
	+
	+ hsys=0;
	+ mv=0;
	+ for (ivc=0;ivc<nvoice;ivc++) {
	+ if (voice[ivc].draw) {
	+ mv++;
	+ nsym=copy_vsyms (ivc,ip1,ip2,wid0);
	+ PUT2("\n%% --- ln %d vc %d \n", mline,ivc+1)
	+ if (mv==1) bskip(lscale(0.5spa1+24.0));
	+ else bskip(lscale(0.5spa2+24.0));
	+ PUT3("gsave %.3f %.3f scale %.2f setlinewidth\n",
	+ lscale, lscale, BASEWIDTH)
	+ if (do_indent) PUT1(" %.2f 0 T ",indent)
	+ staffwidth=realwidth+wid0;
	+ PUT1("%.2f staff\n", staffwidth)
	+ htab[ivc]=hsys;
	+ spax=spa2+voice[ivc].sep;
	+ if (voice[ivc].sep>1000.0) spax=voice[ivc].sep-2000.0;
	+
	+ is_top=is_topvc(ivc);
	+ draw_symbols (fp,0.5*spa2+spax-spa2,&bpos,is_top);
	+
	+ if (mv==mvoice) mstave_deco (fp,ip1,ip2,wid0,hsys,htab);
	+
	+ PUT0("grestore\n")
	+ bskip(-lscale*bpos);
	+ hsys=hsys+0.5*spa2+24.0-bpos;
	+ }
	+ }
	+
	+ extra=-bpos-0.5*spa2;
	+ if (mvoice>1) bskip(lscale(spa1+bpos-0.5spa1+extra));
	+ buffer_eob (fp);
	+
	+ do_meter=do_indent=0;
	+ ip1=ip2;
	+ if (ip1==XP_END) break;
	+ }
	+
	+
	+ /* set things to continue parsing */
	+ for (ivc=0;ivc<nvoice;ivc++) {
	+ voice[ivc].nsym=0;
	+ voice[ivc].meter0 = voice[ivc].meter = voice[ivc].meter1;
	+ voice[ivc].key0 = voice[ivc].key = voice[ivc].key1;
	+ }
	+ init_parse_params ();
	+
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- process_textblock ----- */
	+void process_textblock(fpin,fp,job)
	+FILE fp,fpin;
	+int job;
	+{
	+ char w1[81],ln[BSIZE],ln1[BSIZE];
	+ float lwidth,baseskip,parskip;
	+ int i,ll,add_final_nl;
	+
	+ baseskip = cfmt.textfont.size * cfmt.lineskipfac;
	+ parskip = cfmt.textfont.size * cfmt.parskipfac;
	+ add_final_nl=0;
	+ if (job==OBEYLINES) add_final_nl=1;
	+ lwidth=cfmt.staffwidth;
	+ output_music (fp);
	+ buffer_eob (fp);
	+ set_font (fp, cfmt.textfont, 0);
	+ ntxt=0;
	+ for (i=0;i<100;i++) {
	+ if (feof(fpin)) rx("EOF reached scanning text block","");
	+ strcpy (ln, "");
	+ getline(ln, BSIZE, fpin);
	+ ll=strlen(ln);
	+ linenum++;
	+ if ((verbose>=5) \|\| (vb>=10) ) printf ("%3d %s \n", linenum, ln);
	+ if ((ln[0]=='%') && (ln[1]=='%')) {
	+ strcpy(ln1,ln+2);
	+ strcpy(ln,ln1);
	+ }
	+
	+ strcpy(w1,"");
	+ sscanf(ln,"%s",w1);
	+ if (!strcmp(w1,"endtext")) break;
	+
	+ if (job!=SKIP) {
	+ if (isblank(ln)) {
	+ write_text_block (fp,job);
	+ ntxt=0;
	+ }
	+ else {
	+ add_to_text_block (ln,add_final_nl);
	+ }
	+ }
	+ }
	+ if (job!=SKIP) write_text_block (fp,job);
	+}
	+
	+
	+/* ----- process_pscomment ----- */
	+void process_pscomment (fpin,fp,line)
	+FILE fp,fpin;
	+char line[];
	+{
	+ char w[81],fstr[81],unum1[41],unum2[41],unum3[41];
	+ float h1,h2,len,lwidth;
	+ int i,nch,job;
	+
	+ lwidth=cfmt.staffwidth;
	+ line[0]=' ';
	+ line[1]=' ';
	+ for (i=0;i<strlen(line);i++) if (line[i]=='%') line[i]='\0';
	+ strcpy(w," ");
	+ sscanf(line,"%s%n", w, &nch);
	+
	+ if (!strcmp(w,"begintext")) {
	+ if (epsf && !within_block) return;
	+ strcpy(fstr,"");
	+ sscanf(line, "%*s %s", fstr);
	+ if (isblank(fstr)) strcpy(fstr,"obeylines");
	+ if (!strcmp(fstr,"obeylines")) job=OBEYLINES;
	+ else if (!strcmp(fstr,"align")) job=ALIGN;
	+ else if (!strcmp(fstr,"skip")) job=SKIP;
	+ else if (!strcmp(fstr,"ragged")) job=RAGGED;
	+ else rx("bad argument for begintext: ",fstr);
	+ if (within_block && !do_this_tune) job=SKIP;
	+ process_textblock (fpin,fp,job);
	+ return;
	+ }
	+
	+ if (!strcmp(w,"text") \|\| !strcmp(w,"center")) {
	+ if (epsf && !within_block) return;
	+ if (within_block && !do_this_tune) return;
	+ output_music (fp);
	+ set_font (fp, cfmt.textfont, 0);
	+ ntxt=0;
	+ add_to_text_block (line+nch+1,1);
	+ if (!strcmp(w,"text"))
	+ write_text_block (fp,OBEYLINES);
	+ else
	+ write_text_block (fp,OBEYCENTER);
	+ buffer_eob (fp);
	+ }
	+
	+ else if (!strcmp(w,"sep")) {
	+ if (within_block && !do_this_tune) return;
	+ output_music (fp);
	+ strcpy(unum1,"");
	+ strcpy(unum2,"");
	+ strcpy(unum3,"");
	+ sscanf(line,"%*s %s %s %s", unum1,unum2,unum3);
	+ g_unum(unum1,unum1,&h1);
	+ g_unum(unum2,unum2,&h2);
	+ g_unum(unum3,unum3,&len);
	+ if (h1h1<0.00001) h1=0.5CM;
	+ if (h2*h2<0.00001) h2=h1;
	+ if (lenlen<0.0001) len=3.0CM;
	+ bskip (h1);
	+ PUT2("%.1f %.1f sep0\n", lwidth/2-len/2, lwidth/2+len/2);
	+ bskip (h2);
	+ buffer_eob (fp);
	+ }
	+
	+ else if (!strcmp(w,"vskip")) {
	+ if (within_block && !do_this_tune) return;
	+ output_music (fp);
	+ strcpy(unum1,"");
	+ sscanf(line,"%*s %s", unum1);
	+ g_unum(unum1,unum1,&h1);
	+ if (h1h1<0.00001) h1=0.5CM;
	+ bskip (h1);
	+ buffer_eob (fp);
	+ }
	+
	+ else if (!strcmp(w,"newpage")) {
	+ if (within_block && !do_this_tune) return;
	+ output_music (fp);
	+ write_buffer (fp);
	+ use_buffer=0;
	+ write_pagebreak (fp);
	+ }
	+
	+ else {
	+ if (within_block) {
	+ interpret_format_line (line,&cfmt);
	+ ops_into_fmt (&cfmt);
	+
	+ }
	+ else {
	+ interpret_format_line (line,&dfmt);
	+ ops_into_fmt (&dfmt);
	+ cfmt=dfmt;
	+ }
	+ }
	+
	+
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- check_selected ----- */
	+void check_selected(fp,xref_str,npat,pat,sel_all,search_field)
	+FILE *fp;
	+int npat,sel_all,search_field;
	+char xref_str[],pat[][STRL1];
	+{
	+
	+ if (!do_this_tune) {
	+ if (is_selected(xref_str,npat,pat,sel_all,search_field)) {
	+ do_this_tune=1;
	+ verbose=vb;
	+ clear_buffer ();
	+/* set to 0 to permit staff breaks in a tune */
	+ use_buffer=1;
	+ write_tunetop(fp);
	+ }
	+ }
	+}
	+
	+
	+/* ----- process_header: call at end of header ----- */
	+void process_header (fp,xref_str,npat,pat,sel_all,search_field)
	+FILE *fp;
	+int npat,sel_all,search_field;
	+char xref_str[],pat[][STRL1];
	+{
	+
	+ if ((vb>15) \|\| ((verbose>10)&&within_block))
	+ printf ("End of header.. process header data\n");
	+
	+ check_selected(fp,xref_str,npat,pat,sel_all,search_field);
	+ if (do_this_tune) {
	+ tunenum++;
	+ if (verbose>=3)
	+ printf ("---- start %d (%s) ----\n", xrefnum, info.title);
	+ fflush (stdout);
	+ set_keysig (info.key, &default_key, 1);
	+ halftones=get_halftones (default_key, transpose);
	+ set_transtab (halftones,&default_key);
	+ set_meter (info.meter,&default_meter);
	+ set_dlen (info.len, &default_meter);
	+ check_margin (cfmt.leftmargin);
	+ write_heading (fp);
	+ nvoice=0;
	+ init_parse_params ();
	+ default_meter.insert=1;
	+ mline=0;
	+ do_indent=do_meter=1;
	+ barinit=1;
	+ writenum=0;
	+ }
	+ within_tune=1;
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- close_tune ----- */
	+void close_tune (fp)
	+FILE *fp;
	+{
	+ char fnm[81],finf[MAXINF];
	+ FILE *feps;
	+
	+ if (do_this_tune) {
	+ output_music (fp);
	+ put_words (fp);
	+ if (cfmt.writehistory) put_history (fp);
	+ if (epsf) {
	+ close_output_file ();
	+ if (choose_outname) {
	+ epsf_title (info.title, fnm);
	+ strcat (fnm,".eps");
	+ }
	+ else {
	+ nepsf++;
	+ sprintf (fnm, "%s%03d.eps", outf, nepsf);
	+ }
	+ sprintf (finf, "%s (%d)", in_file[0], xrefnum);
	+ if ((feps = fopen (fnm,"w")) == NULL)
	+ rx ("Cannot open output file ", fnm);
	+ init_ps (feps, finf, 1,
	+ cfmt.leftmargin-5, posy+bposy-5,
	+ cfmt.leftmargin+cfmt.staffwidth+5,
	+ cfmt.pageheight-cfmt.topmargin);
	+ init_epsf (feps);
	+ write_buffer (feps);
	+ printf ("\n[%s] %s", fnm, info.title);
	+ close_epsf (feps);
	+ fclose (feps);
	+ in_page=0;
	+ init_pdims ();
	+ }
	+ else {
	+ buffer_eob (fp);
	+ write_buffer (fp);
	+ if ((verbose==0) && (tunenum%10==0)) printf (".");
	+ if (verbose==2) printf ("%s - ", info.title);
	+ }
	+ verbose=0;
	+ }
	+ info=default_info;
	+ within_tune=within_block=do_this_tune=0;
	+
	+}
	+
	+
	+/* ----- process_line ----- */
	+void process_line (fp,type,xref_str,npat,pat,sel_all,search_field)
	+FILE *fp;
	+int type,npat,sel_all,search_field;
	+char xref_str[],pat[][STRL1];
	+{
	+
	+ if ((vb>15) \|\| ((verbose>10)&&within_block)) {
	+ printf ("process_line, type %d ", type);
	+ print_linetype(type);
	+ }
	+
	+ switch (type) {
	+
	+ case XREF: /* start of new block */
	+ if (!epsf) write_buffer (fp); /* flush stuff left from %% lines */
	+ if (within_block) printf ("\n+++ Last tune not closed properly\n");
	+ get_default_info ();
	+ within_block = 1;
	+ within_tune = 0;
	+ do_this_tune = 0;
	+ numtitle=0;
	+ ntext=0;
	+ init_pdims();
	+ cfmt=dfmt;
	+ break;
	+
	+ case TITLE:
	+ if (!within_block) break;
	+ if (within_tune) { /* title within tune */
	+ if (do_this_tune ) {
	+ output_music (fp);
	+ write_inside_title (fp);
	+ do_meter=do_indent=1;
	+ barinit=1;
	+ }
	+ }
	+ else
	+ check_selected(fp,xref_str,npat,pat,sel_all,search_field);
	+ break;
	+
	+ case TEMPO:
	+ if (!within_block) break;
	+ if (within_tune) { /* tempo within tune */
	+ if (do_this_tune ) {
	+ output_music (fp);
	+ write_inside_tempo(fp);
	+ }
	+ }
	+ else
	+ check_selected(fp,xref_str,npat,pat,sel_all,search_field);
	+ break;
	+
	+ case KEY:
	+ if (!within_block) break;
	+ if (within_tune) {
	+ if (do_this_tune) handle_inside_field(type);
	+ }
	+ else { /* end of header.. start now */
	+/\| process_header (fp,xref_str,npat,pat,sel_all,search_field); \|/
	+ }
	+ break;
	+
	+ case METER:
	+ if (!within_block) break;
	+ if (do_this_tune && within_tune) handle_inside_field(type);
	+ break;
	+
	+ case DLEN:
	+ if (!within_block) break;
	+ if (do_this_tune && within_tune) handle_inside_field(type);
	+ break;
	+
	+ case PARTS:
	+ if (!within_block) break;
	+ if (do_this_tune && within_tune) {
	+ output_music (fp);
	+ write_parts(fp);
	+ }
	+ break;
	+
	+ case VOICE:
	+ if (do_this_tune && within_block) {
	+ if (!within_tune)
	+ printf ("+++ Voice field not allowed in header: V:%s\n", lvoiceid);
	+ else
	+ ivc=switch_voice (lvoiceid);
	+ }
	+ break;
	+
	+ }
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- process_file ----- */
	+void process_file (fpin,fpout,xref_str,npat,pat,sel_all,search_field)
	+FILE fpin,fpout;
	+int npat,sel_all,search_field;
	+char xref_str[],pat[][STRL1];
	+{
	+ char line[BSIZE];
	+ int type,nsym0;
	+
	+ within_tune=within_block=do_this_tune=0;
	+ linenum=0;
	+ numtitle=0;
	+ reset_info (&default_info);
	+ info=default_info;
	+ verbose=0;
	+ if (vb>=20) db=3;
	+ if (vb>=25) db=5;
	+
	+ type=read_line (fpin,line);
	+
	+ for (;;) {
	+
	+ /* header is completed at first MUSIC or VOICE line */
	+ if ((type==MUSIC) \|\| (type==VOICE)) {
	+ if (within_block && !within_tune)
	+ process_header (fpout,xref_str,npat,pat,sel_all,search_field);
	+ }
	+
	+ /* tune terminates at BLANK or EOF */
	+ if ((type==BLANK) \|\| (type==E_O_F)) close_tune (fpout);
	+ if (type==E_O_F) break;
	+
	+ if (type==PSCOMMENT) process_pscomment(fpin,fpout,line);
	+ if ((type==MUSIC) && do_this_tune) parse_music_line (line);
	+ process_line (fpout,type,xref_str,npat,pat,sel_all,search_field);
	+ type=read_line (fpin,line);
	+ }
	+ if (!epsf) {
	+ buffer_eob (fpout);
	+ write_buffer (fpout);
	+ }
	+
	+}
	+
	+
	diff --git a/newfeatures.abc b/newfeatures.abc
	@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
	+%%textfont Helvetica-Bold 16
	+%%center Examples for new features in abc2ps-1.2.5
	+%%textfont * 12
	+%%center Oct. 5 1997
	+%%textfont Times-Roman 12
	+
	+X:1
	+T:Scale with Treble Clef
	+M:C
	+K:C
	+L: 1/4
	+ "C,"C,"D,"D,"E,"E,"F,"F, "G,"G,"A,"A,"B,"B,\
	+\| "C"C"D"D"E"E"F"F "G"G"A"A"B"B\| "c"c "d"d"e"e"f"f "g"g"a"a"b"b"c'"c' \|
	+
	+X:2
	+T:Scale with Bass and Alto Clef
	+M:C
	+K:C bass
	+L: 1/4
	+P:Bass
	+ "C,"C,"D,"D,"E,"E,"F,"F, "G,"G,"A,"A,"B,"B,\
	+\| "C"C"D"D"E"E"F"F "G"G"A"A"B"B\| "c"c "d"d"e"e"f"f "g"g"a"a"b"b"c'"c' \|
	+P:Alto
	+K:C alto
	+ "C,"C,"D,"D,"E,"E,"F,"F, "G,"G,"A,"A,"B,"B,\
	+\| "C"C"D"D"E"E"F"F "G"G"A"A"B"B\| "c"c "d"d"e"e"f"f "g"g"a"a"b"b"c'"c' \|
	+
	+X:3
	+T:Clef Changes Within Tune
	+T:In-Line Info Fields by [..]
	+%%begintext align
	+Here is an example for a block of text which is associated with a specific
	+tune. It will only be printed if this tune (number 3) is selected.
	+The text should be placed after the "T:" field and before the
	+block is terminated by a blank line.
	+Text which is outside a block is
	+always printed; for example, the title at the top of the page.
	+%%endtext
	+M:C
	+L: 1/8
	+K:C
	+cdef gabc' [K:bass] \| cdef gabc' [K:D treble] \| cdef gabc' \|
	+%%sep
	+%%text Note: this line and the separator above are also associated with this t…
	+
	+
	+X:4
	+T:Vocals
	+T:Note also the trill
	+C:Music: Trad.
	+C:Text: Anonymous
	+M:C
	+K:C
	+L: 1/4
	+e>e ez \|\| edTc2 \| ed(c2 \| e2 c2- \| Hc4) \|]
	+w: *** 1.~~Three blind mice, three blind mice.__
	+w: *** 2.~~See how~they run, see how~they ru-uuu-un._
	+
	+
	+X:6
	+T:Invisible Rests Using X
	+M:C
	+K:C
	+L: 1/4
	+"F"z4\|"F"z4\|"F"z4\|"F"z4\|"Bb"z4\|"Bb"z4\|"F"z4\|"F"z4\|"C"z4\|"Bb"z4\|"F"z4\|"F"z4\|\|
	+"F"x4\|"F"x4\|"F"x4\|"F"x4\|"Bb"x4\|"Bb"x4\|"F"x4\|"F"x4\|"C"x4\|"Bb"x4\|"F"x4\|"F"x4\|\|
	+
	+
	+%%leftmargin 3cm
	+
	+X:5
	+T:Scotland The Brave
	+T:Demonstrating the Bagpipe Mode and Output Formatting
	+%%titleleft
	+%%titlefont Helvetica-Bold 18
	+%%subtitlefont Helvetica-Bold 12
	+%%composerspace 0.4cm
	+%%composerfont Helvetica 10
	+%%staffwidth 5.5in
	+%%scale 0.75
	+%%staffsep 55
	+C:Trad.
	+C:from PS file by Alan S. Watt
	+P:March
	+L:1/8
	+M:4/4
	+K:HP
	+e\|{g}A2 {GdGe}A>B {gcd}c{e}A {gcd}ce\| {ag}a2{g}a2 {GdG}ae {gcd}c{e}A\|
	+ {Gdc}d2 {g}f>d {gcd}ce {gcd}c{e}A\|{GdG}B2{gef}e2{A}e>f {g}e/>d/{g}c/>B/\|
	+{g}A2 {GdGe}A>B {gcd}c{e}A {gcd}ce\| {ag}a2{g}a2 {GdG}ae {gcd}c{e}A\|
	+ {Gdc}d2 {g}f>d {gcd}ce {gcd}c{e}A\|{GdG}B2{g}A>B {G}A2 {gcd}ce\|\|
	+
	+
	+
	+%%vskip 1cm
	+%%textfont Times-Roman 12
	+%%begintext
	+Summary of changes:
	+
	+- Bass and alto clefs.
	+- Vocals.
	+- Double-backslash in music makes staff break.
	+- In-line info fields can be coded using [...].
	+- Subtitles now printed without "or:".
	+- Can be more than one composer field.
	+- Predefined formats: standard, pretty, pretty2 (flag -p, -P).
	+- Format page layout by .fmt file selected with flag -F.
	+- Format page layout by %%-pseudocomments in abc file.
	+- Other pseudocomments: %%sep, %%vskip, %%newpage.
	+- Text output using %%text, %%center, and %%begintext .. %%endtext.
	+- "X" functions like a rest but is invisible on the page.
	+- Bagpipe mode for K:HP.
	+
	+
	+%%endtext
	+
	+
	+
	+
	+
	+
	diff --git a/parse.h b/parse.h
	@@ -0,0 +1,2460 @@
	+/*
	+ * This file is part of abc2ps,
	+ * Copyright (C) 1996,1997,1998 Michael Methfessel
	+ * See file abc2ps.c for details.
	+ */
	+
	+/* subroutines connected with parsing the input file */
	+
	+/* ----- sytax: print message for syntax errror -------- */
	+void syntax (msg, q)
	+char msg[];
	+char *q;
	+{
	+ int i,n,len,m1,m2,pp,qq,maxcol=65;
	+
	+ if (verbose<=2) printf ("\n");
	+ qq=q-p0+1;
	+ if (qq<0) qq=0;
	+ printf ("+++ %s in line %d.%d \n", msg, linenum, qq);
	+ m1=0;
	+ m2=len=strlen(p0);
	+ n=q-p0;
	+ if (m2>maxcol) {
	+ if (n<maxcol)
	+ m2=maxcol;
	+ else {
	+ m1=n-10;
	+ m2=m1+maxcol;
	+ if (m2>len) m2=len;
	+ }
	+ }
	+
	+ printf ("%4d ", linenum);
	+ pp=5;
	+ if (m1>0) { printf ("..."); pp+=3; }
	+ for (i=m1;i<m2;i++) printf ("%c", p0[i]);
	+ if (m2<len) printf ("...");
	+ printf ("\n");
	+
	+ if (n>=0 && n<200) {
	+ for (i=0;i<n+pp-m1;i++) printf(" ");
	+ printf ("^\n");
	+ }
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- isnote: checks char for valid note symbol ----- */
	+int isnote (c)
	+char c;
	+{
	+ if (c == '\0') return 0;
	+ if (strchr("CDEFGABcdefgab^=_",c)) return 1;
	+ return 0;
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- zero_sym: init global zero SYMBOL struct ----- */
	+void zero_sym ()
	+{
	+ int j;
	+ zsym.type = 0;
	+ zsym.npitch = 0;
	+ zsym.word_st = 0;
	+ zsym.word_end = 0;
	+ zsym.slur_st = 0;
	+ zsym.slur_end = 0;
	+ zsym.len = 0;
	+ zsym.fullmes = 0;
	+ zsym.yadd = 0;
	+ zsym.xs = 0;
	+ zsym.ys = 0;
	+ zsym.stem = 0;
	+ zsym.eoln = 0;
	+ zsym.ylo = 12;
	+ zsym.yhi = 12;
	+ zsym.u = 0;
	+ zsym.v = 0;
	+ zsym.w = 0;
	+ zsym.t = 0;
	+ zsym.q = 0;
	+ zsym.invis = 0;
	+ zsym.wl = 0;
	+ zsym.wr = 0;
	+ zsym.pr = 0;
	+ zsym.pl = 0;
	+ zsym.p_plet = 0;
	+ zsym.q_plet = 0;
	+ zsym.r_plet = 0;
	+ zsym.gchy = 0;
	+ zsym.gr.n = 0;
	+ zsym.dc.n = 0;
	+ zsym.dc.top = 0;
	+ zsym.p = -1;
	+ strcpy (zsym.text, "");
	+ for (j=0;j<MAXHD;j++) zsym.sl1[j]=zsym.sl2[j]=0;
	+
	+ for (j=0;j<NWLINE;j++) zsym.wordp[j] = 0;
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- add_sym: returns index for new symbol at end of list ---- */
	+int add_sym (type)
	+int type;
	+{
	+ int k;
	+
	+ k=voice[ivc].nsym;
	+ if (k>=maxSyms) rxi("Too many symbols; increase maxSyms, now ",maxSyms);
	+ voice[ivc].nsym++;
	+ symv[ivc][k]=zsym;
	+ symv[ivc][k].type = type;
	+ return k;
	+
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- insert_sym: returns index for new symbol inserted at k --- */
	+int insert_sym (type,k)
	+int type,k;
	+{
	+ int i,n;
	+
	+ n=voice[ivc].nsym;
	+ if (n>=maxSyms) rxi("insert_sym: maxSyms exceeded: ",maxSyms);
	+ for (i=n;i>k;i--) symv[ivc][i]=symv[ivc][i-1];
	+ n++;
	+ symv[ivc][k]=zsym;
	+ symv[ivc][k].type = type;
	+ voice[ivc].nsym=n;
	+ return k;
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- get_xref: get xref from string ----- */
	+int get_xref (str)
	+char str[];
	+{
	+
	+ int a,ok;
	+ char *q;
	+
	+ if (strlen(str)==0) {
	+ wng ("xref string is empty", "");
	+ return 0;
	+ }
	+ q=str;
	+ ok=1;
	+ while (*q != '\0') {
	+ if (!isdig(*q)) ok=0;
	+ q++;
	+ }
	+ if (!ok) {
	+ wng ("xref string has invalid symbols: ", str);
	+ return 0;
	+ }
	+
	+ sscanf (str, "%d", &a);
	+
	+ return a;
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- set_meter: interpret meter string, store in struct ---- */
	+void set_meter (str,meter)
	+char str[];
	+struct METERSTR *meter;
	+{
	+
	+ int m1,m2,m1a,m1b,m1c,d,l;
	+ char *q;
	+ int meter1,meter2,dlen,mflag,lflag;
	+ char meter_top[31];
	+
	+ l=strlen(str);
	+ if (l==0) { wng("Empty meter string", ""); return; }
	+ if (str[0]=='C') {
	+ if (str[1]=='\|') {
	+ meter1=4;
	+ meter2=4;
	+ dlen=EIGHTH;
	+ mflag=2;
	+ strcpy(meter_top,"C");
	+ }
	+ else {
	+ meter1=4;
	+ meter2=4;
	+ dlen=EIGHTH;
	+ mflag=1;
	+ strcpy(meter_top,"C");
	+ }
	+ }
	+ else {
	+ m1=m2=m1a=m1b=m1c=0;
	+ strcpy (meter_top, str);
	+ q=strchr(meter_top,'/');
	+ if (!q) {
	+ wng("Cannot identify meter, missing /: ", str);
	+ m1=m2=1;
	+ return;
	+ }
	+ *q='\0';
	+ if (strchr(meter_top,'+')) {
	+ sscanf(str,"%d+%d+%d/", &m1a, &m1b, &m1c);
	+ m1=m1a+m1b+m1c;
	+ }
	+ else {
	+ sscanf(str,"%d %d %d/", &m1a, &m1b, &m1c);
	+ m1=m1a; if (m1b>m1) m1=m1b; if (m1c>m1) m1=m1c;
	+ if (m1>30) { /* handle things like 78/8 */
	+ m1a=m1/100;
	+ m1c=m1-100*m1a;
	+ m1b=m1c/10;
	+ m1c=m1c-10*m1b;
	+ m1=m1a; if (m1b>m1) m1=m1b; if (m1c>m1) m1=m1c;
	+ }
	+ }
	+
	+ q++;
	+ sscanf (q, "%d", &m2);
	+ if (m1*m2 == 0) wng("Cannot identify meter: ", str);
	+ d=BASE/m2;
	+ if (d*m2 != BASE) wng("Meter not recognized: ", str);
	+ meter1=m1;
	+ meter2=m2;
	+ dlen=EIGHTH;
	+ if (4meter1 < 3meter2) dlen=SIXTEENTH;
	+ mflag=0;
	+ }
	+
	+ if (verbose>=4)
	+ printf ("Meter <%s> is %d over %d with default length 1/%d\n",
	+ str, meter1, meter2, BASE/dlen);
	+
	+ /* handle old-style change of default length */
	+ lflag=0;
	+ if (str[l-1]=='s') { dlen=dlen*2; lflag=1; }
	+ if (str[l-1]=='l') { dlen=dlen/2; lflag=-1; }
	+
	+ /* store parsed data in struct */
	+ meter->meter1 = meter1;
	+ meter->meter2 = meter2;
	+ meter->mflag = mflag;
	+ meter->dlen = dlen;
	+ meter->lflag = lflag;
	+ strcpy(meter->top, meter_top);
	+}
	+
	+
	+/* ----- set_dlen: set default length for parsed notes ---- */
	+void set_dlen (str,meter)
	+char str[];
	+struct METERSTR *meter;
	+{
	+ int l1,l2,d,dlen;
	+
	+ l1=0;
	+ l2=1;
	+ sscanf(str,"%d/%d ", &l1, &l2);
	+ if (l1 == 0) return; /* empty string.. don't change default length */
	+ else {
	+ d=BASE/l2;
	+ if (d*l2 != BASE) {
	+ wng("Length incompatible with BASE, using 1/8: ",str);
	+ dlen=BASE/8;
	+ }
	+ else
	+ dlen = d*l1;
	+ }
	+ if (verbose>=4)
	+ printf ("Dlen <%s> sets default note length to %d/%d = 1/%d\n",
	+ str, dlen, BASE, BASE/dlen);
	+
	+ meter->dlen=dlen;
	+
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- set_keysig: interpret keysig string, store in struct ---- */
	+/* This part was adapted from abc2mtex by Chris Walshaw */
	+/* updated 03 Oct 1997 Wil Macaulay - support all modes */
	+/* Returns 1 if key was actually specified, because then we want
	+ to transpose. Returns zero if this is just a clef change. */
	+int set_keysig(s,ks,init)
	+char s[];
	+struct KEYSTR *ks;
	+int init;
	+{
	+ int c,sf,j,ok;
	+ char w[81];
	+ int ktype,add_pitch,root,root_acc;
	+
	+ /* maybe initialize with key C (used for K field in header) */
	+ if (init) {
	+ ks->sf = 0;
	+ ks->ktype = TREBLE;
	+ ks->add_pitch = 0;
	+ ks->root = 2;
	+ ks->root_acc = A_NT;
	+ }
	+
	+ /* check for "treble" "bass" "alto" with no other information */
	+ ktype=ks->ktype;
	+ add_pitch=0;
	+ if (!strcmp(s,"bass")) {ks->ktype=BASS; return 0; }
	+ if (!strcmp(s,"treble")) {ks->ktype=TREBLE; return 0; }
	+ if (!strcmp(s,"alto")) {ks->ktype=ALTO; return 0; }
	+
	+ if (!strcmp(s,"bass+8")) {ks->ktype=BASS; ks->add_pitch=8; return 0; }
	+ if (!strcmp(s,"treble+8")) {ks->ktype=TREBLE; ks->add_pitch=8; return 0; }
	+ if (!strcmp(s,"alto+8")) {ks->ktype=ALTO; ks->add_pitch=8; return 0; }
	+
	+ if (!strcmp(s,"bass-8")) {ks->ktype=BASS; ks->add_pitch=-8; return 0; }
	+ if (!strcmp(s,"treble-8")) {ks->ktype=TREBLE; ks->add_pitch=-8; return 0; }
	+ if (!strcmp(s,"alto-8")) {ks->ktype=ALTO; ks->add_pitch=-8; return 0; }
	+
	+ c=0;
	+ bagpipe=0;
	+ switch (s[c]) {
	+ case 'F':
	+ sf = -1; root=5;
	+ break;
	+ case 'C':
	+ sf = 0; root=2;
	+ break;
	+ case 'G':
	+ sf = 1; root=6;
	+ break;
	+ case 'D':
	+ sf = 2; root=3;
	+ break;
	+ case 'A':
	+ sf = 3; root=0;
	+ break;
	+ case 'E':
	+ sf = 4; root=4;
	+ break;
	+ case 'B':
	+ sf = 5; root=1;
	+ break;
	+ case 'H':
	+ bagpipe=1;
	+ c++;
	+ if (s[c] == 'P') { sf=0; root=2; }
	+ else if (s[c] == 'p') { sf=2; root=3; }
	+ else wng("unknown bagpipe-like key: ",s);
	+ break;
	+ default:
	+ wng ("Using C because key not recognised: ", s);
	+ sf = 0; root=2;
	+ }
	+ c++;
	+
	+ root_acc=A_NT;
	+ if (s[c] == '#') {
	+ sf += 7;
	+ c += 1;
	+ root_acc=A_SH;
	+ } else if (s[c] == 'b') {
	+ sf -= 7;
	+ c += 1;
	+ root_acc=A_FT;
	+ }
	+
	+ /* loop over blank-delimited words: get the next token in lower case */
	+ for (;;) {
	+ while (s[c] == ' ') c++;
	+ if (s[c]=='\0') break;
	+
	+ j=0;
	+ while ((s[c]!=' ') && (s[c]!='\0')) { w[j]=tolower(s[c]); c++; j++; }
	+ w[j]='\0';
	+
	+ /* now identify this word */
	+
	+ /* first check for mode specifier */
	+ if ((strncmp(w,"mix",3)) == 0) {
	+ sf -= 1;
	+ ok = 1;
	+ /* dorian mode on the second note (D in C scale) */
	+ } else if ((strncmp(w,"dor",3)) == 0) {
	+ sf -= 2;
	+ ok = 1;
	+ /* phrygian mode on the third note (E in C scale) */
	+ } else if ((strncmp(w,"phr",3)) == 0) {
	+ sf -= 4;
	+ ok = 1;
	+ /* lydian mode on the fourth note (F in C scale) */
	+ } else if ((strncmp(w,"lyd",3)) == 0) {
	+ sf += 1;
	+ ok = 1;
	+ /* locrian mode on the seventh note (B in C scale) */
	+ } else if ((strncmp(w,"loc",3)) == 0) {
	+ sf -= 5;
	+ ok = 1;
	+ /* major and ionian are the same ks */
	+ } else if ((strncmp(w,"maj",3)) == 0) {
	+ ok = 1;
	+ } else if ((strncmp(w,"ion",3)) == 0) {
	+ ok = 1;
	+ /* aeolian, m, minor are the same ks - sixth note (A in C scale) */
	+ } else if ((strncmp(w,"aeo",3)) == 0) {
	+ sf -= 3;
	+ ok = 1;
	+ } else if ((strncmp(w,"min",3)) == 0) {
	+ sf -= 3;
	+ ok = 1;
	+ } else if ((strcmp(w,"m")) == 0) {
	+ sf -= 3;
	+ ok = 1;
	+ }
	+
	+ /* check for trailing "bass" "treble" "alto" */
	+ else if (!strcmp(w,"bass")) {
	+ ktype=BASS;
	+ }
	+ else if (!strcmp(w,"treble")) {
	+ ktype=TREBLE;
	+ }
	+ else if (!strcmp(w,"alto")) {
	+ ktype=ALTO;
	+ }
	+
	+ /* check for "+8" or "-8" */
	+ else if (!strcmp(w,"+8")) {
	+ add_pitch=7;
	+ }
	+ else if (!strcmp(w,"-8")) {
	+ add_pitch=-7;
	+ }
	+ else wng("Unknown token in key specifier: ",w);
	+
	+ } /* end of loop over blank-delimted words */
	+
	+ if (verbose>=4) printf ("Key <%s> gives sharpsflats %d, type %d\n",
	+ s, sf, ktype);
	+
	+ /* copy to struct */
	+ ks->sf = sf;
	+ ks->ktype = ktype;
	+ ks->add_pitch = add_pitch;
	+ ks->root = root;
	+ ks->root_acc = root_acc;
	+
	+ return 1;
	+
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- get_halftones: figure out how by many halftones to transpose --- */
	+/* In the transposing routines: pitches A..G are coded as with 0..7 */
	+int get_halftones (key, transpose)
	+struct KEYSTR key;
	+char transpose[];
	+{
	+ int pit_old,pit_new,direction,stype,root_new,racc_new,nht;
	+ int root_old, racc_old;
	+ char *q;
	+ /* pit_tab associates true pitches 0-11 with letters A-G */
	+ int pit_tab[] = {0,2,3,5,7,8,10};
	+
	+ if (strlen(transpose)==0) return 0;
	+ root_old=key.root;
	+ racc_old=key.root_acc;
	+
	+ /* parse specification for target key */
	+ q=transpose;
	+ direction=0;
	+
	+ if (*q=='^') {
	+ direction=1; q++;
	+ } else if (*q=='_') {
	+ direction=-1; q++;
	+ }
	+ stype=1;
	+ if (strchr("ABCDEFG",*q)) {
	+ root_new=*q-'A'; q++; stype=2;
	+ } else if (strchr("abcdefg",*q)) {
	+ root_new=*q-'a'; q++; stype=2;
	+ }
	+
	+ /* first case: offset was given directly as numeric argument */
	+ if (stype==1) {
	+ sscanf(q,"%d", &nht);
	+ if (direction<0) nht=-nht;
	+ if (nht==0) {
	+ if (direction<0) nht=-12;
	+ if (direction>0) nht=+12;
	+ }
	+ return nht;
	+ }
	+
	+ /* second case: root of target key was specified explicitly */
	+ racc_new=0;
	+ if (*q=='b') {
	+ racc_new=A_FT; q++;
	+ } else if (*q=='#') {
	+ racc_new=A_SH; q++;
	+ } else if (*q!='\0')
	+ wng ("expecting accidental in transpose spec: ", transpose);
	+
	+ /* get pitch as number from 0-11 for root of old key */
	+ pit_old=pit_tab[root_old];
	+ if (racc_old==A_FT) pit_old--;
	+ if (racc_old==A_SH) pit_old++;
	+ if (pit_old<0) pit_old+=12;
	+ if (pit_old>11) pit_old-=12;
	+
	+ /* get pitch as number from 0-11 for root of new key */
	+ pit_new=pit_tab[root_new];
	+ if (racc_new==A_FT) pit_new--;
	+ if (racc_new==A_SH) pit_new++;
	+ if (pit_new<0) pit_new+=12;
	+ if (pit_new>11) pit_new-=12;
	+
	+ /* number of halftones is difference */
	+ nht=pit_new-pit_old;
	+ if (direction==0) {
	+ if (nht>6) nht-=12;
	+ if (nht<-5) nht+=12;
	+ }
	+ if (direction>0 && nht<=0) nht+=12;
	+ if (direction<0 && nht>=0) nht-=12;
	+
	+ return nht;
	+
	+}
	+
	+
	+
	+/* ----- shift_key: make new key by shifting nht halftones --- */
	+void shift_key (sf_old,nht,sfnew,addt)
	+int sf_old,nht,sfnew,addt;
	+{
	+ int sf_new,r_old,r_new,add_t, dh,dr;
	+ int skey_tab[] = {2,6,3,0,4,1,5,2};
	+ int fkey_tab[] = {2,5,1,4,0,3,6,2};
	+ char root_tab[]={'A','B','C','D','E','F','G'};
	+
	+ /* get sf_new by adding 7 for each halftone, then reduce mod 12 */
	+ sf_new=sf_old+nht*7;
	+ sf_new=(sf_new+240)%12;
	+ if (sf_new>=6) sf_new=sf_new-12;
	+
	+ /* get old and new root in ionian mode, shift is difference */
	+ r_old=2;
	+ if (sf_old>0) r_old=skey_tab[sf_old];
	+ if (sf_old<0) r_old=fkey_tab[-sf_old];
	+ r_new=2;
	+ if (sf_new>0) r_new=skey_tab[sf_new];
	+ if (sf_new<0) r_new=fkey_tab[-sf_new];
	+ add_t=r_new-r_old;
	+
	+ /* fix up add_t to get same "decade" as nht */
	+ dh=(nht+120)/12; dh=dh-10;
	+ dr=(add_t+70)/7; dr=dr-10;
	+ add_t=add_t+7*(dh-dr);
	+
	+ if (verbose>=8)
	+ printf ("shift_key: sf_old=%d new %d root: old %c new %c shift by %d\n"…
	+ sf_old, sf_new, root_tab[r_old], root_tab[r_new], add_t);
	+
	+ *sfnew=sf_new;
	+ *addt=add_t;
	+
	+}
	+
	+
	+/* ----- set_transtab: setup for transposition by nht halftones --- */
	+void set_transtab (nht,key)
	+int nht;
	+struct KEYSTR *key;
	+{
	+ int a,b,sf_old,sf_new,add_t,i,j,acc_old,acc_new,root_old,root_acc;
	+ /* for each note A..G, these tables tell how many sharps (resp. flats)
	+ the keysig must have to get the accidental on this note. Phew. */
	+ int sh_tab[] = {5,7,2,4,6,1,3};
	+ int fl_tab[] = {3,1,6,4,2,7,5};
	+ /* tables for pretty printout only */
	+ char root_tab[]={'A','B','C','D','E','F','G'};
	+ char acc_tab[][3] ={"bb","b "," ","# ","x "};
	+ char c1[6],c2[6],c3[6];
	+
	+ /* nop if no transposition is wanted */
	+ if (nht==0) {
	+ key->add_transp=0;
	+ for (i=0;i<7;i++) key->add_acc[i]=0;
	+ return;
	+ }
	+
	+ /* get new sharps_flats and shift of numeric pitch; copy to key */
	+ sf_old = key->sf;
	+ root_old = key->root;
	+ root_acc = key->root_acc;
	+ shift_key (sf_old, nht, &sf_new, &add_t);
	+ key->sf = sf_new;
	+ key->add_transp = add_t;
	+
	+ /* set up table for conversion of accidentals */
	+ for (i=0;i<7;i++) {
	+ j=i+add_t;
	+ j=(j+70)%7;
	+ acc_old=0;
	+ if ( sf_old >= sh_tab[i]) acc_old=1;
	+ if (-sf_old >= fl_tab[i]) acc_old=-1;
	+ acc_new=0;
	+ if ( sf_new >= sh_tab[j]) acc_new=1;
	+ if (-sf_new >= fl_tab[j]) acc_new=-1;
	+ key->add_acc[i]=acc_new-acc_old;
	+ }
	+
	+ /* printout keysig change */
	+ if (verbose>=3) {
	+ i=root_old;
	+ j=i+add_t;
	+ j=(j+70)%7;
	+ acc_old=0;
	+ if ( sf_old >= sh_tab[i]) acc_old=1;
	+ if (-sf_old >= fl_tab[i]) acc_old=-1;
	+ acc_new=0;
	+ if ( sf_new >= sh_tab[j]) acc_new=1;
	+ if (-sf_new >= fl_tab[j]) acc_new=-1;
	+ strcpy(c3,"s"); if (nht==1 \|\| nht==-1) strcpy(c3,"");
	+ strcpy(c1,""); strcpy(c2,"");
	+ if (acc_old==-1) strcpy(c1,"b"); if (acc_old==1) strcpy(c1,"#");
	+ if (acc_new==-1) strcpy(c2,"b"); if (acc_new==1) strcpy(c2,"#");
	+ printf ("Transpose root from %c%s to %c%s (shift by %d halftone%s)\n",
	+ root_tab[i],c1,root_tab[j],c2,nht,c3);
	+ }
	+
	+ /* printout full table of transformations */
	+ if (verbose>=4) {
	+ printf ("old & new keysig conversions\n");
	+ for (i=0;i<7;i++) {
	+ j=i+add_t;
	+ j=(j+70)%7;
	+ acc_old=0;
	+ if ( sf_old >= sh_tab[i]) acc_old=1;
	+ if (-sf_old >= fl_tab[i]) acc_old=-1;
	+ acc_new=0;
	+ if ( sf_new >= sh_tab[j]) acc_new=1;
	+ if (-sf_new >= fl_tab[j]) acc_new=-1;
	+ printf("%c%s-> %c%s ", root_tab[i],acc_tab[acc_old+2],
	+ root_tab[j],acc_tab[acc_new+2]);
	+ for (a=-1;a<=1;a++) {
	+ b=a+key->add_acc[i];
	+ printf ("%c%s-> %c%s ", root_tab[i],acc_tab[a+2],
	+ root_tab[j],acc_tab[b+2]);
	+ }
	+ printf ("\n");
	+ }
	+ }
	+
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- do_transpose: transpose numeric pitch and accidental --- */
	+void do_transpose (key,pitch,acc)
	+struct KEYSTR key;
	+int pitch, acc;
	+{
	+ int pitch_old,pitch_new,sf_old,sf_new,acc_old,acc_new,i,j;
	+
	+ pitch_old = *pitch;
	+ acc_old = *acc;
	+ pitch_new=pitch_old+key.add_transp;
	+ i=(pitch_old+70)%7;
	+ j=(pitch_new+70)%7;
	+
	+ if (acc_old) {
	+ if (acc_old==A_DF) sf_old=-2;
	+ if (acc_old==A_FT) sf_old=-1;
	+ if (acc_old==A_NT) sf_old=0 ;
	+ if (acc_old==A_SH) sf_old=1;
	+ if (acc_old==A_DS) sf_old=2;
	+ sf_new=sf_old+key.add_acc[i];
	+ if (sf_new==-2) acc_new=A_DF;
	+ if (sf_new==-1) acc_new=A_FT;
	+ if (sf_new== 0) acc_new=A_NT;
	+ if (sf_new== 1) acc_new=A_SH;
	+ if (sf_new== 2) acc_new=A_DS;
	+ }
	+ else {
	+ acc_new=0;
	+ }
	+ *pitch = pitch_new;
	+ *acc = acc_new;
	+}
	+
	+
	+/* ----- gch_transpose: transpose guitar chord string in gch --- */
	+void gch_transpose (key)
	+struct KEYSTR key;
	+{
	+ char q,r;
	+ char str[201];
	+ int root_old,root_new,sf_old,sf_new,ok;
	+ char root_tab[]={'A','B','C','D','E','F','G'};
	+ char root_tub[]={'a','b','c','d','e','f','g'};
	+
	+ if (halftones==0) return;
	+
	+ /* try to avoid some common abuses of gchord string */
	+ if (strstr(gch,"capo")) return;
	+ if (strstr(gch,"Capo")) return;
	+ if (strstr(gch,"Fine")) return;
	+ if (strstr(gch,"fine")) return;
	+
	+ q=gch;
	+ r=str;
	+
	+ for (;;) {
	+ while (q==' ' \|\| q=='(') { r=q; q++; r++; }
	+ if (*q=='\0') break;
	+ ok=0;
	+ if (strchr("ABCDEFG",*q)) {
	+ root_old=*q-'A'; q++; ok=1;
	+ } else if (strchr("abcdefg",*q)) {
	+ root_old=*q-'a'; q++; ok=2;
	+ }
	+
	+ if (ok) {
	+ sf_old=0;
	+ if (*q=='b') { sf_old=-1; q++; }
	+ if (*q=='#') { sf_old= 1; q++; }
	+ root_new=root_old+key.add_transp;
	+ root_new=(root_new+28)%7;
	+ sf_new=sf_old+key.add_acc[root_old];
	+ if (ok==1) { *r=root_tab[root_new]; r++; }
	+ if (ok==2) { *r=root_tub[root_new]; r++; }
	+ if (sf_new==-1) { *r='b'; r++; }
	+ if (sf_new== 1) { *r='#'; r++; }
	+ }
	+
	+ while (q!=' ' && q!='/' && q!='\0') {r=*q; q++; r++; }
	+ if (q=='/') {r=*q; q++; r++; }
	+
	+ }
	+
	+ *r='\0';
	+/\| printf("tr_ch: <%s> <%s>\n", gch, str); \|/
	+
	+ strcpy (gch,str);
	+
	+}
	+
	+
	+/* ----- init_parse_params: initialize variables for parsing --- */
	+void init_parse_params ()
	+{
	+ int i;
	+
	+ slur=0;
	+ voice[0].end_slur=0;
	+ nwpool=nwline=0;
	+ ntinext=0;
	+
	+ /* for continuation after output: reset nsym, switch to first voice */
	+ for (i=0;i<nvoice;i++) {
	+ voice[i].nsym=0;
	+ voice[i].insert_btype=0;
	+ voice[i].end_slur=0;
	+ }
	+
	+ ivc=0;
	+
	+ word=0;
	+ carryover=0;
	+ last_note=last_real_note=-1;
	+ pplet=qplet=rplet=0;
	+ num_ending=0;
	+ mes1=mes2=0;
	+ strcpy (gch, "");
	+
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- add_text ---- */
	+void add_text (str,type)
	+char str[];
	+int type;
	+{
	+ if (do_mode!=DO_OUTPUT) return;
	+ if (ntext>=NTEXT) {
	+ wng ("No more room for text line <%s>", str);
	+ return;
	+ }
	+ strcpy (text[ntext], str);
	+ text_type[ntext]=type;
	+ ntext++;
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- reset_info ---- */
	+void reset_info (inf)
	+struct ISTRUCT *inf;
	+{
	+
	+ /* reset all info fields except info.xref */
	+
	+ strcpy(inf->parts, "");
	+ strcpy(inf->area, "");
	+ strcpy(inf->book, "");
	+ inf->ncomp=0;
	+ strcpy(inf->disc, "");
	+ strcpy(inf->group, "");
	+ strcpy(inf->hist, "");
	+ strcpy(inf->info, "");
	+ strcpy(inf->key, "C");
	+ strcpy(inf->meter, "4/4");
	+ strcpy(inf->notes, "");
	+ strcpy(inf->orig, "");
	+ strcpy(inf->rhyth, "");
	+ strcpy(inf->src, "");
	+/* strcpy(inf->title, "(untitled)"); */
	+ strcpy(inf->title, "");
	+ strcpy(inf->title2, "");
	+ strcpy(inf->title3, "");
	+ strcpy(inf->trans, "");
	+ strcpy(inf->tempo, "");
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- get_default_info: set info to default, except xref field --- */
	+void get_default_info ()
	+{
	+ char savestr[STRL];
	+
	+ strcpy (savestr, info.xref);
	+ info=default_info;
	+ strcpy (info.xref, savestr);
	+
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- is_info_field: identify any type of info field ---- */
	+int is_info_field (str)
	+char str[];
	+{
	+ if (strlen(str)<2) return 0;
	+ if (str[1]!=':') return 0;
	+ if (str[0]=='\|') return 0; /* \|: at start of music line */
	+ return 1;
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- is_end_line: identify eof ----- */
	+int is_end_line (str)
	+char str[];
	+{
	+ if (strlen(str)<3) return 0;
	+ if (str[0]=='E' && str[1]=='N' && str[2]=='D') return 1;
	+ return 0;
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- is_pseudocomment ----- */
	+int is_pseudocomment (str)
	+char str[];
	+{
	+ if (strlen(str)<2) return 0;
	+ if ((str[0]=='%')&&(str[1]=='%')) return 1;
	+ return 0;
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- is_comment ----- */
	+int is_comment (str)
	+char str[];
	+{
	+ if (strlen(str)<1) return 0;
	+ if (str[0]=='%') return 1;
	+ if (str[0]=='\\') return 1;
	+ return 0;
	+}
	+
	+
	+/* ----- trim_title: move trailing "The" to front ------------ */
	+void trim_title (s,s0)
	+char s[],s0[];
	+{
	+ char *q;
	+ char rest[81],str[301];
	+ int done;
	+
	+ strcpy (str, s0);
	+ done=0;
	+
	+ if ((q=strchr(str,','))) {
	+ if (*q != '\0') {
	+ strip (rest,q+1);
	+ if (!strcmp(rest,"The")) {
	+ strcpy (s, rest);
	+ *q = '\0';
	+ strcat (s, " ");
	+ strcat (s, str);
	+ done=1;
	+ }
	+ }
	+ }
	+
	+ if (!done) strcpy (s,s0);
	+
	+}
	+
	+
	+/* ----- find_voice ----- */
	+int find_voice (vid,new)
	+char vid[];
	+int *new;
	+{
	+ int i;
	+
	+ for (i=0;i<nvoice;i++)
	+ if (!strcmp(vid,voice[i].id)) {
	+ *new=0;
	+ return i;
	+ }
	+
	+ i=nvoice;
	+ if (i>=maxVc)
	+ rxi("Too many voices; use -maxv to increase limit, now ",maxVc);
	+
	+ strcpy(voice[i].id, vid);
	+ strcpy(voice[i].name, "");
	+ strcpy(voice[i].sname, "");
	+ voice[i].stems = 0;
	+ voice[i].staves = 0;
	+ voice[i].brace = 0;
	+ voice[i].bracket = 0;
	+ voice[i].do_gch = 1;
	+ voice[i].select = 1;
	+ voice[i].sep=0.0;
	+ voice[i].meter = default_meter;
	+ voice[i].key = default_key;
	+ voice[i].nsym = 0;
	+ nvoice++;
	+ if (verbose>5)
	+ printf ("Make new voice %d with id \"%s\"\n", i,voice[i].id);
	+ *new=1;
	+ return i;
	+
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- switch_voice: read spec for a voice, return voice number ----- */
	+int switch_voice (str)
	+char str[];
	+{
	+ int j,np,new,ap;
	+ char r,q;
	+ char t1[201],t2[201];
	+
	+ if (!do_this_tune) return 0;
	+
	+ j=-1;
	+
	+ /* start loop over vioce options: parse t1=t2 */
	+ r=str;
	+ np=0;
	+ for (;;) {
	+ while (*r == ' ') r++;
	+ if (*r=='\0') break;
	+ strcpy(t1,"");
	+ strcpy(t2,"");
	+ q=t1;
	+ while (r!=' ' && r!='\0' && r!='=') { q=*r; r++; q++; }
	+ *q='\0';
	+ if (*r=='=') {
	+ r++;
	+ q=t2;
	+ if (*r=='"') {
	+ r++;
	+ while (r!='"' && r!='\0') { q=r; r++; q++; }
	+ if (*r=='"') r++;
	+ }
	+ else {
	+ while (r!=' ' && r!='\0') { q=r; r++; q++; }
	+ }
	+ *q='\0';
	+ }
	+ np++;
	+
	+ /* interpret the parsed option. First case is identifier. */
	+ if (np==1) j=find_voice (t1,&new);
	+
	+ else { /* interpret option */
	+ if (j<0) bug("j invalid in switch_voice",1);
	+ if (!strcmp(t1,"name") \|\| !strcmp(t1,"nm"))
	+ strcpy(voice[j].name, t2);
	+
	+ else if (!strcmp(t1,"sname") \|\| !strcmp(t1,"snm"))
	+ strcpy(voice[j].sname, t2);
	+
	+ else if (!strcmp(t1,"staves") \|\| !strcmp(t1,"stv"))
	+ voice[j].staves = atoi(t2);
	+
	+ else if (!strcmp(t1,"brace") \|\| !strcmp(t1,"brc"))
	+ voice[j].brace = atoi(t2);
	+
	+ else if (!strcmp(t1,"bracket") \|\| !strcmp(t1,"brk"))
	+ voice[j].bracket = atoi(t2);
	+
	+ else if (!strcmp(t1,"gchords") \|\| !strcmp(t1,"gch"))
	+ g_logv (str,t2,&voice[j].do_gch);
	+
	+ /* for sspace: add 2000 as flag if not incremental */
	+ else if (!strcmp(t1,"space") \|\| !strcmp(t1,"spc")) {
	+ g_unum (str,t2,&voice[j].sep);
	+ if (t2[0]!='+' && t2[0]!='-') voice[j].sep += 2000.0;
	+ }
	+
	+ else if (!strcmp(t1,"clef") \|\| !strcmp(t1,"cl")) {
	+ ap=0;
	+ if (!strcmp(t2,"treble")) voice[j].key.ktype=TREBLE;
	+ else if (!strcmp(t2,"treble+8")) {voice[j].key.ktype=TREBLE; ap=+7;}
	+ else if (!strcmp(t2,"treble-8")) {voice[j].key.ktype=TREBLE; ap=-7;}
	+ else if (!strcmp(t2,"treble+16")) {voice[j].key.ktype=TREBLE; ap=+14;}
	+ else if (!strcmp(t2,"treble-16")) {voice[j].key.ktype=TREBLE; ap=-14;}
	+ else if (!strcmp(t2,"bass")) voice[j].key.ktype=BASS;
	+ else if (!strcmp(t2,"bass+8")) {voice[j].key.ktype=BASS; ap=+7;}
	+ else if (!strcmp(t2,"bass-8")) {voice[j].key.ktype=BASS; ap=-7;}
	+ else if (!strcmp(t2,"bass+16")) {voice[j].key.ktype=BASS; ap=+14;}
	+ else if (!strcmp(t2,"bass-16")) {voice[j].key.ktype=BASS; ap=-14;}
	+ else if (!strcmp(t2,"alto")) voice[j].key.ktype=ALTO;
	+ else if (!strcmp(t2,"alto+8")) {voice[j].key.ktype=ALTO; ap=+7;}
	+ else if (!strcmp(t2,"alto-8")) {voice[j].key.ktype=ALTO; ap=-7;}
	+ else if (!strcmp(t2,"alto+16")) {voice[j].key.ktype=ALTO; ap=+14;}
	+ else if (!strcmp(t2,"alto-16")) {voice[j].key.ktype=ALTO; ap=-14;}
	+ else wng("Unknown clef in voice spec: ",t2);
	+ voice[j].key.add_pitch=ap;
	+ }
	+ else if (!strcmp(t1,"stems") \|\| !strcmp(t1,"stm")) {
	+ if (!strcmp(t2,"up")) voice[j].stems=1;
	+ else if (!strcmp(t2,"down")) voice[j].stems=-1;
	+ else if (!strcmp(t2,"free")) voice[j].stems=0;
	+ else wng("Unknown stem setting in voice spec: ",t2);
	+ }
	+ else wng("Unknown option in voice spec: ",t1);
	+ }
	+
	+ }
	+
	+ /* if new voice was initialized, save settings im meter0, key0 */
	+ if (new) {
	+ voice[j].meter0 = voice[j].meter;
	+ voice[j].key0 = voice[j].key;
	+ }
	+
	+ if (verbose>7)
	+ printf ("Switch to voice %d <%s> <%s> <%s> clef=%d\n",
	+ j,voice[j].id,voice[j].name,voice[j].sname,
	+ voice[j].key.ktype);
	+
	+ nsym0=voice[j].nsym; /* set nsym0 to decide about eoln later.. ugly */
	+ return j;
	+
	+}
	+
	+
	+/* ----- info_field: identify info line, store in proper place ---- */
	+/* switch within_block: either goes to default_info or info.
	+ Only xref ALWAYS goes to info. */
	+int info_field (str)
	+char str[];
	+{
	+ char t[STRL];
	+ struct ISTRUCT *inf;
	+ int i;
	+
	+ for (i=0;i<strlen(str);i++) if (str[i]=='%') str[i]='\0';
	+
	+ if (within_block) {
	+ inf=&info;
	+ }
	+ else {
	+ inf=&default_info;
	+ }
	+
	+ if (strlen(str)<2) return 0;
	+ if (str[1]!=':') return 0;
	+ if (str[0]=='\|') return 0; /* \|: at start of music line */
	+
	+ if (str[0]=='X') {
	+ strip (info.xref, &str[2]);
	+ xrefnum=get_xref(info.xref);
	+ return XREF;
	+ }
	+
	+ else if (str[0]=='A') strip (inf->area, &str[2]);
	+ else if (str[0]=='B') strip (inf->book, &str[2]);
	+ else if (str[0]=='C') {
	+ if (inf->ncomp>=NCOMP)
	+ wng("Too many composer lines","");
	+ else {
	+ strip (inf->comp[inf->ncomp],&str[2]);
	+ inf->ncomp++;
	+ }
	+ }
	+ else if (str[0]=='D') {
	+ strip (inf->disc, &str[2]);
	+ add_text (&str[2], TEXT_D);
	+ }
	+
	+ else if (str[0]=='G') strip (inf->group, &str[2]);
	+ else if (str[0]=='H') {
	+ strip (inf->hist, &str[2]);
	+ add_text (&str[2], TEXT_H);
	+ return HISTORY;
	+ }
	+ else if (str[0]=='W') {
	+ add_text (&str[2], TEXT_W);
	+ return WORDS;
	+ }
	+ else if (str[0]=='I') strip (inf->info, &str[2]);
	+ else if (str[0]=='K') {
	+ strip (inf->key, &str[2]);
	+ return KEY;
	+ }
	+ else if (str[0]=='L') {
	+ strip (inf->len, &str[2]);
	+ return DLEN;
	+ }
	+ else if (str[0]=='M') {
	+ strip (inf->meter, &str[2]);
	+ return METER;
	+ }
	+ else if (str[0]=='N') {
	+ strip (inf->notes, &str[2]);
	+ add_text (&str[2], TEXT_N);
	+ }
	+ else if (str[0]=='O') strip (inf->orig, &str[2]);
	+ else if (str[0]=='R') strip (inf->rhyth, &str[2]);
	+ else if (str[0]=='P') {
	+ strip (inf->parts, &str[2]);
	+ return PARTS;
	+ }
	+ else if (str[0]=='S') strip (inf->src, &str[2]);
	+ else if (str[0]=='T') {
	+ strip (t, &str[2]);
	+ numtitle++;
	+ if (numtitle>3) numtitle=3;
	+ if (numtitle==1) trim_title (inf->title, t);
	+ else if (numtitle==2) trim_title (inf->title2, t);
	+ else if (numtitle==3) trim_title (inf->title3, t);
	+ return TITLE;
	+ }
	+ else if (str[0]=='V') {
	+ strip (lvoiceid, &str[2]);
	+ return VOICE;
	+ }
	+ else if (str[0]=='Z') {
	+ strip (inf->trans, &str[2]);
	+ add_text (&str[2], TEXT_Z);
	+ }
	+ else if (str[0]=='Q') {
	+ strip (inf->tempo, &str[2]);
	+ return TEMPO;
	+ }
	+
	+ else if (str[0]=='E') ;
	+
	+ else {
	+ return 0;
	+ }
	+
	+ return INFO;
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- append_meter: add meter to list of symbols -------- */
	+void append_meter (meter)
	+struct METERSTR meter;
	+{
	+ int kk;
	+
	+ kk=add_sym(TIMESIG);
	+ symv[ivc][kk]=zsym;
	+ symv[ivc][kk].type = TIMESIG;
	+ symv[ivc][kk].u = meter.meter1;
	+ symv[ivc][kk].v = meter.meter2;
	+ symv[ivc][kk].w = meter.mflag;
	+ strcpy(symv[ivc][kk].text,meter.top);
	+
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- append_key_change: append change of key to sym list ------ */
	+void append_key_change(oldkey,newkey)
	+struct KEYSTR oldkey,newkey;
	+{
	+ int n1,n2,t1,t2,kk;
	+
	+ n1=oldkey.sf;
	+ t1=A_SH;
	+ if (n1<0) { n1=-n1; t1=A_FT; }
	+ n2=newkey.sf;
	+ t2=A_SH;
	+
	+ if (newkey.ktype != oldkey.ktype) { /* clef change */
	+ kk=add_sym(CLEF);
	+ symv[ivc][kk].u=newkey.ktype;
	+ symv[ivc][kk].v=1;
	+ }
	+
	+ if (n2<0) { n2=-n2; t2=A_FT; }
	+ if (t1==t2) { /* here if old and new have same type */
	+ if (n2>n1) { /* more new symbols ..*/
	+ kk=add_sym(KEYSIG); /* draw all of them */
	+ symv[ivc][kk].u=1;
	+ symv[ivc][kk].v=n2;
	+ symv[ivc][kk].w=100;
	+ symv[ivc][kk].t=t1;
	+ }
	+ else if (n2<n1) { /* less new symbols .. */
	+ kk=add_sym(KEYSIG); /* draw all new symbols and neutrals */
	+ symv[ivc][kk].u=1;
	+ symv[ivc][kk].v=n1;
	+ symv[ivc][kk].w=n2+1;
	+ symv[ivc][kk].t=t2;
	+ }
	+ else return;
	+ }
	+ else { /* here for change s->f or f->s */
	+ kk=add_sym(KEYSIG); /* neutralize all old symbols */
	+ symv[ivc][kk].u=1;
	+ symv[ivc][kk].v=n1;
	+ symv[ivc][kk].w=1;
	+ symv[ivc][kk].t=t1;
	+ kk=add_sym(KEYSIG); /* add all new symbols */
	+ symv[ivc][kk].u=1;
	+ symv[ivc][kk].v=n2;
	+ symv[ivc][kk].w=100;
	+ symv[ivc][kk].t=t2;
	+ }
	+
	+}
	+
	+
	+
	+/* ----- numeric_pitch ------ */
	+/* adapted from abc2mtex by Chris Walshaw */
	+int numeric_pitch(note)
	+char note;
	+{
	+
	+ if (note=='z')
	+ return 14;
	+ if (note >= 'C' && note <= 'G')
	+ return(note-'C'+16+voice[ivc].key.add_pitch);
	+ else if (note >= 'A' && note <= 'B')
	+ return(note-'A'+21+voice[ivc].key.add_pitch);
	+ else if (note >= 'c' && note <= 'g')
	+ return(note-'c'+23+voice[ivc].key.add_pitch);
	+ else if (note >= 'a' && note <= 'b')
	+ return(note-'a'+28+voice[ivc].key.add_pitch);
	+ printf ("numeric_pitch: cannot identify <%c>\n", note);
	+ return(0);
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- symbolic_pitch: translate numeric pitch back to symbol ------ */
	+int symbolic_pitch(pit,str)
	+int pit;
	+char str[];
	+{
	+ int p,r,s;
	+ char ltab1[7] = {'C','D','E','F','G','A','B'};
	+ char ltab2[7] = {'c','d','e','f','g','a','b'};
	+
	+ p=pit-16;
	+ r=(p+700)%7;
	+ s=(p-r)/7;
	+
	+ if (p<7) {
	+ sprintf (str,"%c,,,,,",ltab1[r]);
	+ str[1-s]='\0';
	+ }
	+ else {
	+ sprintf (str,"%c'''''",ltab2[r]);
	+ str[s]='\0';
	+ }
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- handle_inside_field: act on info field inside body of tune --- */
	+void handle_inside_field(type)
	+int type;
	+{
	+ struct KEYSTR oldkey;
	+ int rc;
	+
	+ if (type==METER) {
	+ if (nvoice==0) ivc=switch_voice (DEFVOICE);
	+ set_meter (info.meter,&voice[ivc].meter);
	+ append_meter (voice[ivc].meter);
	+ }
	+
	+ else if (type==DLEN) {
	+ if (nvoice==0) ivc=switch_voice (DEFVOICE);
	+ set_dlen (info.len, &voice[ivc].meter);
	+ }
	+
	+ else if (type==KEY) {
	+ if (nvoice==0) ivc=switch_voice (DEFVOICE);
	+ oldkey=voice[ivc].key;
	+ rc=set_keysig(info.key,&voice[ivc].key,0);
	+ if (rc) set_transtab (halftones,&voice[ivc].key);
	+ append_key_change(oldkey,voice[ivc].key);
	+ }
	+
	+ else if (type==VOICE) {
	+ ivc=switch_voice (lvoiceid);
	+ }
	+
	+}
	+
	+
	+
	+/* ----- parse_uint: parse for unsigned integer ----- */
	+int parse_uint ()
	+{
	+ int number,ndig;
	+ char num[21];
	+
	+ if (!isdig(*p)) return 0;
	+ ndig=0;
	+ while (isdig(*p)) {
	+ num[ndig]=*p;
	+ ndig++;
	+ num[ndig]=0;
	+ p++;
	+ }
	+ sscanf (num, "%d", &number);
	+ if (db>3) printf (" parsed unsigned int %d\n", number);
	+ return number;
	+
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- parse_bar: parse for some kind of bar ---- */
	+int parse_bar ()
	+{
	+ int k;
	+
	+ parse_gchord ();
	+
	+ /* special cases: [1 or [2 without a preceeding bar, [\| */
	+ if (*p=='[') {
	+ if (((p+1)=='1') \|\| ((p+1)=='2')) {
	+ k=add_sym (BAR);
	+ symv[ivc][k].u=B_INVIS;
	+ symv[ivc][k].v=1;
	+ if (*(p+1)=='2') symv[ivc][k].v=2;
	+ p=p+2;
	+ return 1;
	+ }
	+ }
	+
	+ /* identify valid standard bar types */
	+ if (*p == '\|') {
	+ p++;
	+ if (*p == '\|') {
	+ k=add_sym (BAR);
	+ symv[ivc][k].u=B_DBL;
	+ p++;
	+ }
	+ else if (*p == ':') {
	+ k=add_sym(BAR);
	+ symv[ivc][k].u=B_LREP;
	+ p++;
	+ }
	+ else if (p==']') { / code \|] for fat end bar */
	+ k=add_sym(BAR);
	+ symv[ivc][k].u=B_FAT2;
	+ p=p+1;
	+ }
	+ else {
	+ k=add_sym(BAR);
	+ symv[ivc][k].u=B_SNGL;
	+ }
	+ }
	+ else if (*p == ':') {
	+ p++;
	+ if (*p == '\|') {
	+ k=add_sym(BAR);
	+ symv[ivc][k].u=B_RREP;
	+ p++;
	+ }
	+ else if (*p == ':') {
	+ k=add_sym(BAR);
	+ symv[ivc][k].u=B_DREP;
	+ p++; }
	+ else {
	+ syntax ("Syntax error parsing bar", p-1);
	+ return 0;
	+ }
	+ }
	+
	+ else if ((p=='[') && ((p+1)=='\|') && ((p+2)==']')) { / code [\|] invis */
	+ k=add_sym(BAR);
	+ symv[ivc][k].u=B_INVIS;
	+ p=p+3;
	+ }
	+
	+ else if ((p=='[') && ((p+1)=='\|')) { /* code [\| for thick-thin bar */
	+ k=add_sym(BAR);
	+ symv[ivc][k].u=B_FAT1;
	+ p=p+2;
	+ }
	+
	+ else return 0;
	+
	+ strcpy(symv[ivc][k].text,"");
	+ if (strlen(gch)>0) {
	+ strcpy (symv[ivc][k].text, gch);
	+ strcpy (gch, "");
	+ }
	+
	+ /* see if valid bar is followed by specifier for first or second ending */
	+ if (*p=='1') { symv[ivc][k].v=1; p++; }
	+ else if (*p=='2') { symv[ivc][k].v=2; p++; }
	+ else if ((p=='[') && ((p+1)=='1')) { symv[ivc][k].v=1; p=p+2; }
	+ else if ((p=='[') && ((p+1)=='2')) { symv[ivc][k].v=2; p=p+2; }
	+ else if ((p==' ') && ((p+1)=='[') && (*(p+2)=='1'))
	+ { symv[ivc][k].v=1; p=p+3; }
	+ else if ((p==' ') && ((p+1)=='[') && (*(p+2)=='2'))
	+ { symv[ivc][k].v=2; p=p+3; }
	+
	+ return 1;
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- parse_space: parse for whitespace ---- */
	+int parse_space ()
	+{
	+ int rc;
	+
	+ rc=0;
	+ while ((p==' ')\|\|(p=='\t')) {
	+ rc=1;
	+ p++;
	+ }
	+ if (db>3) if (rc) printf (" parsed whitespace\n");
	+ return rc;
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- parse_esc: parse for escape sequence ----- */
	+int parse_esc ()
	+{
	+
	+ int nseq;
	+ char *pp;
	+
	+ if (p == '\\') { / try for \...\ sequence */
	+ p++;
	+ nseq=0;
	+ while ((p!='\\') && (p!=0)) {
	+ escseq[nseq]=*p;
	+ nseq++;
	+ p++;
	+ }
	+ if (*p == '\\') {
	+ p++;
	+ escseq[nseq]=0;
	+ if (db>3) printf (" parsed esc sequence <%s>\n", escseq);
	+ return ESCSEQ;
	+ }
	+ else {
	+ if (cfmt.breakall) return DUMMY;
	+ if (db>3) printf (" parsed esc to EOL.. continuation\n");
	+ }
	+ return CONTINUE;
	+ }
	+
	+ /* next, try for [..] sequence */
	+ if ((p=='[') && ((p+1)>='A') && ((p+1)<='Z') && ((p+2)==':')) {
	+ pp=p;
	+ p++;
	+ nseq=0;
	+ while ((p!=']') && (p!=0)) {
	+ escseq[nseq]=*p;
	+ nseq++;
	+ p++;
	+ }
	+ if (*p == ']') {
	+ p++;
	+ escseq[nseq]=0;
	+ if (db>3) printf (" parsed esc sequence <%s>\n", escseq);
	+ return ESCSEQ;
	+ }
	+ syntax ("Escape sequence [..] not closed", pp);
	+ return ESCSEQ;
	+ }
	+ return 0;
	+}
	+
	+
	+/* ----- parse_nl: parse for newline ----- */
	+int parse_nl ()
	+{
	+
	+ if ((p == '\\')&&((p+1)=='\\')) {
	+ p+=2;
	+ return 1;
	+ }
	+ else
	+ return 0;
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- parse_gchord: parse guitar chord, save in buffer ----- */
	+int parse_gchord ()
	+{
	+ char *q;
	+ int n;
	+
	+ if (*p != '"') return 0;
	+
	+ q=p;
	+ p++;
	+ n=strlen(gch);
	+ if (n > 0) syntax ("Overwrite unused guitar chord", q);
	+
	+ while ((p != '"') && (p != 0)) {
	+ gch[n]=*p;
	+ n++;
	+ if (n >= 200) {
	+ syntax ("String for guitar chord too long", q);
	+ return 1;
	+ }
	+ p++;
	+ }
	+ if (*p == 0) {
	+ syntax ("EOL reached while parsing guitar chord", q);
	+ return 1;
	+ }
	+ p++;
	+ gch[n]=0;
	+ if (db>3) printf(" parse guitar chord <%s>\n", gch);
	+
	+/\| gch_transpose (voice[ivc].key); \|/
	+
	+ return 1;
	+}
	+
	+
	+/* ----- parse_deco: parse for decoration on note ----- */
	+int parse_deco (dtype)
	+int dtype[10];
	+{
	+ int deco,n;
	+
	+ n=0;
	+
	+ for (;;) {
	+ deco=0;
	+ if (*p == '~') {
	+ if (DECO_IS_ROLL) deco=D_ROLL;
	+ else deco=D_GRACE;
	+ }
	+ if (*p == '.') deco=D_STACC;
	+ if (*p == 'J') deco=D_SLIDE;
	+ if (*p == 'M') deco=D_EMBAR;
	+ if (*p == 'H') deco=D_HOLD;
	+ if (*p == 'R') deco=D_ROLL;
	+ if (*p == 'T') deco=D_TRILL;
	+ if (*p == 'u') deco=D_UPBOW;
	+ if (*p == 'v') deco=D_DOWNBOW;
	+ if (*p == 'K') deco=D_HAT;
	+ if (*p == 'k') deco=D_ATT;
	+
	+ if (deco) {
	+ p++;
	+ dtype[n]=deco;
	+ n++;
	+ }
	+ else
	+ break;
	+ }
	+
	+ return n;
	+}
	+
	+
	+/* ----- parse_length: parse length specifer for note or rest --- */
	+int parse_length ()
	+{
	+ int len,fac;
	+
	+ len=voice[ivc].meter.dlen; /* start with default length */
	+
	+ if (len<=0) printf ("!!! parse_len: got len=%d\n", len);
	+
	+
	+ if (isdig(p)) { / multiply note length */
	+ fac=parse_uint ();
	+ if (fac==0) fac=1;
	+ len *= fac;
	+ }
	+
	+ if (p=='/') { / divide note length */
	+ while (*p=='/') {
	+ p++;
	+ if (isdig(*p))
	+ fac=parse_uint();
	+ else
	+ fac=2;
	+ if (len%fac) {
	+ syntax ("Bad length divisor", p-1);
	+ return len;
	+ }
	+ len=len/fac;
	+ }
	+ }
	+
	+ return len;
	+
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- parse_grace_sequence --------- */
	+int parse_grace_sequence (pgr,agr)
	+int pgr[],agr[];
	+{
	+
	+ char *p0;
	+ int n,len;
	+
	+ p0=p;
	+ if (*p != '{') return 0;
	+ p++;
	+
	+ n=0;
	+ while (*p != '}') {
	+ if (*p == '\0') {
	+ syntax ("Unbalanced grace note sequence", p0);
	+ return 0;
	+ }
	+ if (!isnote(*p)) {
	+ syntax ("Unexpected symbol in grace note sequence", p);
	+ p++;
	+ }
	+ agr[n]=0;
	+ if (*p == '=') agr[n]=A_NT;
	+ if (*p == '^') {
	+ if (*(p+1)=='^') { agr[n]=A_DS; p++; }
	+ else agr[n]=A_SH;
	+ }
	+ if (*p == '_') {
	+ if (*(p+1)=='_') { agr[n]=A_DF; p++; }
	+ else agr[n]=A_FT;
	+ }
	+ if (agr[n]) p++;
	+
	+ pgr[n] = numeric_pitch(*p);
	+ p++;
	+ while (*p == '\'') { pgr[n] += 7; p++; }
	+ while (*p == ',') { pgr[n] -= 7; p++; }
	+
	+ do_transpose (voice[ivc].key, &pgr[n], &agr[n]);
	+
	+ len=parse_length (); /* ignore any length specifier */
	+ n++;
	+ }
	+
	+ p++;
	+ return n;
	+}
	+
	+
	+/* ----- idfy_note: set head type, dots, flags for one note --- */
	+int idfy_note (s)
	+struct SYMBOL *s;
	+{
	+ int head,base,len,flags,dots;
	+
	+ if (s->len==0) s->len=s->lens[0];
	+ len=s->len;
	+
	+ base=WHOLE;
	+ if (len>=WHOLE) base=WHOLE;
	+ else if (len>=HALF) base=HALF;
	+ else if (len>=QUARTER) base=QUARTER;
	+ else if (len>=EIGHTH) base=EIGHTH;
	+ else if (len>=SIXTEENTH) base=SIXTEENTH;
	+ else if (len>=THIRTYSECOND) base=THIRTYSECOND;
	+ else if (len>=SIXTYFOURTH) base=SIXTYFOURTH;
	+ else return 1;
	+
	+ if (base==WHOLE) head=H_OVAL;
	+ else if (base==HALF) head=H_EMPTY;
	+ else head=H_FULL;
	+
	+ if (base==SIXTYFOURTH) flags=4;
	+ else if (base==THIRTYSECOND) flags=3;
	+ else if (base==SIXTEENTH) flags=2;
	+ else if (base==EIGHTH) flags=1;
	+ else flags=0;
	+
	+ dots=0;
	+ if (len==base) dots=0;
	+ else if (2len==3base) dots=1;
	+ else if (4len==7base) dots=2;
	+ else if (8len==15base) dots=3;
	+ else return 2;
	+
	+/\| printf ("idfy_note: length %d gives head %d, dots %d, flags %d\n", \|/
	+/\| len,head,dots,flags); \|/
	+
	+ s->head=head;
	+ s->dots=dots;
	+ s->flags=flags;
	+ return 0;
	+}
	+
	+
	+
	+/* ----- identify_note ----- */
	+void identify_note (s,q)
	+struct SYMBOL *s;
	+char *q;
	+{
	+ int rc;
	+
	+ rc = idfy_note (s);
	+ if (rc==1) syntax("Cannot identify head for note",q);
	+ if (rc==2) syntax("Cannot handle note length for note",q);
	+
	+ /* set flag if duration equals length of one measure */
	+ if (nvoice>0) {
	+ if (s->len==(WHOLE*voice[ivc].meter.meter1)/voice[ivc].meter.meter2)
	+ s->fullmes=1;
	+ }
	+}
	+
	+
	+/* ----- double_note: change note length for > or < char --- */
	+/* Note: if symv[ivc][i] is a chord, the length shifted to the following
	+ note is taken from the first note head. Problem: the crazy syntax
	+ permits different lengths within a chord. */
	+void double_note (i,num,sign,q)
	+int i,num,sign;
	+char *q;
	+{
	+ int m,shift,j,len;
	+
	+ if ((symv[ivc][i].type!=NOTE) && (symv[ivc][i].type!=REST))
	+ bug("sym is not NOTE or REST in double_note", 1);
	+
	+ shift=0;
	+ len=symv[ivc][i].lens[0];
	+ for (j=0;j<num;j++) {
	+ len=len/2;
	+ shift -= sign*len;
	+ symv[ivc][i].len += sign*len;
	+ for (m=0;m<symv[ivc][i].npitch;m++) symv[ivc][i].lens[m] += sign*len;
	+ }
	+ identify_note (&symv[ivc][i],q);
	+ carryover += shift;
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- parse_basic_note: parse note or rest with pitch and length --*/
	+int parse_basic_note (pitch,length,accidental)
	+int pitch,length,*accidental;
	+{
	+ int pit,len,acc;
	+
	+ acc=pit=0; /* look for accidental sign */
	+ if (*p == '=') acc=A_NT;
	+ if (*p == '^') {
	+ if (*(p+1)=='^') { acc=A_DS; p++; }
	+ else acc=A_SH;
	+ }
	+ if (*p == '_') {
	+ if (*(p+1)=='_') { acc=A_DF; p++; }
	+ else acc=A_FT;
	+ }
	+
	+ if (acc) {
	+ p++;
	+ if (!strchr("CDEFGABcdefgab",*p)) {
	+ syntax("Missing note after accidental", p-1);
	+ return 0;
	+ }
	+ }
	+ if (!isnote(*p)) {
	+ syntax ("Expecting note", p);
	+ p++;
	+ return 0;
	+ }
	+
	+ pit= numeric_pitch(p); / basic pitch */
	+ p++;
	+
	+ while (p == '\'') { / eat up following ' chars */
	+ pit += 7;
	+ p++;
	+ }
	+
	+ while (p == ',') { / eat up following , chars */
	+ pit -= 7;
	+ p++;
	+ }
	+
	+ len=parse_length();
	+
	+ do_transpose (voice[ivc].key, &pit, &acc);
	+
	+ *pitch=pit;
	+ *length=len;
	+ *accidental=acc;
	+
	+ if (db>3) printf (" parsed basic note,"
	+ "length %d/%d = 1/%d, pitch %d\n",
	+ len,BASE,BASE/len,pit);
	+
	+ return 1;
	+
	+}
	+
	+
	+/* ----- parse_note: parse for one note or rest with all trimmings --- */
	+int parse_note ()
	+{
	+ int k,deco,i,chord,m,type,rc,sl1,sl2,j;
	+ int pitch,length,accidental,invis;
	+ int ngr,pgr[30],agr[30],dtype[30];
	+ char q,q0;
	+
	+ ngr=parse_grace_sequence(pgr,agr); /* grace notes */
	+
	+ parse_gchord(); /* permit chord after graces */
	+
	+ deco=parse_deco(dtype); /* decorations */
	+
	+ parse_gchord(); /* permit chord after deco */
	+
	+ chord=0; /* determine if chord */
	+ q=p;
	+ if ((p=='+') \|\| (p=='[')) { chord=1; p++; }
	+
	+ type=invis=0;
	+ if (isnote(*p)) type=NOTE;
	+ if (chord && (*p=='(')) type=NOTE;
	+ if (chord && (p==')')) type=NOTE; / this just for better error msg */
	+ if ((p=='z')\|\|(p=='Z')) type=REST;
	+ if ((p=='x')\|\|(p=='X')) {type=REST; invis=1; }
	+ if (!type) return 0;
	+
	+ k=add_sym(type); /* add new symbol to list */
	+
	+
	+ symv[ivc][k].dc.n=deco; /* copy over pre-parsed stuff */
	+ for (i=0;i<deco;i++)
	+ symv[ivc][k].dc.t[i]=dtype[i];
	+ symv[ivc][k].gr.n=ngr;
	+ for (i=0;i<ngr;i++) {
	+ symv[ivc][k].gr.p[i]=pgr[i];
	+ symv[ivc][k].gr.a[i]=agr[i];
	+ }
	+ if (strlen(gch)>0) {
	+ gch_transpose (voice[ivc].key);
	+ strcpy (symv[ivc][k].text, gch);
	+ strcpy (gch, "");
	+ }
	+
	+ q0=p;
	+ if (type==REST) {
	+ p++;
	+ symv[ivc][k].lens[0] = parse_length();
	+ symv[ivc][k].npitch=1;
	+ symv[ivc][k].invis=invis;
	+ if (db>3) printf (" parsed rest, length %d/%d = 1/%d\n",
	+ symv[ivc][k].lens[0],BASE,BASE/symv[ivc][k].lens[0]);
	+ }
	+ else {
	+ m=0; /* get pitch and length */
	+ sl1=sl2=0;
	+ for (;;) {
	+ if (chord && (*p=='(')) {
	+ sl1++;
	+ symv[ivc][k].sl1[m]=sl1;
	+ p++;
	+ }
	+ deco=parse_deco(dtype); /* for extra decorations within chord */
	+ for (i=0;i<deco;i++) symv[ivc][k].dc.t[i+symv[ivc][k].dc.n]=dtype[i];
	+ symv[ivc][k].dc.n += deco;
	+
	+ rc=parse_basic_note (&pitch,&length,&accidental);
	+ if (rc==0) { voice[ivc].nsym--; return 0; }
	+ symv[ivc][k].pits[m] = pitch;
	+ symv[ivc][k].lens[m] = length;
	+ symv[ivc][k].accs[m] = accidental;
	+ symv[ivc][k].ti1[m] = symv[ivc][k].ti2[m] = 0;
	+ for (j=0;j<ntinext;j++)
	+ if (tinext[j]==symv[ivc][k].pits[m]) symv[ivc][k].ti2[m]=1;
	+
	+ if (chord && (*p=='-')) {symv[ivc][k].ti1[m]=1; p++;}
	+
	+ if (chord && (*p==')')) {
	+ sl2++;
	+ symv[ivc][k].sl2[m]=sl2;
	+ p++;
	+ }
	+
	+ if (chord && (*p=='-')) {symv[ivc][k].ti1[m]=1; p++;}
	+
	+ m++;
	+
	+ if (!chord) break;
	+ if ((p=='+')\|\|(p==']')) {
	+ p++;
	+ break;
	+ }
	+ if (*p=='\0') {
	+ if (chord) syntax ("Chord not closed", q);
	+ return type;
	+ }
	+ }
	+ ntinext=0;
	+ for (j=0;j<m;j++)
	+ if (symv[ivc][k].ti1[j]) {
	+ tinext[ntinext]=symv[ivc][k].pits[j];
	+ ntinext++;
	+ }
	+ symv[ivc][k].npitch=m;
	+ }
	+
	+ for (m=0;m<symv[ivc][k].npitch;m++) { /* add carryover from > or < */
	+ if (symv[ivc][k].lens[m]+carryover<=0) {
	+ syntax("> leads to zero or negative note length",q0);
	+ }
	+ else
	+ symv[ivc][k].lens[m] += carryover;
	+ }
	+ carryover=0;
	+
	+ if (db>3) printf (" parsed note, decos %d, text <%s>\n",
	+ symv[ivc][k].dc.n, symv[ivc][k].text);
	+
	+
	+ symv[ivc][k].yadd=0;
	+ if (voice[ivc].key.ktype==BASS) symv[ivc][k].yadd=-6;
	+ if (voice[ivc].key.ktype==ALTO) symv[ivc][k].yadd=-3;
	+ identify_note (&symv[ivc][k],q0);
	+ return type;
	+}
	+
	+
	+/* ----- parse_sym: parse a symbol and return its type -------- */
	+int parse_sym ()
	+{
	+ int i;
	+
	+ if (parse_gchord()) return GCHORD;
	+ if (parse_bar()) return BAR;
	+ if (parse_space()) return SPACE;
	+ if (parse_nl()) return NEWLINE;
	+ if ((i=parse_esc())) return i;
	+ if ((i=parse_note())) return i;
	+ if (parse_nl()) return NEWLINE;
	+ return 0;
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- add_wd ----- */
	+char *add_wd(str)
	+char str[];
	+{
	+ char *rp;
	+ int l;
	+
	+ l=strlen(str);
	+ if (l==0) return 0;
	+ if (nwpool+l+1>NWPOOL)
	+ rx ("Overflow while parsing vocals; increase NWPOOL and recompile.","");
	+
	+ strcpy(wpool+nwpool, str);
	+ rp=wpool+nwpool;
	+ nwpool=nwpool+l+1;
	+ return rp;
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- parse_vocals: parse words below a line of music ----- */
	+/* Use '^' to mark a '-' between syllables - hope nobody needs '^' ! */
	+int parse_vocals (line)
	+char line[];
	+{
	+ int isym;
	+ char c,c1,*w;
	+ char word[81];
	+
	+ if ((line[0]!='w') \|\| (line[1]!=':')) return 0;
	+ p0=line;
	+
	+ isym=nsym0-1;
	+ c=line+2;
	+ for (;;) {
	+ while(*c==' ') c++;
	+ if (*c=='\0') break;
	+ c1=c;
	+ if ((c=='_') \|\| (c=='') \|\| (c=='\|') \|\| (*c=='-')) {
	+ word[0]=*c;
	+ if (*c=='-') word[0]='^';
	+ word[1]='\0';
	+ c++;
	+ }
	+ else {
	+ w=word;
	+ *w='\0';
	+ while ((c!=' ') && (c!='\0')) {
	+ if ((c=='_') \|\| (c=='') \|\| (c=='\|')) break;
	+ if (*c=='-') {
	+ if (*(c-1) != '\\') break;
	+ w--;
	+ *w='-';
	+ }
	+ w=c; w++; c++;
	+ }
	+ if (c=='-') { w='^' ; w++; c++; }
	+ *w='\0';
	+ }
	+
	+ /* now word contains a word, possibly with trailing '^',
	+ or one of the special characters * \| _ - */
	+
	+ if (!strcmp(word,"\|")) { /* skip forward to next bar */
	+ isym++;
	+ while ((symv[ivc][isym].type!=BAR) && (isym<voice[ivc].nsym)) isym++;
	+ if (isym>=voice[ivc].nsym)
	+ { syntax("Not enough bar lines for \|",c1); break; }
	+ }
	+
	+ else { /* store word in next note */
	+ w=word;
	+ while (w!='\0') { / replace * and ~ by space */
	+ if ((w=='') \|\| (w=='~')) w=' ';
	+ w++;
	+ }
	+ isym++;
	+ while ((symv[ivc][isym].type!=NOTE) && (isym<voice[ivc].nsym)) isym++;
	+ if (isym>=voice[ivc].nsym)
	+ { syntax ("Not enough notes for words",c1); break; }
	+ symv[ivc][isym].wordp[nwline]=add_wd(word);
	+ }
	+
	+ if (*c=='\0') break;
	+ }
	+
	+ nwline++;
	+ return 1;
	+}
	+
	+
	+/* ----- parse_music_line: parse a music line into symbols ----- */
	+int parse_music_line (line)
	+char line[];
	+{
	+ int type,num,nbr,n,itype,i,nsym00;
	+ char msg[81];
	+ char p1,pmx;
	+
	+ if (nvoice==0) ivc=switch_voice (DEFVOICE);
	+ if (ivc>=nvoice) bug ("Trying to parse undefined voice",1);
	+
	+ nwline=0;
	+ nsym0=voice[ivc].nsym;
	+ nsym00=nsym0;
	+
	+ nbr=0;
	+ p=p0=line;
	+ pmx=p+strlen(p);
	+
	+ while (*p != 0) {
	+ if (p>pmx) break; /* emergency exit */
	+ type=parse_sym();
	+ n=voice[ivc].nsym;
	+ i=n-1;
	+ if ((db>4) && type)
	+ printf (" sym[%d] code (%d,%d)\n",
	+ n-1,symv[ivc][n-1].type,symv[ivc][n-1].u);
	+
	+ if (type==NEWLINE) {
	+ if ((n>0) && !cfmt.continueall && !cfmt.barsperstaff) {
	+ symv[ivc][i].eoln=1;
	+ if (word) {
	+ symv[ivc][last_note].word_end=1;
	+ word=0;
	+ }
	+ }
	+ }
	+
	+ if (type==ESCSEQ) {
	+ if (db>3)
	+ printf ("Handle escape sequence <%s>\n", escseq);
	+ itype=info_field (escseq);
	+ handle_inside_field (itype);
	+ }
	+
	+ if (type==REST) {
	+ if (pplet) { /* n-plet can start on rest */
	+ symv[ivc][i].p_plet=pplet;
	+ symv[ivc][i].q_plet=qplet;
	+ symv[ivc][i].r_plet=rplet;
	+ pplet=0;
	+ }
	+ last_note=i; /* need this so > and < work */
	+ p1=p;
	+ }
	+
	+ if (type==NOTE) {
	+ if (!word) {
	+ symv[ivc][i].word_st=1;
	+ word=1;
	+ }
	+ symv[ivc][i].slur_st+=nbr;
	+ nbr=0;
	+ if (voice[ivc].end_slur) symv[ivc][i].slur_end++;
	+ voice[ivc].end_slur=0;
	+
	+ if (pplet) { /* start of n-plet */
	+ symv[ivc][i].p_plet=pplet;
	+ symv[ivc][i].q_plet=qplet;
	+ symv[ivc][i].r_plet=rplet;
	+ pplet=0;
	+ }
	+ last_note=last_real_note=i;
	+ p1=p;
	+ }
	+
	+ if (word && ((type==BAR)\|\|(type==SPACE))) {
	+ if (last_real_note>=0) symv[ivc][last_real_note].word_end=1;
	+ word=0;
	+ }
	+
	+ if (!type) {
	+
	+ if (p == '-') { / a-b tie */
	+ symv[ivc][last_note].slur_st++;
	+ voice[ivc].end_slur=1;
	+ p++;
	+ }
	+
	+ else if (*p == '(') {
	+ p++;
	+ if (isdig(*p)) {
	+ pplet=*p-'0'; qplet=0; rplet=pplet;
	+ p++;
	+ if (*p == ':') {
	+ p++;
	+ if (isdig(p)) { qplet=p-'0'; p++; }
	+ if (*p == ':') {
	+ p++;
	+ if (isdig(p)) { rplet=p-'0'; p++; }
	+ }
	+ }
	+ }
	+ else {
	+ nbr++;
	+ }
	+ }
	+ else if (*p == ')') {
	+ if (last_note>0)
	+ symv[ivc][last_note].slur_end++;
	+ else
	+ syntax ("Unexpected symbol",p);
	+ p++;
	+ }
	+ else if (*p == '>') {
	+ num=1;
	+ p++;
	+ while (*p == '>') { num++; p++; }
	+ if (last_note<0)
	+ syntax ("No note before > sign", p);
	+ else
	+ double_note (last_note, num, 1, p1);
	+ }
	+ else if (*p == '<') {
	+ num=1;
	+ p++;
	+ while (*p == '<') { num++; p++; }
	+ if (last_note<0)
	+ syntax ("No note before < sign", p);
	+ else
	+ double_note (last_note, num, -1, p1);
	+ }
	+ else if (p == '') /* ignore stars for now */
	+ p++;
	+ else if (p == '!') / ditto for '!' */
	+ p++;
	+ else {
	+ if (*p != '\0')
	+ sprintf (msg, "Unexpected symbol \'%c\'", *p);
	+ else
	+ sprintf (msg, "Unexpected end of line");
	+ syntax (msg, p);
	+ p++;
	+ }
	+ }
	+ }
	+
	+ /* maybe set end-of-line marker, if symbols were added */
	+ n=voice[ivc].nsym;
	+
	+ if (n>nsym0) {
	+ symv[ivc][n-1].eoln=1;
	+ if (type==CONTINUE) symv[ivc][n-1].eoln=0;
	+ if (cfmt.barsperstaff) symv[ivc][n-1].eoln=0;
	+ if (cfmt.continueall) symv[ivc][n-1].eoln=0;
	+ }
	+
	+
	+
	+ /* break words at end of line */
	+ if (word && (symv[ivc][n-1].eoln==1)) {
	+ symv[ivc][last_note].word_end=1;
	+ word=0;
	+ }
	+
	+ if (vb>9)
	+ printf ("Parsed music symbols %d to %d for voice %d\n",
	+ nsym00,voice[ivc].nsym-1,ivc);
	+
	+ return MUSIC;
	+
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- is_selected: check selection for current info fields ---- */
	+int is_selected (xref_str,npat,pat,select_all,search_field)
	+int npat,select_all,search_field;
	+char xref_str[],pat[][STRL1];
	+{
	+ int i,j,a,b,m;
	+
	+ /* true if select_all or if no selectors given */
	+ if (select_all) return 1;
	+ if (isblank(xref_str) && (npat==0)) return 1;
	+
	+ for (i=0;i<npat;i++) { /patterns /
	+ if (search_field==S_COMPOSER) {
	+ for (j=0;j<info.ncomp;j++) {
	+ if (!m) m=match(info.comp[j],pat[i]);
	+ }
	+ }
	+ else if (search_field==S_SOURCE)
	+ m=match(info.src,pat[i]);
	+ else if (search_field==S_RHYTHM)
	+ m=match(info.rhyth,pat[i]);
	+ else {
	+ m=match(info.title,pat[i]);
	+ if ((!m) && (numtitle>=2)) m=match(info.title2,pat[i]);
	+ if ((!m) && (numtitle>=3)) m=match(info.title3,pat[i]);
	+ }
	+ if (m) return 1;
	+ }
	+
	+ /* check xref against string of numbers */
	+ p=xref_str;
	+ while (*p != 0) {
	+ parse_space();
	+ a=parse_uint();
	+ if (!a) return 0; /* can happen if invalid chars in string */
	+ parse_space();
	+ if (*p == '-') {
	+ p++;
	+ parse_space();
	+ b=parse_uint();
	+ if (!b) {
	+ if (xrefnum>=a) return 1;
	+ }
	+ else
	+ for (i=a;i<=b;i++) if (xrefnum==i) return 1;
	+ }
	+ else {
	+ if (xrefnum==a) return 1;
	+ }
	+ if (*p == ',') p++;
	+ }
	+
	+ return 0;
	+
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- rehash_selectors: split selectors into patterns and xrefs -- */
	+int rehash_selectors (sel_str, xref_str, pat)
	+char sel_str[], xref_str[];
	+char pat[][STRL1];
	+{
	+ char *q;
	+ char arg[501];
	+ int i,npat;
	+
	+ npat=0;
	+ strcpy (xref_str, "");
	+ q=sel_str;
	+
	+ i=0;
	+ while (1) {
	+ if ((q==' ') \|\| (q=='\0')) {
	+ arg[i]='\0';
	+ i=0;
	+ if (!isblank(arg)) {
	+ if (arg[0]=='-') /* skip any flags */
	+ ;
	+ else if (is_xrefstr(arg)) {
	+ strcat(xref_str, arg);
	+ strcat(xref_str, " ");
	+ }
	+ else { /* pattern with * or + */
	+ if ((strchr(arg,'*')) \|\| (strchr(arg,'+'))) {
	+ strcpy(pat[npat],arg);
	+ }
	+ else { /* simple pattern */
	+ strcpy(pat[npat],"*");
	+ strcat(pat[npat],arg);
	+ strcat(pat[npat],"*");
	+ }
	+ npat++;
	+ }
	+ }
	+ }
	+ else {
	+ arg[i]=*q;
	+ i++;
	+ }
	+ if (*q=='\0') break;
	+ q++;
	+ }
	+ return npat;
	+}
	+
	+
	+/* ----- decomment_line: cut off after % ----- */
	+void decomment_line (ln)
	+char ln[];
	+{
	+ int i;
	+
	+ for (i=0;i<strlen(ln);i++) if (ln[i]=='%') ln[i]='\0';
	+
	+}
	+
	+
	+/* ----- get_line: read line, do first operations on it ----- */
	+int get_line (fp,ln)
	+FILE *fp;
	+char ln[];
	+{
	+ int l;
	+
	+ strcpy (ln, "");
	+ if (feof(fp)) return 0;
	+
	+ getline(ln, BSIZE, fp);
	+/\| fgets(ln, BSIZE, fp); \|/
	+ linenum++;
	+ l=strlen(ln);
	+ if (l>STRL) {
	+ if (verbose<=2) printf ("\n");
	+ printf ("+++ Line %d too long, truncate from %d to %d chars\n",
	+ linenum, l, STRL);
	+ l=STRL-1;
	+ ln[l]='\0';
	+ }
	+ if (is_end_line(ln)) return 0;
	+ if (ln[l-1]=='\n') ln[l-1]='\0';
	+
	+ if ((verbose>=7) \|\| (vb>=10) ) printf ("%3d %s \n", linenum, ln);
	+
	+ return 1;
	+
	+}
	+
	+
	+/* ----- read_line: returns type of line scanned --- */
	+int read_line (fp,line)
	+FILE *fp;
	+char line[BSIZE];
	+{
	+ int type,nsym0;
	+
	+ if (!get_line(fp,line)) return E_O_F;
	+
	+ if (isblank(line)) return BLANK;
	+ if (is_pseudocomment(line)) return PSCOMMENT;
	+ if (is_comment(line)) return COMMENT;
	+ decomment_line (line);
	+
	+ if ((type=info_field(line))) {
	+ /* skip after history field. Nightmarish syntax, that. */
	+ if (type != HISTORY)
	+ return type;
	+ else {
	+ for (;;) {
	+ if (! get_line(fp,line)) return E_O_F;
	+ if (isblank(line)) return BLANK;
	+ if (is_info_field(line)) break;
	+ add_text (line, TEXT_H);
	+ }
	+ type=info_field (line);
	+ return type;
	+ }
	+ }
	+
	+ if (do_this_tune) {
	+ if (parse_vocals(line)) return MWORDS;
	+ }
	+
	+ return MUSIC;
	+
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- do_index: print index of abc file ------ */
	+void do_index(fp,xref_str,npat,pat,select_all,search_field)
	+FILE *fp;
	+int npat,select_all,search_field;
	+char xref_str[],pat[][STRL1];
	+{
	+ int type,within_tune;
	+ char line[BSIZE];
	+
	+ linenum=0;
	+ verbose=vb;
	+ numtitle=0;
	+ write_history=0;
	+ within_tune=within_block=do_this_tune=0;
	+ reset_info (&default_info);
	+ info=default_info;
	+
	+ for (;;) {
	+ if (!get_line(fp,line)) break;
	+ if (is_comment(line)) continue;
	+ decomment_line (line);
	+ type=info_field (line);
	+
	+ switch (type) {
	+
	+ case XREF:
	+ if (within_block)
	+ printf ("+++ Tune %d not closed properly \n", xrefnum);
	+ numtitle=0;
	+ within_tune=0;
	+ within_block=1;
	+ ntext=0;
	+ break;
	+
	+ case KEY:
	+ if (!within_block) break;
	+ if (!within_tune) {
	+ tnum2++;
	+ if (is_selected (xref_str,npat,pat,select_all,search_field)) {
	+ printf (" %-4d %-5s %-4s", xrefnum, info.key, info.meter);
	+ if (search_field==S_SOURCE) printf (" %-15s", info.src);
	+ else if (search_field==S_RHYTHM) printf (" %-8s", info.rhyth);
	+ else if (search_field==S_COMPOSER) printf (" %-15s", info.comp[0]);
	+ if (numtitle==3)
	+ printf (" %s - %s - %s", info.title,info.title2,info.title3);
	+ if (numtitle==2) printf (" %s - %s", info.title, info.title2);
	+ if (numtitle==1) printf (" %s", info.title);
	+
	+ printf ("\n");
	+ tnum1++;
	+ }
	+ within_tune=1;
	+ }
	+ break;
	+
	+ }
	+
	+ if (isblank(line)) {
	+ if (within_block && !within_tune)
	+ printf ("+++ Header not closed in tune %d\n", xrefnum);
	+ within_tune=0;
	+ within_block=0;
	+ info=default_info;
	+ }
	+ }
	+ if (within_block && !within_tune)
	+ printf ("+++ Header not closed in for tune %d\n", xrefnum);
	+
	+}
	+
	+
	+
	+
	+
	diff --git a/pssubs.h b/pssubs.h
	@@ -0,0 +1,338 @@
	+/*
	+ * This file is part of abc2ps,
	+ * Copyright (C) 1996,1997,1998 Michael Methfessel
	+ * See file abc2ps.c for details.
	+ */
	+
	+/* subroutines for postscript output */
	+
	+
	+/* ----- level1_fix: special defs for level 1 Postscript ------- */
	+void level1_fix (fp)
	+FILE *fp;
	+{
	+
	+ fprintf (fp,
	+ "/selectfont { exch findfont exch dup %% emulate level 2 op\n"
	+ " type /arraytype eq {makefont}{scalefont} ifelse setfont\n"
	+ "} bind def\n"
	+ );
	+
	+ /* fix to define ISOLatin1Encoding for ps level 1 (david weisman) */
	+
	+ fprintf (fp,
	+ "/ISOLatin1Encoding\n"
	+ "[ /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef\n"
	+ "/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef\n"
	+ "/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef\n"
	+ "/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef\n"
	+ "/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef\n"
	+ "/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef\n"
	+ "/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef\n"
	+ "/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef\n"
	+ "/space /exclam /quotedbl /numbersign\n"
	+ "/dollar /percent /ampersand /quoteright\n"
	+ "/parenleft /parenright /asterisk /plus\n"
	+ "/comma /hyphen /period /slash\n"
	+ "/zero /one /two /three\n"
	+ "/four /five /six /seven\n"
	+ "/eight /nine /colon /semicolon\n"
	+ "/less /equal /greater /question\n"
	+ "/at /A/B/C/D/E/F/G/H/I/J/K/L/M/N/O/P/Q/R/S/T/U/V/W/X/Y/Z /…
	+ "/backslash /bracketright/asciicircum/underscore\n"
	+ "/quoteleft /a/b/c/d/e/f/g/h/i/j/k/l/m/n/o/p/q/r/s/t/u/v/w/x/y/z /…
	+ "/bar /braceright/asciitilde /.notdef\n"
	+ "/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef\n"
	+ "/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef\n"
	+ "/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef\n"
	+ "/.notdef /.notdef /.notdef /.notdef\n"
	+ "/dotlessi /grave /acute /circumflex\n"
	+ "/tilde /macron /breve /dotaccent\n"
	+ "/dieresis /.notdef /ring /cedilla\n"
	+ "/.notdef /hungarumlaut/ogonek /caron\n"
	+ "/space /exclamdown /cent /sterling\n"
	+ "/currency /yen /brokenbar /section\n"
	+ "/dieresis /copyright /ordfeminine/guillemotleft\n"
	+ "/logicalnot /hyphen /registered /macron\n"
	+ "/degree /plusminus /twosuperior/threesuperior\n"
	+ "/acute /mu /paragraph /periodcentered\n"
	+ "/cedilla /onesuperior/ordmasculine/guillemotright\n"
	+ "/onequarter /onehalf /threequarters/questiondown\n"
	+ "/Agrave /Aacute /Acircumflex/Atilde\n"
	+ "/Adieresis /Aring /AE /Ccedilla\n"
	+ "/Egrave /Eacute /Ecircumflex/Edieresis\n"
	+ "/Igrave /Iacute /Icircumflex/Idieresis\n"
	+ "/Eth /Ntilde /Ograve /Oacute\n"
	+ "/Ocircumflex/Otilde /Odieresis /multiply\n"
	+ "/Oslash /Ugrave /Uacute /Ucircumflex\n"
	+ "/Udieresis /Yacute /Thorn /germandbls\n"
	+ "/agrave /aacute /acircumflex/atilde\n"
	+ "/adieresis /aring /ae /ccedilla\n"
	+ "/egrave /eacute /ecircumflex/edieresis\n"
	+ "/igrave /iacute /icircumflex/idieresis\n"
	+ "/eth /ntilde /ograve /oacute\n"
	+ "/ocircumflex/otilde /odieresis /divide\n"
	+ "/oslash /ugrave /uacute /ucircumflex\n"
	+ "/udieresis /yacute /thorn /ydieresis\n"
	+ "] def\n\n"
	+ );
	+
	+ /* end fix to define ISOLatin1Encoding for ps level 1 */
	+
	+
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- init_ps ------- */
	+void init_ps (fp,str,is_epsf,bx1,by1,bx2,by2)
	+FILE *fp;
	+char str[];
	+int is_epsf;
	+float bx1,bx2,by1,by2;
	+{
	+ time_t ltime;
	+ char tstr[41];
	+ int i;
	+
	+ if (is_epsf) {
	+ if (vb>=8) printf("Open EPS file with title \"%s\"\n", str);
	+ fprintf (fp, "%%!PS-Adobe-3.0 EPSF-3.0\n");
	+ fprintf (fp, "%%%%BoundingBox: %.0f %.0f %.0f %.0f\n",
	+ bx1,by1,bx2,by2);
	+ }
	+ else {
	+ if (vb>=8) printf("Open PS file with title \"%s\"\n", str);
	+ fprintf (fp, "%%!PS-Adobe-3.0\n");
	+ }
	+
	+ /* Title */
	+ fprintf (fp, "%%%%Title: %s\n", str);
	+
	+ /* CreationDate */
	+ time(&ltime);
	+ strcpy (tstr, ctime(&ltime));
	+ tstr[24]='\0';
	+ tstr[16]='\0';
	+ fprintf (fp, "%%%%Creator: abc2ps %s.%s\n", VERSION, REVISION);
	+ fprintf (fp, "%%%%CreationDate: %s %s\n", tstr+4,tstr+20);
	+
	+ if (PS_LEVEL == 2) fprintf (fp, "%%%%LanguageLevel: 2\n");
	+ fprintf (fp, "%%%%EndComments\n\n");
	+
	+ if (is_epsf)
	+ fprintf (fp, "gsave /origstate save def mark\n100 dict begin\n\n");
	+
	+ fprintf (fp, "%%%%BeginSetup\n");
	+ if (PS_LEVEL < 2) level1_fix (fp);
	+ if (vb>=7) printf ("\nDefining ISO fonts in file header:\n");
	+ for (i=0;i<nfontnames;i++) {
	+ define_font (fp,fontnames[i],i);
	+ if (vb>=7) printf (" F%d %s\n", i,fontnames[i]);
	+ }
	+ define_symbols (fp);
	+ fprintf (fp, "\n0 setlinecap 0 setlinejoin 0.8 setlinewidth\n");
	+ fprintf (fp, "\n/T {translate} bind def\n/M {moveto} bind def\n");
	+ fprintf (fp, "%%%%EndSetup\n");
	+ file_initialized=1;
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- close_ps ------- */
	+void close_ps (fp)
	+FILE *fp;
	+{
	+ if(vb>=8) printf ("closing PS file\n");
	+ fprintf (fp,
	+ "%%EOF\n\n"
	+ );
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- init_page: initialize postscript page ----- */
	+void init_page (fp)
	+FILE *fp;
	+{
	+
	+ if (vb>=10) printf ("init_page called; in_page=%d\n", in_page);
	+ if (in_page) return;
	+
	+ if (!file_initialized) {
	+ if (vb>=10) printf ("file not yet initialized; do it now\n");
	+ init_ps (fp,infostr, 0,0.0,0.0,0.0,0.0);
	+ }
	+ in_page=1;
	+ pagenum++;
	+
	+ if (verbose==0) ;
	+ else if (verbose==1) printf ("[%d] ", pagenum);
	+ else if (verbose==2) printf ("[%d] ", pagenum);
	+ else printf ("[%d]\n", pagenum);
	+ fflush (stdout);
	+ fprintf (fp,
	+ "\n%% --- page %d\n"
	+ "%%%%Page: %d %d\n"
	+ "%%%%BeginPageSetup\n",
	+ pagenum, pagenum, pagenum);
	+
	+ if (cfmt.landscape) fprintf(fp,"%%%%PageOrientation: Landscape\n");
	+ fprintf(fp,"gsave ");
	+ if (cfmt.landscape) fprintf(fp,"90 rotate 0 %.1f translate ",
	+ -cfmt.pageheight);
	+ fprintf (fp,"%.2f %.2f translate\n",
	+ cfmt.leftmargin, cfmt.pageheight-cfmt.topmargin);
	+ fprintf (fp, "%%%%EndPageSetup\n");
	+
	+
	+ /* write page number */
	+ if (pagenumbers) {
	+ fprintf (fp, "/Times-Roman 12 selectfont ");
	+
	+ /* page numbers always at right */
	+ fprintf(fp, "%.1f %.1f moveto (%d) /bx false def lshow\n",
	+ cfmt.staffwidth, cfmt.topmargin-30.0, pagenum);
	+
	+ /* page number right/left for odd/even pages */
	+/\| if (pagenum%2==0) \|/
	+/\| fprintf(fp, "%.1f %.1f moveto (%d) show\n", \|/
	+/\| 0.0, cfmt.topmargin-30.0, pagenum); \|/
	+/\| else \|/
	+/\| fprintf(fp, "%.1f %.1f moveto (%d) lshow\n", \|/
	+/\| cfmt.staffwidth, cfmt.topmargin-30.0, pagenum); \|/
	+
	+ }
	+
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- init_index_page ----- */
	+void init_index_page (fp)
	+FILE *fp;
	+{
	+ float hsize;
	+
	+ index_pagenum++;
	+
	+ fprintf (fp,
	+ "\n%% --- page %d\n"
	+ "%%%%Page: %d %d\n"
	+ "%%%%BeginPageSetup\n",
	+ index_pagenum, index_pagenum, index_pagenum);
	+
	+ if (cfmt.landscape) fprintf(fp,"%%%%PageOrientation: Landscape\n");
	+ if (cfmt.landscape) fprintf(fp,"90 rotate 0 %.1f translate ",
	+ -cfmt.pageheight);
	+ fprintf (findex, "gsave\n");
	+ fprintf (fp, "%%%%EndPageSetup\n\n");
	+
	+ index_posx=cfmt.leftmargin;
	+ index_posy=cfmt.pageheight-cfmt.topmargin;
	+ /* extra space at top.. */
	+
	+ index_posy = index_posy - 2*cfmt.indexfont.size;
	+
	+ /* write heading */
	+ if (index_pagenum == 1) {
	+ hsize = 1.5*cfmt.indexfont.size;
	+ index_posy = index_posy - hsize;
	+ fprintf (findex, "%.1f %d F1 \n", hsize,cfmt.indexfont.box);
	+ fprintf (findex, "%.2f %.2f M (Contents) S\n", index_posx, index_posy);
	+ index_posy = index_posy - cfmt.indexfont.size;
	+ }
	+
	+ fprintf (findex, "%.1f %d F1 \n",
	+ cfmt.indexfont.size, cfmt.indexfont.box);
	+
	+}
	+
	+
	+
	+/* ----- init_index_file ------- */
	+void init_index_file ()
	+{
	+ time_t ltime;
	+ char tstr[41];
	+
	+ fprintf (findex, "%%!PS-Adobe-3.0\n");
	+ fprintf (findex, "%%%%Title: abc2ps index\n");
	+ time(&ltime);
	+ strcpy (tstr, ctime(&ltime));
	+ tstr[24]='\0';
	+ tstr[16]='\0';
	+ fprintf (findex, "%%%%Creator: abc2ps %s.%s\n", VERSION, REVISION);
	+ fprintf (findex, "%%%%CreationDate: %s %s\n", tstr+4,tstr+20);
	+ if (PS_LEVEL == 2) fprintf (findex, "%%%%LanguageLevel: 2\n");
	+ fprintf (findex, "%%%%EndComments\n\n");
	+
	+ fprintf (findex, "%%%%BeginSetup\n");
	+ if (PS_LEVEL < 2) level1_fix (findex);
	+
	+ define_font (findex,cfmt.indexfont.name,1);
	+ fprintf (findex, "\n/T {translate} bind def\n/M {moveto} bind def\n");
	+ fprintf (findex, "/S {show} bind def\n");
	+ def_misc (findex);
	+ fprintf (findex, "%%%%EndSetup\n\n");
	+
	+ index_pagenum=0;
	+ init_index_page (findex);
	+
	+ index_initialized=1;
	+
	+}
	+
	+
	+/* ----- close_index_page-------- */
	+void close_index_page (fp)
	+FILE *fp;
	+{
	+
	+ fprintf (fp,
	+ "\n%%%%PageTrailer\n"
	+ "grestore\n"
	+ "showpage\n");
	+}
	+
	+
	+/* ----- close_page-------- */
	+void close_page (fp)
	+FILE *fp;
	+{
	+ if (vb>=10) printf ("close_page called; in_page=%d\n", in_page);
	+
	+ if (! in_page) return;
	+ in_page=0;
	+
	+ fprintf (fp,
	+ "\n%%%%PageTrailer\n"
	+ "grestore\n"
	+ "showpage\n");
	+}
	+
	+
	+/* ----- init_epsf: initialize epsf file ----- */
	+void init_epsf (fp)
	+FILE *fp;
	+{
	+ float px,py;
	+ px=cfmt.leftmargin;
	+ py=cfmt.pageheight-cfmt.topmargin;
	+ fprintf (fp, "%.2f %.2f translate\n", px, py);
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- close_epsf: close epsf file ----- */
	+void close_epsf (fp)
	+FILE *fp;
	+{
	+ fprintf (fp,
	+ "\nshowpage\nend\n"
	+ "cleartomark origstate restore grestore\n\n");
	+}
	+
	+
	+/* ----- write_pagebreak ----- */
	+void write_pagebreak (fp)
	+FILE *fp;
	+{
	+
	+ close_page (fp);
	+ init_page (fp);
	+ if (strlen(page_init)>0) fprintf(fp,"%s\n", page_init);
	+ posy=cfmt.pageheight-cfmt.topmargin;
	+
	+}
	+
	diff --git a/sample.abc b/sample.abc
	@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
	+% Sample file to test various features of abc2ps
	+
	+X:1
	+T:Scale
	+T:Second Title
	+T:Third Title
	+M:C
	+K:C
	+L: 1/4
	+ "C,"C,"D,"D,"E,"E,"F,"F, "G,"G,"A,"A,"B,"B,\
	+\| "C"C"D"D"E"E"F"F "G"G"A"A"B"B\| "c"c "d"d"e"e"f"f "g"g"a"a"b"b"c'"c' \|
	+
	+X:3
	+T:Short and Long Notes, Beams, N-tuplets
	+C:Trad
	+M:C
	+K:C
	+L: 1/8
	+ c8\| d4 e2 fg \| C c C/ c/ d/e/ d// C// C/D/E/F/ \| d>e d>>e e<fe (3CDE (4fgab \|
	+
	+X:4
	+T:Key signature, Accidentals and Decorations
	+M:C
	+K:A
	+L: 1/4
	+ ^C=C_C ^G=G_G \| .F/.G/.A/ Ma/Mg/Mf/ Jc J^c J[c^f] J[c^g] \|\
	+ {f}e {C}D {cd}c {E^c}a2 {dedc}d\|
	+ uc vc'-c'/Mb/Mc'/Ma/ \| (b4 \| b/).a/.b/.c'/ \| ~A ~g \
	+ RA Rg MA Mg kA kg \| KA Kg vf/-g/ (u.a/.b/) \| uR~M.c2 Hg4 \|\|
	+
	+X:5
	+T:Bars and Rests
	+M:6/8
	+L: 1/4
	+K:D
	+[\| z4 \|] z2 \|: z z/z// :\| z2> :: z2 z>z \| f>z g>z \|\|
	+
	+X:6
	+T:Chords, Unions, First and Second Endings
	+M:9/8
	+K:D
	+L: 1/4
	+\|: [D2FA] ~+d2fa+ \| [c2e][df][eg]\|\
	+ [cc] [dd] [F/A][G/B][D/F]>[C/E] [G/e][A/e] [G/e]>.[A/e][B/e]>.[c/e]\
	+\|1 (3[A//df][A//ef][A//cg] [G3Ce] :\|2 (3[A//=df][^A//dg][_A//_c^g] [e3gc] \|]
	+
	+X:7
	+T:Slurs and Ties
	+T: Title with funny chars like \cC\'e\~n\^o \`A\cc\"a\ss\"o \251
	+M:C\|
	+K:Ebm
	+[\| (CDEF) ((3efg) ((3gag)\| (C2 EF) (ef(ga)) \| ((c2 (3(d)ef) e2)\
	+ A2-\|A4 (c4\|(c4)(e4)\|a8) \|]
	+
	+X:8
	+T:Changing Time or Key Signatures, Guitar Chords
	+M: 6/8
	+K: G
	+ "Em"ABc def \|\
	+M: 9/8
	+"Am7"A,CC DFF GBB \|\M:4/4\"G"a,2b,2"D"c2d2 \|\|\L:1/4\\K:Bb\"Eb"e4\|
	+K: Gb
	+M: 6/8
	+\| -"Gb"ede edc \| def fed \|1 "A"efg "D"gfe \| e6 \
	+:\|2 "G"gag "F"f"Em"e"D7"d \| "C"c6 \|]
	+
	+X:9
	+T:Strange tuplet cases
	+M:C
	+K:C
	+L: 1/8
	+ (3cde c(3d/e/f/ \|(3zcd (3z/c/d/ (3czc c(4d/e/f/z/ d2-(3def \| \
	+ (3::2 c4d2 (3::4 cde/f/ (3gfe \|
	+ (3z2G,2A,2 (3C2E2G2 \|e-(5e//f//g//f//g// de- (5e//f//g//f//g// \|\
	+ (6z/c/e/g/e/c/ (6z/c/e/g/e/c/ \| (3d/e/f/g-(3g/f/e/d \|\|
	+
	+X:10
	+T:Chords with many accidentals
	+M: 6/8
	+K: G
	+[^c^d] [^c^e] [^c^f] [^c^g] [^c^a] [^c^b] \|\
	+[^C^D] [^C^E] [^C^F] [^C^G] [^C^A] [^C^B] \|\
	+[^c^d^e] [^c^d^f] [^c^f^g] [^c^f^a] [^c=d=f^g_a_b] \|]
	+[^c^f^a] [^c^f^b] [^c^f^c'] [^c^f^d'] [^c^f^e'] \|\
	+[^c^e^f] [^c^f^g] [^c^g^a] [^c^g^b] \|\
	+ [^c^d^c'] [^c^e^c'] [^A^e^c'] [^G^e^c'] \
	+ [^c^d^c'][^c^e^c'][^A^e^c'][^G^e^c'] \|\|
	+
	+X:11
	+T:Horizontal beams
	+M:C
	+K:C
	+L: 1/8
	+ c,d,c, d,e,d, e,f,e, b,cb, \| c,/d,/c,/ d,/e,/d,/ e,/f,/e,/ \|\
	+ c,//d,//c,// d,//e,//d,// e,//f,//e,// \|
	+ cdc ded efe b,a,b,\| c/d/c/ d/e/d/ e/f/e/ \| c//d//c// d//e//d// e//f//e// \|
	+ c'd'c' d'e'd' e'f'e' f'g'f' \| c'/d'/c'/ d'/e'/d'/ e'/f'/e'/ \|\
	+ c'//d'//c'// d'//e'//d'// e'//f'//e'// \|
	+
	+X:12
	+T:Gracenotes
	+L:1/8
	+M:C
	+K:D
	+FA{c}AF DF{^dc}A f{A}df f{AGA}df \|{B}D2 {A}D2 {G}D2 {F}D2 {E}D2 \|\
	+ {E}c2 {F}c2 {G}c2 {A}c2 {B}c2 \|
	+ {A}^c2 {gcd}c2 {gAGAG}A2{g}c<{GdG}e {Gdc}d>c {gBd}B<{e}G \|\
	+ {G}[G4e4] {FGAB}[^c4A4] {ef}[e4c4] {d'c'bagfedcB_AcBFGC}D4\|
	+
	+
	+X: 13
	+T: Vocals
	+M: C\|
	+K: F
	+L: 1/4
	+BA \|: "Gm"G2AB\|"C7"cd2e\|"F"f2fe\|"Dm"dA2d\|
	+w: Close your eyes and I'll kiss you, to-mor-row I'll miss you; re-
	+"Bb"d2dc\|"Gm"B2GF\|"Eb"G4-\|G2 z2\|
	+w:mem-ber I'll al-ways be true._
	+
	+
	+
	diff --git a/scotland.abc b/scotland.abc
	@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
	+
	+% Sample file for bagpipe mode (K:Hp)
	+% adapted from PS file by Alan S. Watt
	+
	+
	+X:1
	+T:Scotland The Brave
	+C:Trad.
	+P:March
	+E:7
	+L:1/8
	+M:4/4
	+K:HP
	+e\|{g}A2 {GdGe}A>B {gcd}c{e}A {gcd}ce\| {ag}a2{g}a2 {GdG}ae {gcd}c{e}A\|\
	+ {Gdc}d2 {g}f>d {gcd}ce {gcd}c{e}A\|{GdG}B2{gef}e2{A}e>f {g}e/>d/{g}c/>B/\|
	+{g}A2 {GdGe}A>B {gcd}c{e}A {gcd}ce\| {ag}a2{g}a2 {GdG}ae {gcd}c{e}A\|\
	+ {Gdc}d2 {g}f>d {gcd}ce {gcd}c{e}A\|{GdG}B2{g}A>B {G}A2 {gcd}ce\|\|
	+\|\| {ag}a2 {g}a2 {GdG}ae {gcd}c{e}A\| {ag}a2 {g}a2 {GdG}ae {gcd}ce\|\
	+ {ag}a2 {g}a>g {a}f2{ag}a>g\|{a}fa {f}gf {gef}ed {gcd}cB\|
	+{g}A2 {GdGe}A>B {gcd}c{e}A {gcd}ce\|{ag}a2 {g}a2 {GdG}ae {gcd}c{e}A\|\
	+ {Gdc}d2 {g}f>d {gcd}ce {gcd}c{e}A\|{CdC}B2 {g}A>B {G}A3\|\|
	+
	diff --git a/style.h b/style.h
	@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
	+/*
	+ * This file is part of abc2ps,
	+ * Copyright (C) 1996,1997,1998 Michael Methfessel
	+ * See file abc2ps.c for details.
	+ */
	+
	+/* Global style parameters for the note spacing and Knuthian glue. */
	+
	+/* Parameters here are used to set spaces around notes.
	+ Names ending in p: prefered natural spacings
	+ Names ending in x: expanded spacings
	+ Units: everything is based on a staff which is 24 points high
	+ (ie. 6 pt between two staff lines). */
	+
	+/* name for this set of parameters */
	+#define STYLE "std"
	+
	+/* ----- set_style_pars: set the parameters which control note spacing ---- */
	+void set_style_pars (strictness)
	+float strictness;
	+{
	+ float y;
	+
	+ f0p=0.10; f0x=0.15;
	+ f5p=0.60; f5x=0.7;
	+ f1p=1.0; f1x=1.0;
	+
	+ lnnp=40; lnnx=90;
	+ bnnp=1.0; bnnx=1.0;
	+ fnnp=1.0; fnnx=1.0;
	+
	+ lbnp=30; lbnx=50;
	+ bbnp=0.2; bbnx=0.2;
	+ rbnp=0.12; rbnx=0.10;
	+
	+ lnbp=30; lnbx=55;
	+ bnbp=0.9; bnbx=0.9;
	+ rnbp=0.10; rnbx=0.1;
	+
	+ /* set parameters f0p,f1p according to strictness */
	+ /* the yy makes the scale a bit more intuitive .. /
	+ y=1-strictness;
	+ f0p=yy0.40;
	+ f0x=yy0.60;
	+ if (verbose>3)
	+ printf ("Set style parameters, strictness %.2f (f0p=%.3f, f0x=%.3f)\n",
	+ strictness,f0p,f0x);
	+
	+}
	+
	+
	+/* ----- Function of the spacing parameters ----- */
	+
	+/* Parameters for the length-to-width mapping:
	+ f0p, f5p, f1p are the return values for notes of zero duration,
	+ half notes, and whole notes. A parabolic interpolation is
	+ used for other note durations. The purpose is to allow a non-linear
	+ relation between the note duration and the spacing on the paper.
	+
	+ Parameters for the note-note spacing:
	+ (the internote spacing between two notes that follow
	+ each other without a bar in between.)
	+
	+ - lnn is an overall multiplier, i.e. the final note width in points
	+ is the return value of function nwid times lnn.
	+ - bnn determines how strongly the first note enters into the spacing.
	+ For bnn=1, the spacing is calculated using the first note.
	+ For bnn=0, the spacing is the average for the two notes.
	+ - fnn multiplies the spacing under a beam, to compress the notes a bit
	+
	+ Parameters for the bar-note spacing:
	+ (the spacing between a bar and note at the measure start.)
	+
	+ - lbn is the overall multiplier for the return values from nwid.
	+ - rbn is the note duration which defines the default spacing.
	+ - bbn determines how strongly the note duration enters into the spacing.
	+ For bbn=1, the spacing is lbn times the return value of nwid.
	+ For bbn=0, the spacing is lbn times the width of rbn times timesig.
	+
	+ Parameters for the note-bar spacing:
	+ (the spacing between a note at the measure end and the bar.)
	+
	+ - lnb is the overall multiplier for the return values from nwid.
	+ - rnb is the note duration which defines the default spacing.
	+ - bnb determines how strongly the note duration enters into the spacing.
	+ For bnb=1, the spacing is lnb times the return value of nwid.
	+ For bnb=0, the spacing is lnb times the width of rbn times timesig. */
	diff --git a/style.pure b/style.pure
	@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
	+/*
	+ * This file is part of abc2ps, Copyright (C) 1996 Michael Methfessel
	+ * See file abc2ps.c for details.
	+ */
	+
	+/* Global style parameters for the note spacing and Knuthian glue. */
	+
	+/* Parameters here are used to set spaces around notes.
	+ Names ending in p: prefered natural spacings
	+ Names ending in x: expanded spacings
	+ Units: everything is based on a staff which is 24 points high
	+ (ie. 6 pt between two staff lines). */
	+
	+/* name for this set of parameters */
	+#define STYLE "pure"
	+
	+/* ----- Parameters for the length-to-width mapping ----- */
	+/* f0p, f5p, f1p are the return values for notes of zero duration,
	+ half notes, and whole notes. A simple parabolic interpolation is
	+ used for other note durations. The aim is to permit a non-linear
	+ relation between the note duration and the spacing on the paper. */
	+
	+float f0p=0.0;
	+float f5p=0.5;
	+float f1p=1.0;
	+
	+float f0x=0.0;
	+float f5x=0.5;
	+float f1x=1.0;
	+
	+
	+/* ----- Parameters for the note-note spacing ----- */
	+/* That is: the internote spacing between two notes that follow
	+ each other without a bar in between.
	+
	+ -- lnn is an overall multiplier, i.e. the final note width in points
	+ is the return value of function nwidth times lnn.
	+ -- bnn determines how strongly the first note enters into the spacing.
	+ For bnn=1, the spacing is calculated using the first note.
	+ For bnn=0, the spacing is the average for the two notes.
	+ -- fnn multiplies the spacing under a beam, to compress the notes a bit
	+ -- gnn multiplies the spacing a second time within an n-tuplet */
	+
	+float lnnp=30;
	+float bnnp=1.0;
	+float fnnp=1.0;
	+float gnnp=1.0;
	+
	+float lnnx=60;
	+float bnnx=1.0;
	+float fnnx=1.0;
	+float gnnx=1.0;
	+
	+
	+/* ---- Parameters for the bar-note spacing ----- */
	+/* That is: the spacing between a bar and note at the measure start.
	+
	+ -- lbn is the overall multiplier for the return values from nwidth.
	+ -- vbn is the note duration which defines the default spacing.
	+ -- bbn determines how strongly the note duration enters into the spacing.
	+ For bbn=1, the spacing is lbn times the return value of nwidth.
	+ For bbn=0, the spacing is lbn times the width of rbn times timesig. */
	+
	+float lbnp=30;
	+float bbnp=0.0;
	+float rbnp=0.125;
	+
	+float lbnx=60;
	+float bbnx=0.0;
	+float rbnx=0.125;
	+
	+
	+/* ---- Parameters for the note-bar spacing ----- */
	+/* That is: the spacing between a note at the measure end and the bar.
	+
	+ -- lnb is the overall multiplier for the return values from nwidth.
	+ -- vnb is the note duration which defines the default spacing.
	+ -- bnb determines how strongly the note duration enters into the spacing.
	+ For bnb=1, the spacing is lnb times the return value of nwidth.
	+ For bnb=0, the spacing is lnb times the width of rbn times timesig. */
	+
	+float lnbp=30;
	+float bnbp=1.0;
	+float rnbp=0.125;
	+
	+float lnbx=60;
	+float bnbx=1.0;
	+float rnbx=0.125;
	+
	+
	+/* ---- Parameters for centered single note in a measure ----- */
	+/* That is: the total length = bar-note + note-bar spacings
	+
	+ -- ln0 is the overall multiplier for the return values from nwidth.
	+ -- bn0 interpolates between two limiting cases
	+ For bn0=0, this case is treated like bar-note and note-bar cases
	+ For bn0=1, the note is centered in the measure. */
	+
	+float ln0p=30;
	+float bn0p=0;
	+
	+float ln0x=60;
	+float bn0x=0;
	+
	diff --git a/subs.h b/subs.h
	@@ -0,0 +1,1372 @@
	+/*
	+ * This file is part of abc2ps,
	+ * Copyright (C) 1996,1997,1998 Michael Methfessel
	+ * See file abc2ps.c for details.
	+ */
	+
	+/* miscellaneous subroutines */
	+
	+/* ----- write_help ----- */
	+void write_help ()
	+{
	+
	+ printf ("abc2ps v%s.%s (%s, %s) compiled %s\n",
	+ VERSION, REVISION, VDATE, STYLE, __DATE__);
	+
	+ printf ("Usage: abc2ps files.. [-e nums-or-pats] [other flags]\n"
	+ " - show index of abc files or typeset tunes in Postscript.\n"
	+ "where: files input files in abc format\n"
	+ " nums tune xref numbers, i.e. 1 3 6-7,20-\n"
	+ " pats patterns for title search\n"
	+ "Tunes are selected if they match a number or a pattern.\n"
	+ "Flags: -o write output for selected tunes\n"
	+ " -E produce EPSF output, one tune per file\n"
	+ " -O aa set outfile name to aaa\n"
	+ " -O = make outfile name from infile/title\n"
	+ " -i run in interactive mode\n"
	+ " -v nn set verbosity level to nn\n"
	+ " -h show this command summary\n"
	+ " Selection:\n"
	+ " -e following arguments are selectors\n"
	+ " -f following arguments are file names\n"
	+ " -T search Title field (default)\n"
	+ " -C search Composer field instead of title\n"
	+ " -R search Rhythm field instead of title\n"
	+ " -S search Source field instead of title\n"
	+ " -V str select voices, eg. -V 1,4-5\n"
	+ " Formatting:\n"
	+ " -H show the format parameters\n"
	+ " -p pretty output (looks better, needs more space)\n"
	+ " -P select second predefined pretty output style\n"
	+ " -s xx set scale factor for symbol size to xx\n"
	+ " -w xx set staff width (cm/in/pt)\n"
	+ " -m xx set left margin (cm/in/pt)\n"
	+ " -d xx set staff separation (cm/in/pt)\n"
	+ " -x include xref numbers in output\n"
	+ " -k nn number every nn bars; 0 for first in staff\n"
	+ " -n include notes and history in output\n"
	+ " -N write page numbers\n"
	+ " -I write index to Ind.ps\n"
	+ " -1 write one tune per page\n"
	+ " -l landscape mode\n"
	+ " -g xx set glue mode to shrink\|space\|stretch\|fill\n"
	+ " -F foo read format from \"foo.fmt\"\n"
	+ " -D bar look for format files in directory \"bar\"\n"
	+ " -X x set strictness for note spacing, 0<x<1 \n"
	+ " Transposing:\n"
	+ " -t n transpose by n halftones (_n for negative number)\n"
	+ " -t XX transpose root up/down to note XX (eg. C A# ^Bb _Bb)…
	+ " Line breaks:\n"
	+ " -a xx set max shrinkage to xx (between 0 and 1)\n"
	+ " -b break at all line ends (ignore continuations)\n"
	+ " -c continue all line ends (append '\\')\n"
	+ " -B bb put line break every bb bars\n"
	+ " Alloc options:\n"
	+ " -maxs n set maximal number of symbols (default %d)\n"
	+ " -maxv n set maximal number of voices (default %d)\n"
	+ , maxSyms, maxVc);
	+}
	+
	+
	+/* ----- write_version ----- */
	+void write_version ()
	+{
	+
	+/* printf ("abc2ps v%s (%s, %s) compiled %s\n",
	+ VERSION, VDATE, STYLE, __DATE__); */
	+
	+ printf ("abc2ps v%s.%s (%s, %s) compiled %s\n",
	+ VERSION, REVISION, VDATE, STYLE, __DATE__);
	+
	+ if (strlen(DEFAULT_FDIR)>0)
	+ printf ("Default format directory %s\n", DEFAULT_FDIR);
	+
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- is_xrefstr: check if string ok for xref selection ---- */
	+int is_xrefstr (str)
	+char str[];
	+{
	+
	+ char *c;
	+ c=str;
	+ while (*c != '\0') {
	+ if ((!isdig(c)) && (c!='-') && (c!=',') && (c!=' ')) return 0;
	+ c++;
	+ }
	+ return 1;
	+}
	+
	+
	+/* ----- make_arglist: splits one string into list or arguments ---- */
	+int make_arglist (str, av)
	+char str[];
	+char *av[];
	+{
	+ char *q;
	+ int n;
	+
	+ q=str;
	+ n=1; /* first real arg is 1, as in argv */
	+ for (;;) {
	+ while (*q==' ') q++;
	+ if (*q=='\0') break;
	+ av[n]=q;
	+ n++;
	+ while ((q!=' ') && (q!='\0')) q++;
	+ if (*q=='\0') break;
	+ *q='\0';
	+ q++;
	+ }
	+ return n;
	+}
	+
	+
	+/* ----- init_ops ----- */
	+void init_ops (job)
	+int job;
	+{
	+
	+ one_per_page = -1;
	+ landscape = -1;
	+ scalefac = -1.0;
	+ lmargin = -1.0;
	+ swidth = -1.0;
	+ write_history = -1;
	+ staffsep = -1;
	+ dstaffsep = 0;
	+ break_continues = -1;
	+ continue_lines = -1;
	+ include_xrefs = -1;
	+ alfa_c = -1.0;
	+ strict1 = -1.0;
	+ strict2 = -1.0;
	+ barnums = -1;
	+ make_index = 0;
	+
	+ select_all = 0;
	+ do_mode = DO_INDEX;
	+ pagenumbers = 0;
	+ strcpy (styf, "");
	+ strcpy (transpose, "");
	+ strcpy (vcselstr, "");
	+
	+ if (job) {
	+ strcpy (styd, DEFAULT_FDIR);
	+ strcpy (outf, OUTPUTFILE);
	+ interactive = 0;
	+ pretty = 0;
	+ epsf = 0;
	+ choose_outname = 0;
	+ gmode = G_FILL;
	+ vb = VERBOSE0;
	+ search_field0 = S_TITLE;
	+ }
	+}
	+
	+
	+/* ----- ops_into_fmt ----- */
	+void ops_into_fmt (fmt)
	+struct FORMAT *fmt;
	+{
	+ if (landscape >= 0) fmt->landscape=landscape;
	+ if (scalefac >= 0) fmt->scale=scalefac;
	+ if (lmargin >= 0) fmt->leftmargin=lmargin;
	+ if (swidth >= 0) fmt->staffwidth=swidth;
	+ if (continue_lines >= 0) fmt->continueall=continue_lines;
	+ if (break_continues >= 0) fmt->breakall=break_continues;
	+ if (write_history >= 0) fmt->writehistory=write_history;
	+ if (bars_per_line > 0) fmt->barsperstaff=bars_per_line;
	+ if (include_xrefs >= 0) fmt->withxrefs=include_xrefs;
	+ if (one_per_page >= 0) fmt->oneperpage=one_per_page;
	+ if (alfa_c >= 0) fmt->maxshrink=alfa_c;
	+ if (staffsep >= 0) fmt->staffsep=staffsep;
	+ if (strict1 >= 0) fmt->strict1=strict1;
	+ if (strict2 >= 0) fmt->strict2=strict2;
	+ if (barnums >= 0) fmt->barnums=barnums;
	+ fmt->staffsep = fmt->staffsep + dstaffsep;
	+ fmt->sysstaffsep = fmt->sysstaffsep + dstaffsep;
	+
	+}
	+
	+
	+/* ----- parse_args: parse list of arguments, interpret flags ----- */
	+int parse_args (ac, av)
	+int ac;
	+char *av[];
	+{
	+ int i,m,k,nsel,sel_arg,j,ok,f_pos,got_value;
	+ char c,aaa[201],ext[41];
	+
	+ help_me=0;
	+ ninf=0;
	+ nsel=0;
	+ sel_arg=0;
	+ f_pos=-1;
	+ strcpy (sel_str[0], "");
	+ s_field[0]=search_field0;
	+
	+ i=1;
	+ while (i<ac) {
	+
	+ if (av[i][0]=='+') { /* switch off flags with '+' */
	+ m=1;
	+ k=strlen(av[i]);
	+ while (m<k) {
	+ c=av[i][m];
	+ if (c=='b') break_continues=0;
	+ else if (c=='c') continue_lines=0;
	+ else if (c=='x') include_xrefs=0;
	+ else if (c=='1') one_per_page=0;
	+ else if (c=='B') bars_per_line=0;
	+ else if (c=='i') interactive=0;
	+ else if (c=='n') write_history=0;
	+ else if (c=='l') landscape=0;
	+ else if (c=='p') pretty=0;
	+ else if (c=='E') epsf=0;
	+ else if (c=='F') strcpy (styf, "");
	+ else if (c=='N') pagenumbers=0;
	+ else if (c=='O') { choose_outname=0; strcpy (outf, OUTPUTFILE); }
	+ else {
	+ printf ("+++ Cannot switch off flag: +%c\n", c);
	+ return 1;
	+ }
	+ m++;
	+ }
	+ }
	+
	+ else if (av[i][0]=='-') { /* interpret a flag with '-'*/
	+
	+ /* identify fullword options first */
	+ if (!strcmp(av[i],"-maxv")) {
	+ if ((i==ac-1)\|\|(av[i+1][0]=='-')) rx("missing parameter for ",av[i]);
	+ sscanf(av[++i],"%d",&maxVc);
	+ }
	+ else if (!strcmp(av[i],"-maxs")) {
	+ if ((i==ac-1)\|\|(av[i+1][0]=='-')) rx("missing parameter for ",av[i]);
	+ sscanf(av[++i],"%d",&maxSyms);
	+ }
	+
	+ else {
	+ m=1;
	+ k=strlen(av[i]);
	+ while (m<k) {
	+ c=av[i][m];
	+ if (c=='h') help_me=1; /* simple flags */
	+ else if (c=='H') help_me=2;
	+ else if (c=='e') sel_arg=1;
	+ else if (c=='f') {
	+ nsel++;
	+ strcpy (sel_str[nsel], "");
	+ if (ninf==0) { /* selector before first file */
	+ strcpy(sel_str[nsel],sel_str[nsel-1]);
	+ s_field[nsel]=s_field[nsel-1];
	+ }
	+ s_field[nsel]=search_field0;
	+ sel_arg=0;
	+ f_pos=i;
	+ }
	+ else if (c=='b') {break_continues=1; continue_lines=0;}
	+ else if (c=='c') {continue_lines=1; break_continues=0;}
	+ else if (c=='x') include_xrefs=1;
	+ else if (c=='1') one_per_page=1;
	+ else if (c=='i') interactive=1;
	+ else if (c=='n') write_history=1;
	+ else if (c=='l') landscape=1;
	+ else if (c=='p') pretty=1;
	+ else if (c=='P') pretty=2;
	+ else if (c=='E') epsf=1;
	+ else if (c=='o') do_mode=DO_OUTPUT;
	+ else if (c=='N') pagenumbers=1;
	+ else if (c=='I') make_index=1;
	+ else if (strchr("TCRS",c)) {
	+ if (c=='T') s_field[nsel]=S_TITLE;
	+ if (c=='C') s_field[nsel]=S_COMPOSER;
	+ if (c=='R') s_field[nsel]=S_RHYTHM;
	+ if (c=='S') s_field[nsel]=S_SOURCE;
	+ sel_arg=1;
	+ }
	+
	+ else if (strchr("vsdwmgtkDFYBVXaO",c)) { /* flags with parameter.. …
	+ strcpy (aaa, &av[i][m+1]);
	+ if ((strlen(aaa)>0) && strchr("glO",c)) { /* no sticky arg */
	+ printf ("+++ Incorrect usage of flag -%c\n", c);
	+ return 1;
	+ }
	+
	+ got_value=1; /* check for value */
	+ if (strlen(aaa)==0) {
	+ got_value=0;
	+ i++;
	+ if ((i>=ac) \|\| (av[i][0]=='-'))
	+ i--;
	+ else {
	+ strcpy (aaa,av[i]);
	+ got_value=1;
	+ }
	+ }
	+
	+ if (got_value && strchr("vskYB",c)) { /* check num args */
	+ ok=1;
	+ for (j=0;j<strlen(aaa);j++)
	+ if (!strchr("0123456789.",aaa[j])) ok=0;
	+ if (!ok) {
	+ printf ("+++ Invalid parameter <%s> for flag -%c\n",aaa,c);
	+ return 1;
	+ }
	+ }
	+
	+ /* --- next ops require a value --- */
	+
	+ if (!got_value) { /* check value was given */
	+ printf ("+++ Missing parameter after flag -%c\n", c);
	+ return 1;
	+ }
	+
	+ if (c=='k') {
	+ sscanf(aaa,"%d",&barnums);
	+ break;
	+ }
	+
	+ if (c=='V') { /* -V flag */
	+ ok=1;
	+ strcpy (vcselstr, aaa);
	+ }
	+
	+ if (c=='X') { /* -X flag */
	+ ok=1;
	+ if (aaa[0]==',') {
	+ sscanf(aaa,",%f",&strict2);
	+ if (strict2<-0.001 \|\| strict2>1.001) ok=0;
	+ }
	+ else if (strchr(aaa,',')) {
	+ sscanf (aaa,"%f,%f",&strict1,&strict2);
	+ if (strict1<-0.001 \|\| strict1>1.001) ok=0;
	+ if (strict2<-0.001 \|\| strict2>1.001) ok=0;
	+ }
	+ else {
	+ sscanf(aaa,"%f",&strict1);
	+ if (strict1<-0.001 \|\| strict1>1.001) ok=0;
	+ strict2=strict1;
	+ }
	+ if (!ok) {
	+ printf ("+++ Invalid parameter <%s> for flag -%c\n",aaa,c);
	+ return 1;
	+ }
	+ }
	+
	+ if (c=='O') { /* -O flag */
	+ if (!strcmp(aaa,"=")) {
	+ choose_outname=1;
	+ }
	+ else {
	+ getext (aaa,ext);
	+ if (strcmp(ext,"ps") && strcmp(ext,"eps") && strcmp(ext,"")) {
	+ printf ("Wrong extension for output file: %s\n", aaa);
	+ return 1;
	+ }
	+ strext (outf, aaa, "ps", 1);
	+ choose_outname=0;
	+ }
	+ }
	+
	+ if (c=='a') {
	+ sscanf (aaa, "%f", &alfa_c);
	+ if ((alfa_c>1.05)\|\|(alfa_c<-0.01)) {
	+ printf ("+++ Bad parameter for flag -a: %s\n",aaa);
	+ return 1;
	+ }
	+ }
	+
	+ if (c=='B') {
	+ sscanf(aaa,"%d",&bars_per_line);
	+ continue_lines=0;
	+ }
	+ if (c=='t') strcpy(transpose,aaa);
	+ if (c=='v') sscanf(aaa,"%d",&vb);
	+ if (c=='s') sscanf(aaa,"%f",&scalefac);
	+ if (c=='d') {
	+ if (aaa[0]=='+' \|\| aaa[0]=='-') dstaffsep = scan_u(aaa);
	+ else staffsep = scan_u(aaa);
	+ }
	+ if (c=='w') swidth = scan_u(aaa);
	+ if (c=='m') lmargin = scan_u(aaa);
	+ if (c=='F') strcpy(styf,aaa);
	+ if (c=='D') strcpy (styd,aaa);
	+ if (c=='g') {
	+ if (abbrev(aaa,"shrink", 2)) gmode=G_SHRINK;
	+ else if (abbrev(aaa,"stretch",2)) gmode=G_STRETCH;
	+ else if (abbrev(aaa,"space", 2)) gmode=G_SPACE;
	+ else if (abbrev(aaa,"fill", 2)) gmode=G_FILL;
	+ else {
	+ printf ("+++ Bad parameter for flag -g: %s\n",aaa);
	+ return 1;
	+ }
	+ }
	+ break;
	+ }
	+ else {
	+ printf ("+++ Unknown flag: -%c\n", c);
	+ return 1;
	+ }
	+ m++;
	+ }
	+ }
	+ }
	+
	+ else {
	+ if (strstr(av[i],".fmt")) { /* implict -F */
	+ strcpy(styf, av[i]);
	+ }
	+ else {
	+ if (strstr(av[i],".abc") && sel_arg) { /* file if .abc */
	+ nsel++;
	+ strcpy (sel_str[nsel], "");
	+ s_field[nsel]=S_TITLE;
	+ if (ninf==0) { /* selector before first file */
	+ strcpy(sel_str[nsel],sel_str[nsel-1]);
	+ s_field[nsel]=s_field[nsel-1];
	+ }
	+ sel_arg=0;
	+ }
	+ if (is_xrefstr(av[i]) && (!sel_arg)) { /* sel if xref numbers */
	+ if (i-1 != f_pos) sel_arg=1;
	+ }
	+
	+ if (!sel_arg) { /* this arg is a file name */
	+ if (ninf>=MAXINF) {
	+ printf ("+++ Too many input files, max is %d\n", MAXINF);
	+ return 1;
	+ }
	+ strcpy (in_file[ninf], av[i]);
	+ psel[ninf]=nsel;
	+ ninf++;
	+ }
	+ else { /* this arg is a selector */
	+ strcat(sel_str[nsel], av[i]);
	+ strcat(sel_str[nsel], " ");
	+ }
	+ }
	+ }
	+ i++;
	+ }
	+
	+ return 0;
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- alloc_structs ----- */
	+/* Thanks to Henrik Norbeck for this */
	+void alloc_structs ()
	+{
	+ int j;
	+
	+ sym = (struct SYMBOL *)calloc(maxSyms, sizeof(struct SYMBOL));
	+ if (sym==NULL) rx("Out of memory","");
	+
	+ symv = (struct SYMBOL *)calloc(maxVc, sizeof(struct SYMBOL ));
	+ if (symv==NULL) rx("Out of memory","");
	+
	+ for (j=0;j<maxVc;j++) {
	+ symv[j] = (struct SYMBOL *)calloc(maxSyms, sizeof(struct SYMBOL));
	+ if (symv[j]==NULL) rx("Out of memory","");
	+ }
	+
	+ xp = (struct XPOS *)calloc(maxSyms+1, sizeof(struct XPOS));
	+ if (xp==NULL) rx("Out of memory","");
	+
	+ for (j=0;j<maxSyms+1;j++) {
	+ xp[j].p = (int *)calloc(maxVc, sizeof(int));
	+ if (xp[j].p==NULL) rx("Out of memory","");
	+ }
	+
	+ voice=(struct VCESPEC *)calloc(maxVc, sizeof(struct VCESPEC));
	+ if (voice==NULL) rx("Out of memory","");
	+
	+ sym_st = (struct SYMBOL *)calloc(maxVc, sizeof(struct SYMBOL ));
	+ if (sym_st==NULL) rx("Out of memory","");
	+
	+ for (j=0;j<maxVc;j++) {
	+ sym_st[j] = (struct SYMBOL *)calloc(MAXSYMST, sizeof(struct SYMBOL));
	+ if (sym_st[j]==NULL) rx("Out of memory","");
	+ }
	+
	+ nsym_st = (int *)calloc(maxVc, sizeof(int));
	+ if (nsym_st==NULL) rx("Out of memory","");
	+
	+}
	+
	+
	+/* ----- set_page_format ----- */
	+int set_page_format ()
	+{
	+ int i,j;
	+
	+ if (pretty==1)
	+ set_pretty_format (&cfmt);
	+ else if (pretty==2)
	+ set_pretty2_format (&cfmt);
	+ else
	+ set_standard_format (&cfmt);
	+
	+ i=read_fmt_file ("fonts.fmt", styd, &cfmt);
	+ j=0;
	+ if (strlen(styf)>0) {
	+ strext(styf,styf,"fmt",1);
	+ j=read_fmt_file (styf, styd, &cfmt);
	+ if (j==0) {
	+ printf ("\n+++ Cannot open file: %s\n", styf);
	+ return 0;
	+ }
	+ strcpy(cfmt.name, styf);
	+ }
	+ if (i \|\| j) printf("\n");
	+ ops_into_fmt (&cfmt);
	+
	+ make_font_list (&cfmt);
	+ sfmt=cfmt;
	+ dfmt=cfmt;
	+ return 1;
	+}
	+
	+
	+/* ----- tex_str: change string to take care of some tex-style codes --- */
	+/* Puts \ in front of ( and ) in case brackets are not balanced,
	+ interprets some TeX-type strings using ISOLatin1 encodings.
	+ Returns the length of the string as finally given out on paper.
	+ Also returns an estimate of the string width... */
	+int tex_str (str,s,wid)
	+char *str;
	+char s[];
	+float *wid;
	+{
	+ char *c;
	+ int base,add,n;
	+ char t[21];
	+ float w;
	+
	+ c=str;
	+ strcpy(s,"");
	+ n=0;
	+ w=0;
	+ while (*c != '\0') {
	+
	+ if ((c=='(') \|\| (c==')')) /* ( ) becomes */
	+ {sprintf(t, "\\%c", *c); strcat(s,t); w+=cwid('('); n++; }
	+
	+ else if (c=='\\') { / backslash sequences */
	+ c++;
	+ if (*c=='\0') break;
	+ add=0; /* accented vowels */
	+ if (*c=='`') add=1;
	+ if (*c=='\'') add=2;
	+ if (*c=='^') add=3;
	+ if (*c=='"') add=4;
	+ if (add) {
	+ c++;
	+ base=0;
	+ if (*c=='a') { base=340; if (add==4) add=5; }
	+ if (*c=='e') base=350;
	+ if (*c=='i') base=354;
	+ if (*c=='o') { base=362; if (add==4) add=5; }
	+ if (*c=='u') base=371;
	+ if (*c=='A') { base=300; if (add==4) add=5; }
	+ if (*c=='E') base=310;
	+ if (*c=='I') base=314;
	+ if (*c=='O') { base=322; if (add==4) add=5; }
	+ if (*c=='U') base=331;
	+ w+=cwid(*c);
	+ if (base)
	+ {sprintf(t,"\\%d",base+add-1); strcat(s,t); n+=1; }
	+ else
	+ {sprintf(t,"%c",*c); strcat(s,t); n+=1; }
	+ }
	+
	+ else if (c==' ') / \-space */
	+ { strcat(s," "); w+=cwid(' '); n++; }
	+
	+ else if (c=='O') / O-slash */
	+ { strcat(s,"\\330"); w+=cwid('O'); n++; }
	+
	+ else if (c=='o') / o-slash */
	+ { strcat(s,"\\370"); w+=cwid('O'); n++; }
	+
	+ else if((c=='s')&&((c+1)=='s')) /* sz */
	+ { c++; strcat(s,"\\337"); w+=cwid('s'); n++; }
	+ else if((c=='a')&&((c+1)=='a')) /* a-ring */
	+ { c++; strcat(s,"\\345"); w+=cwid('a'); n++; }
	+ else if((c=='A')&&((c+1)=='A')) /* A-ring */
	+ { c++; strcat(s,"\\305"); w+=cwid('A'); n++; }
	+ else if((c=='a')&&((c+1)=='e')) /* ae */
	+ { c++; strcat(s,"\\346"); w+=1.5*cwid('a'); n++; }
	+ else if((c=='A')&&((c+1)=='E')) /* AE */
	+ { c++; strcat(s,"\\306"); w+=1.5*cwid('A'); n++; }
	+
	+
	+ else if (c=='c') { / c-cedilla */
	+ c++;
	+ w+=cwid(*c);
	+ if (*c=='C') { strcat(s,"\\307"); n++; }
	+ else if (*c=='c') { strcat(s,"\\347"); n++; }
	+ else {sprintf(t,"%c",*c); strcat(s,t); n++; }
	+ }
	+
	+ else if (c=='~') { / n-twiddle */
	+ c++;
	+ w+=cwid(*c);
	+ if (*c=='N') { strcat(s,"\\321"); n++; }
	+ else if (*c=='n') { strcat(s,"\\361"); n++; }
	+ else { sprintf(t,"%c",*c); strcat(s,t); n++; }
	+ }
	+
	+ else /* \-something-else; pass through */
	+ {sprintf(t,"\\%c",*c); strcat(s,t); w+=cwid('A'); n++; }
	+ }
	+
	+ else if (*c=='{')
	+ ;
	+ else if (*c=='}')
	+ ;
	+
	+ else /* other characters: pass though */
	+ {
	+ sprintf(t,"%c",*c);
	+ strcat(s,t); n++;
	+ w+=cwid(*c);
	+ }
	+
	+ c++;
	+ }
	+ *wid = w;
	+
	+ return n;
	+}
	+
	+
	+/* ----- put_str: output a string in postscript ----- */
	+void put_str (str)
	+char *str;
	+{
	+ char s[801];
	+ float w;
	+
	+ tex_str (str,s,&w);
	+ PUT1 ("%s", s);
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- set_font ----- */
	+void set_font (fp,font,add_bracket)
	+FILE *fp;
	+struct FONTSPEC font;
	+int add_bracket;
	+{
	+ int i,fnum;
	+
	+ fnum=-1;
	+ for (i=0;i<nfontnames;i++) {
	+ if (!strcmp(font.name,fontnames[i])) fnum=i;
	+ }
	+ if (fnum<0) {
	+ printf ("\n+++ Font \"%s\" not predefined; using first in list\n",
	+ font.name);
	+ fnum=0;
	+ }
	+ PUT3("%.1f %d F%d ", font.size, font.box, fnum)
	+ if (add_bracket) PUT0("(")
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- set_font_str ----- */
	+void set_font_str (str,font)
	+char str[];
	+struct FONTSPEC font;
	+{
	+ int i,fnum;
	+
	+ fnum=-1;
	+ for (i=0;i<nfontnames;i++) {
	+ if (!strcmp(font.name,fontnames[i])) fnum=i;
	+ }
	+ sprintf (str,"%.1f %d F%d ", font.size, font.box, fnum);
	+}
	+
	+
	+/* ----- check_margin: do horizontal shift if needed ---- */
	+void check_margin (new_posx)
	+float new_posx;
	+{
	+ float dif;
	+
	+ dif=new_posx-posx;
	+ if (dif*dif<0.001) return;
	+
	+ PUT1("%.2f 0 T\n", dif)
	+ posx=new_posx;
	+}
	+
	+
	+/* ----- epsf_title ------ */
	+void epsf_title (title,fnm)
	+char title[],fnm[];
	+{
	+ char p,q;
	+
	+ p=title; q=fnm;
	+ while (*p != '\0') {
	+ if (*p == ' ')
	+ *q = '_';
	+ else
	+ q = p;
	+ p++; q++;
	+ }
	+ *q = '\0';
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- close_output_file ------ */
	+void close_output_file ()
	+{
	+ int m;
	+
	+ if (!file_open) return;
	+
	+ if (interactive) printf ("(close %s)\n", outfnam);
	+
	+ close_page(fout);
	+ close_ps (fout);
	+ fclose (fout);
	+ if (tunenum==0)
	+ printf ("+++ Warning: no tunes written to output file\n");
	+ m=get_file_size (outfnam);
	+ printf ("Output written on %s (%d page%s, %d title%s, %d byte%s)\n",
	+ outfnam,
	+ pagenum, pagenum==1 ? "" : "s",
	+ tunenum, tunenum==1 ? "" : "s",
	+ m, m==1 ? "" : "s");
	+ file_open=0;
	+ file_initialized=0;
	+
	+}
	+
	+
	+/* ----- open_output_file ------ */
	+void open_output_file (fnam,tstr)
	+char fnam[],tstr[];
	+{
	+
	+ if (!strcmp(fnam,outfnam)) return;
	+
	+ if (file_open) close_output_file ();
	+
	+ if (interactive) printf ("(open %s)\n", fnam);
	+ strcpy (outfnam, fnam);
	+ if ((fout = fopen (outfnam,"w")) == NULL)
	+ rx ("Cannot open output file ", outf);
	+ pagenum=0;
	+ tunenum=tnum1=tnum2=0;
	+ file_open=1;
	+ file_initialized=0;
	+
	+}
	+
	+
	+
	+/* ----- open_index_file ------- */
	+void open_index_file (fnam)
	+char fnam[];
	+{
	+ if (vb>=8) printf("Open index file \"%s\"\n", fnam);
	+ if ((findex = fopen (fnam,"w")) == NULL)
	+ rx ("Cannot open index file: ", fnam);
	+
	+ index_initialized=0;
	+
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- close_index_file ------- */
	+void close_index_file ()
	+{
	+
	+ if (vb>=8) printf("Close index file\n");
	+
	+ close_index_page (findex);
	+
	+ fclose (findex);
	+
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- add_to_text_block ----- */
	+void add_to_text_block (ln,add_final_nl)
	+char ln[];
	+int add_final_nl;
	+{
	+ char c,a;
	+ char word[81];
	+ int nt,nl;
	+
	+ nt=ntxt;
	+ c=ln;
	+
	+ for (;;) {
	+ while (*c==' ') c++;
	+ if (*c=='\0') break;
	+ a=word;
	+ while ((c!=' ')&&(c!='\0')&&(*c!='\n')) {
	+ nl=0;
	+ if ((c=='\\')&&((c+1)=='\\')) {
	+ nl=1;
	+ c+=2;
	+ break;
	+ }
	+ a=c;
	+ c++;
	+ a++;
	+
	+ }
	+ *a='\0';
	+ if (strlen(word)>MAXWLEN) {
	+ word[MAXWLEN-1]='\0';
	+ printf ("+++ Insanely long word truncated to %d chars: %s\n",
	+ MAXWLEN-1,word);
	+ }
	+ if (nt>=MAXNTEXT) {
	+ printf ("\n+++ Line %d: %s\n", linenum,ln);
	+ rx("Text overflow; increase MAXNTEXT and recompile.","");
	+ }
	+ if (strlen(word)>0) {
	+ strcpy(txt[nt],word);
	+ nt++;
	+ }
	+ if (nl) {
	+ strcpy(txt[nt],"$$NL$$");
	+ nt++;
	+ }
	+ }
	+ if (add_final_nl) {
	+ strcpy(txt[nt],"$$NL$$");
	+ nt++;
	+ }
	+
	+ ntxt=nt;
	+
	+}
	+
	+
	+/* ----- write_text_block ----- */
	+void write_text_block (fp,job)
	+FILE *fp;
	+int job;
	+{
	+ int i,i1,i2,ntline,nc,mc,nbreak;
	+ float textwidth,ftline,ftline0,swfac,baseskip,parskip;
	+ float wwidth,wtot,spw;
	+ char str[81];
	+
	+ if (ntxt<=0) return;
	+
	+ baseskip = cfmt.textfont.size * cfmt.lineskipfac;
	+ parskip = cfmt.textfont.size * cfmt.parskipfac;
	+ set_font_str (page_init,cfmt.textfont);
	+
	+ /* estimate text widths.. ok for T-R, wild guess for other fonts */
	+ swfac=1.0;
	+ if (strstr(cfmt.textfont.name,"Times-Roman")) swfac=1.00;
	+ if (strstr(cfmt.textfont.name,"Times-Bold")) swfac=1.05;
	+ if (strstr(cfmt.textfont.name,"Helvetica")) swfac=1.10;
	+ if (strstr(cfmt.textfont.name,"Helvetica-Bold")) swfac=1.15;
	+ if (strstr(cfmt.textfont.name,"Palatino")) swfac=1.10;
	+ swfac=1.0;
	+ spw=cwid(' ');
	+ PUT1("/LF {0 %.1f rmoveto} bind def\n",-baseskip)
	+
	+ /* output by pieces, separate at newline token */
	+ i1=0;
	+ while (i1<ntxt) {
	+ i2=-1;
	+ for (i=i1;i<ntxt;i++) if(!strcmp(txt[i],"$$NL$$")) {i2=i; break; }
	+ if (i2==-1) i2=ntxt;
	+ bskip(baseskip);
	+
	+ if (job==OBEYLINES) {
	+ PUT0("0 0 M (")
	+ for (i=i1;i<i2;i++) {
	+ tex_str(txt[i],str,&wwidth);
	+ PUT1("%s ",str);
	+ }
	+ PUT0(") rshow\n")
	+ }
	+
	+ else if (job==OBEYCENTER) {
	+ PUT1("%.1f 0 M (",cfmt.staffwidth/2)
	+ for (i=i1;i<i2;i++) {
	+ tex_str(txt[i],str,&wwidth);
	+ PUT1("%s",str)
	+ if (i<i2-1) PUT0(" ")
	+ }
	+ PUT0(") cshow\n")
	+ }
	+
	+ else {
	+ PUT0("0 0 M mark\n")
	+ nc=0;
	+ mc=-1;
	+ wtot=-spw;
	+ for (i=i2-1;i>=i1;i--) {
	+ mc+=tex_str(txt[i],str,&wwidth)+1;
	+ wtot+=wwidth+spw;
	+ nc+=strlen(str)+2;
	+ if (nc>=72) {nc=0; PUT0("\n") }
	+ PUT1 ("(%s)",str);
	+ }
	+ if (job==RAGGED)
	+ PUT1(" %.1f P1\n",cfmt.staffwidth)
	+ else
	+ PUT1(" %.1f P2\n",cfmt.staffwidth)
	+ /* first estimate: (total textwidth)/(available width) */
	+ textwidth=wtotswfaccfmt.textfont.size;
	+ if (strstr(cfmt.textfont.name,"Courier"))
	+ textwidth=0.60mccfmt.textfont.size;
	+ ftline0=textwidth/cfmt.staffwidth;
	+ /* revised estimate: assume some chars lost at each line end */
	+ nbreak=ftline0;
	+ textwidth=textwidth+5nbreakcwid('a')swfaccfmt.textfont.size;
	+ ftline=textwidth/cfmt.staffwidth;
	+ ntline=ftline+1.0;
	+ if (vb>=10)
	+ printf("first estimate %.2f, revised %.2f\n", ftline0,ftline);
	+ if (vb>=10)
	+ printf("Output %d word%s, about %.2f lines (fac %.2f)\n",
	+ i2-i1, i2-i1==1?"":"s", ftline,swfac);
	+ bskip((ntline-1)*baseskip);
	+ }
	+
	+ buffer_eob (fp);
	+ /* next line to allow pagebreak after each text "line" */
	+ /* if (!epsf && !within_tune) write_buffer(fp); */
	+ i1=i2+1;
	+ }
	+ bskip(parskip);
	+ buffer_eob (fp);
	+ /* next line to allow pagebreak after each paragraph */
	+ if (!epsf && !within_tune) write_buffer(fp);
	+ strcpy (page_init,"");
	+ return;
	+}
	+
	+
	+
	+/* ----- put_words ------- */
	+void put_words (fp)
	+FILE *fp;
	+{
	+ int i,nw,n;
	+ char str[81];
	+ char p,q;
	+
	+ set_font (fp,cfmt.wordsfont, 0);
	+ set_font_str (page_init,cfmt.wordsfont);
	+
	+ n=0;
	+ for (i=0;i<ntext;i++) if (text_type[i]==TEXT_W) n++;
	+ if (n==0) return;
	+
	+ bskip(cfmt.wordsspace);
	+ for (i=0;i<ntext;i++) {
	+ if (text_type[i]==TEXT_W) {
	+ bskip(cfmt.lineskipfac*cfmt.wordsfont.size);
	+ p=&text[i][0];
	+ q=&str[0];
	+ if (isdig(text[i][0])) {
	+ while (*p != '\0') {
	+ q=p;
	+ q++;
	+ p++;
	+ if (*p==' ') break;
	+ if (*(p-1)==':') break;
	+ if (*(p-1)=='.') break;
	+ }
	+ if (*p==' ') p++;
	+ }
	+ *q='\0';
	+
	+ /* permit page break at empty lines or stanza start */
	+ nw=nwords(text[i]);
	+ if ((nw==0) \|\| (strlen(str)>0)) buffer_eob(fp);
	+
	+ if (nw>0) {
	+ if (strlen(str)>0) {
	+ PUT0("45 0 M (")
	+ put_str (str);
	+ PUT0(") lshow\n")
	+ }
	+ if (strlen(p)>0) {
	+ PUT0("50 0 M (")
	+ put_str (p);
	+ PUT0(") rshow\n")
	+ }
	+ }
	+ }
	+ }
	+
	+ buffer_eob (fp);
	+ strcpy (page_init,"");
	+
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- put_text ------- */
	+void put_text (fp, type, str)
	+FILE *fp;
	+int type;
	+char str[];
	+{
	+ int i,n;
	+ float baseskip,parskip;
	+
	+ n=0;
	+ for (i=0;i<ntext;i++) if (text_type[i]==type) n++;
	+ if (n==0) return;
	+
	+ baseskip = cfmt.textfont.size * cfmt.lineskipfac;
	+ parskip = cfmt.textfont.size * cfmt.parskipfac;
	+ PUT0("0 0 M\n")
	+ ntxt=0;
	+ add_to_text_block(str,0);
	+ for (i=0;i<ntext;i++) {
	+ if (text_type[i]==type) add_to_text_block(text[i],1);
	+ }
	+ write_text_block (fp,RAGGED);
	+ buffer_eob (fp);
	+
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- put_history ------- */
	+void put_history (fp)
	+FILE *fp;
	+{
	+ int i,ok;
	+ float baseskip,parskip;
	+
	+ set_font (fp, cfmt.textfont,0);
	+ set_font_str (page_init,cfmt.textfont);
	+ baseskip = cfmt.textfont.size * cfmt.lineskipfac;
	+ parskip = cfmt.textfont.size * cfmt.parskipfac;
	+
	+ bskip(cfmt.textspace);
	+
	+ if (strlen(info.rhyth)>0) {
	+ bskip(baseskip);
	+ PUT0("0 0 M (Rhythm: ")
	+ put_str (info.rhyth);
	+ PUT0(") show\n")
	+ bskip(parskip);
	+ }
	+
	+ if (strlen(info.book)>0) {
	+ bskip(0.5*CM);
	+ PUT0("0 0 M (Book: ")
	+ put_str (info.book);
	+ PUT0(") show\n")
	+ bskip(parskip);
	+ }
	+
	+ if (strlen(info.src)>0) {
	+ bskip(0.5*CM);
	+ PUT0("0 0 M (Source: ")
	+ put_str (info.src);
	+ PUT0(") show\n")
	+ bskip(parskip);
	+ }
	+
	+ put_text (fp, TEXT_D, "Discography: ");
	+ put_text (fp, TEXT_N, "Notes: ");
	+ put_text (fp, TEXT_Z, "Transcription: ");
	+
	+ ok=0;
	+ for (i=0;i<ntext;i++) {
	+ if (text_type[i]==TEXT_H) {
	+ bskip(0.5*CM);
	+ PUT0("0 0 M (")
	+ put_str (text[i]);
	+ PUT0(") show\n")
	+ ok=1;
	+ }
	+ }
	+ if (ok) bskip(parskip);
	+ buffer_eob (fp);
	+ strcpy (page_init,"");
	+
	+}
	+
	+
	+/* ----- write_inside_title ----- */
	+void write_inside_title (fp)
	+FILE *fp;
	+{
	+ char t[201];
	+
	+ if (numtitle==1) strcpy (t,info.title);
	+ else if (numtitle==2) strcpy (t,info.title2);
	+ else if (numtitle==3) strcpy (t,info.title3);
	+ if (vb>15) printf ("write inside title <%s>\n", t);
	+ if (strlen(t)==0) return;
	+
	+ bskip (cfmt.subtitlefont.size+0.2*CM);
	+ set_font (fp, cfmt.subtitlefont, 0);
	+
	+ if (cfmt.titlecaps) cap_str(t);
	+ PUT0(" (")
	+ put_str (t);
	+ if (cfmt.titleleft) PUT0(") 0 0 M rshow\n")
	+ else PUT1(") %.1f 0 M cshow\n", cfmt.staffwidth/2)
	+ bskip (cfmt.musicspace+0.2*CM);
	+
	+}
	+
	+
	+/* ----- write_tunetop ----- */
	+void write_tunetop(fp)
	+FILE *fp;
	+{
	+
	+ PUT2("\n\n%% --- tune %d %s\n", tunenum+1, info.title)
	+ if (!epsf) bskip (cfmt.topspace);
	+}
	+
	+
	+/* ----- write_tempo ----- */
	+void write_tempo(fp,tempo,meter)
	+FILE *fp;
	+char tempo[];
	+struct METERSTR meter;
	+{
	+ char r, q;
	+ char text[STRL];
	+ int top,bot,value,len,i,err,fac,dig,div,rc;
	+ struct SYMBOL s;
	+ float stem,dotx,doty,sc,dx;
	+
	+ if (vb>15) printf ("write tempo <%s>\n", info.tempo);
	+ r=tempo;
	+ p0=tempo;
	+ set_font (fp,cfmt.tempofont,0);
	+ PUT0(" 18 0 M\n")
	+
	+ for (;;) {
	+
	+ while (r==' ') r++; / skip blanks */
	+ if (*r=='\0') break;
	+
	+ if (r=='"') { / write string */
	+ r++;
	+ q=text;
	+ while (r!='"' && r!='\0') { q=r; r++; q++; }
	+ if (*r=='"') r++;
	+ *q='\0';
	+ if (strlen(text)>0) {
	+ PUT0("6 0 rmoveto (")
	+ put_str (text);
	+ PUT0(") rshow 12 0 \n")
	+ }
	+ }
	+
	+ else { /* write tempo denotation */
	+ q=text;
	+ while (r!=' ' && r!='\0') { q=r; r++; q++; }
	+ *q='\0';
	+ q=text;
	+
	+ len=QUARTER;
	+ value=0;
	+ err=0;
	+ if (strchr(q,'=')) {
	+ if ((q=='C') \|\| (q=='c')) {
	+ q++;
	+
	+ len=meter.dlen;
	+ div=0;
	+ if (*q=='/') { div=1; q++; }
	+ fac=0;
	+ while (isdig(q)) { dig=q-'0'; fac=10*fac+dig; q++; }
	+
	+ if (div) {
	+ if (fac==0) fac=2;
	+ if (len%fac) printf ("Bad length divisor in tempo: %s", text);
	+ len=len/fac;
	+ }
	+ else
	+ if (fac>0) len=len*fac;
	+ if (*q!='=') err=1;
	+ q++;
	+ if (!isdig(*q)) err=1;
	+ sscanf(q,"%d", &value);
	+ }
	+ else if (isdig(*q)) {
	+ sscanf(q,"%d/%d=%d", &top,&bot,&value);
	+ len=(BASE*top)/bot;
	+ }
	+ else err=1;
	+ }
	+ else {
	+ if (isdig(*q))
	+ sscanf(q,"%d", &value);
	+ else err=1;
	+ }
	+
	+ s.len=len;
	+ rc = idfy_note (&s);
	+ if (rc) err=1;
	+ if (err) /* draw note=value */
	+ printf("\n+++ invalid tempo specifier: %s\n", text);
	+ else {
	+ sc=0.55*cfmt.tempofont.size/10.0;
	+ PUT2("gsave %.2f %.2f scale 15 3 rmoveto currentpoint\n", sc,sc)
	+ if (s.head==H_OVAL) PUT0("HD")
	+ if (s.head==H_EMPTY) PUT0("Hd")
	+ if (s.head==H_FULL) PUT0("hd")
	+ dx=4.0;
	+ if (s.dots) {
	+ dotx=8; doty=0;
	+ if (s.flags>0) dotx=dotx+4;
	+ if (s.head==H_EMPTY) dotx=dotx+1;
	+ if (s.head==H_OVAL) dotx=dotx+2;
	+ for (i=0;i<s.dots;i++) {
	+ PUT2(" %.1f %.1f dt", dotx, doty)
	+ dx=dotx;
	+ dotx=dotx+3.5;
	+ }
	+ }
	+ stem=16.0;
	+ if (s.flags>1) stem=stem+3*(s.flags-1);
	+ if (s.len<WHOLE) PUT1(" %.1f su",stem)
	+ if (s.flags>0) PUT2(" %.1f f%du",stem,s.flags)
	+ if ((s.flags>0) && (dx<6.0)) dx=6.0;
	+ dx=(dx+18)*sc;
	+ PUT2(" grestore %.2f 0 rmoveto ( = %d) rshow\n", dx,value)
	+ }
	+ }
	+ }
	+}
	+
	+
	+/* ----- write_inside_tempo ----- */
	+void write_inside_tempo (fp)
	+FILE *fp;
	+{
	+
	+ bskip (cfmt.partsfont.size);
	+ write_tempo(fp,info.tempo,default_meter);
	+ bskip (0.1*CM);
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- write_heading ----- */
	+void write_heading (fp)
	+FILE *fp;
	+{
	+ float lwidth,down1,down2;
	+ int i,ncl;
	+ char t[201];
	+
	+ lwidth=cfmt.staffwidth;
	+
	+ /* write the main title */
	+ bskip (cfmt.titlefont.size+cfmt.titlespace);
	+ set_font (fp,cfmt.titlefont,1);
	+ if (cfmt.withxrefs) PUT1("%d. ", xrefnum)
	+ strcpy (t,info.title);
	+ if (cfmt.titlecaps) cap_str(t);
	+ put_str (t);
	+ if (cfmt.titleleft) PUT0(") 0 0 M rshow\n")
	+ else PUT1(") %.1f 0 M cshow\n", lwidth/2)
	+
	+ /* write second title */
	+ if (numtitle>=2) {
	+ bskip (cfmt.subtitlespace+cfmt.subtitlefont.size);
	+ set_font (fp,cfmt.subtitlefont,1);
	+ strcpy (t,info.title2);
	+ if (cfmt.titlecaps) cap_str(t);
	+ put_str (t);
	+ if (cfmt.titleleft) PUT0(") 0 0 M rshow\n")
	+ else PUT1(") %.1f 0 M cshow\n", lwidth/2)
	+ }
	+
	+ /* write third title */
	+ if (numtitle>=3) {
	+ bskip (cfmt.subtitlespace+cfmt.subtitlefont.size);
	+ set_font (fp,cfmt.subtitlefont,1);
	+ strcpy (t,info.title3);
	+ if (cfmt.titlecaps) cap_str(t);
	+ put_str (t);
	+ if (cfmt.titleleft) PUT0(") 0 0 M rshow\n")
	+ else PUT1(") %.1f 0 M cshow\n", lwidth/2)
	+ }
	+
	+ /* write composer, origin */
	+ if ((info.ncomp>0) \|\| (strlen(info.orig)>0)) {
	+ set_font (fp,cfmt.composerfont,0);
	+ bskip(cfmt.composerspace);
	+ ncl=info.ncomp;
	+ if ((strlen(info.orig)>0) && (ncl<1)) ncl=1;
	+ for (i=0;i<ncl;i++) {
	+ bskip(cfmt.composerfont.size);
	+ PUT1("%.1f 0 M (", lwidth)
	+ put_str (info.comp[i]);
	+ if ((i==ncl-1)&&(strlen(info.orig)>0)) {
	+ put_str (" (");
	+ put_str (info.orig);
	+ put_str (")");
	+ }
	+ PUT0 (") lshow\n");
	+ }
	+ down1=cfmt.composerspace+cfmt.musicspace+ncl*cfmt.composerfont.size;
	+ }
	+ else {
	+ bskip(cfmt.composerfont.size+cfmt.composerspace);
	+ down1=cfmt.composerspace+cfmt.musicspace+cfmt.composerfont.size;
	+ }
	+ bskip (cfmt.musicspace);
	+
	+ /* decide whether we need extra shift for parts and tempo */
	+ down2=cfmt.composerspace+cfmt.musicspace;
	+ if (strlen(info.parts)>0) down2=down2+cfmt.partsspace+cfmt.partsfont.size;
	+ if (strlen(info.tempo)>0) down2=down2+cfmt.partsspace+cfmt.partsfont.size;
	+ if (down2>down1) bskip (down2-down1);
	+
	+ /* write tempo and parts */
	+ if (strlen(info.parts)>0 \|\| strlen(info.tempo)>0) {
	+
	+ if (strlen(info.tempo)>0) {
	+ bskip (-0.2*CM);
	+ PUT1 (" %.2f 0 T ", cfmt.indent*cfmt.scale)
	+ write_tempo(fp, info.tempo, default_meter);
	+ PUT1 (" %.2f 0 T ", -cfmt.indent*cfmt.scale)
	+ bskip (-cfmt.tempofont.size);
	+ }
	+
	+ if (strlen(info.parts)>0) {
	+ bskip (-cfmt.partsspace);
	+ set_font (fp,cfmt.partsfont,0);
	+ PUT0("0 0 M (")
	+ put_str (info.parts);
	+ PUT0(") rshow\n")
	+ bskip (cfmt.partsspace);
	+ }
	+
	+ if (strlen(info.tempo)>0) bskip (cfmt.tempofont.size+0.3*CM);
	+
	+ }
	+
	+
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- write_parts ----- */
	+void write_parts (fp)
	+FILE *fp;
	+{
	+ if (strlen(info.parts)>0) {
	+ bskip (cfmt.partsfont.size);
	+ set_font (fp, cfmt.partsfont,0);
	+ PUT0("0 0 M (")
	+ put_str (info.parts);
	+ PUT0(") rshow\n")
	+ bskip(cfmt.partsspace);
	+ }
	+}
	+
	+
	diff --git a/syms.h b/syms.h
	@@ -0,0 +1,1226 @@
	+/*
	+ * This file is part of abc2ps,
	+ * Copyright (C) 1996,1997,1998 Michael Methfessel
	+ * See file abc2ps.c for details.
	+ */
	+
	+/* subroutines to define postscript macros which draw symbols */
	+
	+/* ----- def_misc ------- */
	+void def_misc (fp)
	+FILE *fp;
	+{
	+ fprintf (fp,
	+ "\n/cshow { %% usage: string cshow - center at current pt\n"
	+ " dup stringwidth pop 2 div neg 0 rmoveto\n"
	+ " bx {box} if show\n"
	+ "} bind def\n"
	+ "\n/lshow { %% usage: string lshow - show left-aligned\n"
	+ " dup stringwidth pop neg 0 rmoveto bx {box} if show\n"
	+ "} bind def\n"
	+ "\n/rshow { %% usage: string rshow - show right-aligned\n"
	+ " bx {box} if show\n"
	+ "} bind def\n"
	+ );
	+
	+ fprintf (fp,
	+ "\n/box { %% usage: str box - draw box around string\n"
	+ " gsave 0.5 setlinewidth dup stringwidth pop\n"
	+ " -2 -2 rmoveto 4 add fh 4 add 2 copy\n"
	+ " 0 exch rlineto 0 rlineto neg 0 exch rlineto neg 0 rlineto\n"
	+ " stroke grestore\n"
	+ "} bind def\n");
	+
	+ fprintf (fp,
	+ "\n/wd { moveto bx {box} if show } bind def\n"
	+ "/wln {\n"
	+ "dup 3 1 roll moveto gsave 0.6 setlinewidth lineto stroke grestore\…
	+ "} bind def\n");
	+
	+ fprintf (fp,
	+ "/whf {moveto gsave 0.5 1.2 scale (-) show grestore} bind def\n");
	+
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- def_typset ------- */
	+void def_typeset(fp)
	+FILE *fp;
	+{
	+
	+ fprintf (fp,
	+ "\n/WS { %%usage: w nspaces str WS\n"
	+ " dup stringwidth pop 4 -1 roll\n"
	+ " sub neg 3 -1 roll div 0 8#040 4 -1 roll\n"
	+ " widthshow\n"
	+ "} bind def\n");
	+
	+
	+ fprintf (fp,
	+ "\n/W1 { show pop pop } bind def\n");
	+
	+
	+ fprintf (fp,
	+ "\n/str 50 string def\n"
	+ "/W0 {\n"
	+ " dup stringwidth pop str cvs exch show ( ) show show pop pop\n"
	+ "} bind def\n");
	+
	+ fprintf (fp,
	+ "\n/WC { counttomark 1 sub dup 0 eq { 0 }\n"
	+ " { ( ) stringwidth pop neg 0 3 -1 roll\n"
	+ " { dup 3 add index stringwidth pop ( ) stringwidth pop add\n"
	+ " dup 3 index add 4 index lt 2 index 1 lt or\n"
	+ " {3 -1 roll add exch 1 add} {pop exit} ifelse\n"
	+ " } repeat } ifelse\n"
	+ "} bind def\n");
	+
	+ fprintf (fp,
	+ "\n/P1 {\n"
	+ " { WC dup 0 le {exit} if\n"
	+ " exch pop gsave { exch show ( ) show } repeat grestore LF\n"
	+ " } loop pop pop pop pop\n"
	+ "} bind def\n");
	+
	+ fprintf (fp,
	+ "\n/P2 {\n"
	+ " { WC dup 0 le {exit} if\n"
	+ " dup 1 sub dup 0 eq\n"
	+ " { pop exch pop 0.0 }\n"
	+ " { 3 2 roll 3 index exch sub exch div } ifelse\n"
	+ " counttomark 3 sub 2 index eq { pop 0 } if exch gsave\n"
	+ " { 3 2 roll show ( ) show dup 0 rmoveto } repeat\n"
	+ " grestore LF pop\n"
	+ " } loop pop pop pop pop\n"
	+ "} bind def\n");
	+
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- define_font ------- */
	+void define_font (fp,name,num)
	+FILE *fp;
	+char name[];
	+int num;
	+{
	+
	+ if (!strcmp(name,"Symbol")) {
	+ fprintf (fp,
	+ "/F%d { 1 eq {/bx true def} { /bx false def} ifelse\n"
	+ " dup 0.72 mul /fh exch def\n"
	+ " /%s exch selectfont } bind def\n",
	+ num, name);
	+ return;
	+ }
	+
	+ fprintf (fp,
	+ "\n/%s findfont\n"
	+ "dup length dict begin\n"
	+ " {1 index /FID ne {def} {pop pop} ifelse} forall\n"
	+ " /Encoding ISOLatin1Encoding def\n"
	+ " currentdict\n"
	+ "end\n"
	+ "/%s-ISO exch definefont pop\n",
	+ name, name);
	+
	+ fprintf (fp,
	+ "/F%d { 1 eq {/bx true def} { /bx false def} ifelse\n"
	+ " dup 0.72 mul /fh exch def\n"
	+ " /%s-ISO exch selectfont } bind def\n",
	+ num, name);
	+
	+}
	+
	+
	+/* ----- def_tsig ------- */
	+void def_tsig (fp)
	+FILE *fp;
	+{
	+ fprintf (fp,
	+ "\n/tsig { %% usage: x (top) (bot) tsig -- draw time signature\n"
	+ " 3 -1 roll 0 moveto /bx false def\n"
	+ " gsave /Times-Bold 16 selectfont 1.2 1 scale\n"
	+ " 0 1.0 rmoveto currentpoint 3 -1 roll cshow\n"
	+ " moveto 0 12 rmoveto cshow grestore\n"
	+ "} bind def\n"
	+ );
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- add_cv ------- */
	+void add_cv (fp,f1,f2,p,i0,ncv)
	+FILE *fp;
	+float p[][2],f1,f2;
	+int i0,ncv;
	+{
	+ int i,i1,m;
	+
	+ i1=i0;
	+ for (m=0; m<ncv; m++) {
	+ fprintf (fp, " ");
	+ for (i=0; i<3; i++)
	+ fprintf (fp, " %.2f %.2f",
	+ f1*(p[i1+i][0]-p[i1-1][0]),
	+ f2*(p[i1+i][1]-p[i1-1][1]));
	+ fprintf (fp, " rcurveto\n");
	+ i1=i1+3;
	+ }
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- add_sg ------- */
	+void add_sg (fp,f1,f2,p,i0,nseg)
	+FILE *fp;
	+float p[][2],f1,f2;
	+int i0,nseg;
	+{
	+ int i;
	+ for (i=0; i<nseg; i++)
	+ fprintf (fp, " %.2f %.2f rlineto\n",
	+ f1*(p[i0+i][0]-p[i0+i-1][0]),
	+ f2*(p[i0+i][1]-p[i0+i-1][1]));
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- add_mv ------- */
	+void add_mv (fp,f1,f2,p,i0)
	+FILE *fp;
	+float p[][2],f1,f2;
	+int i0;
	+{
	+ if (i0==0)
	+ fprintf (fp, " %.2f %.2f rmoveto\n",
	+ f1p[i0][0], f2p[i0][1]);
	+ else
	+ fprintf (fp, " %.2f %.2f rmoveto\n",
	+ f1*(p[i0][0]-p[i0-1][0]),
	+ f2*(p[i0][1]-p[i0-1][1]));
	+}
	+
	+
	+/* ----- def_stems ------- */
	+void def_stems (fp)
	+FILE *fp;
	+{
	+ fprintf (fp,
	+ "\n/su { %% usage: len su - up stem\n"
	+ " x y moveto %.1f %.1f rmoveto %.1f sub 0 exch rlineto stroke\n"
	+ "} bind def\n",
	+ STEM_XOFF, STEM_YOFF, STEM_YOFF );
	+
	+ fprintf(fp,
	+ "\n/sd { %% usage: len td - down stem\n"
	+ " x y moveto %.1f %.1f rmoveto neg %.1f add 0 exch rlineto stroke\n"
	+ "} bind def\n",
	+ -STEM_XOFF, -STEM_YOFF, STEM_YOFF);
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- def_dot ------- */
	+void def_dot (fp)
	+FILE *fp;
	+{
	+ fprintf(fp,
	+ "\n/dt { %% usage: dx dy dt - dot shifted by dx,dy\n"
	+ " y add exch x add exch 1.2 0 360 arc fill\n"
	+ "} bind def\n");
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- def_deco ------- */
	+void def_deco (fp)
	+FILE *fp;
	+{
	+
	+ float p[7][2] = {
	+ {-10,-2},{0,15},{1,-11},{10,2},{0,-15},{-1,11},{-10,-2} };
	+
	+/* float q[7][2] = {
	+ {-13,0},{-2,9},{2,9},{13,0},{3,5},{-3,5},{-13,-0} }; */
	+
	+/* float q[7][2] = {
	+ {-11,0},{-9,10},{9,10},{11,0},{5,7},{-5,7},{-11,-0} }; */
	+
	+ /* Walsh suggestion, scale 1.8 in y */
	+ float q[7][2] = {
	+ {-13,0},{-12,9},{12,9},{13,0},{10,7.4},{-10,7.4},{-13,-0} };
	+
	+ float s[7][2] = {
	+ {-8,-4.8},{-6,-5.5},{-3,-4.6},{0,0},{-2.3,-5},{-6,-6.8},{-8.5,-6} };
	+
	+ float f1,f2;
	+ int i;
	+
	+ f1=0.5;
	+ f2=0.5;
	+
	+ fprintf (fp, "\n/grm { %% usage: y grm - gracing mark\n"
	+ " x exch moveto\n");
	+ add_mv (fp,f1,f2,p,0);
	+ add_cv (fp,f1,f2,p,1,2);
	+ fprintf (fp, " fill\n} bind def\n");
	+ fprintf (fp, "\n/stc { %% usage: y stc - staccato mark\n"
	+ " x exch 1.2 0 360 arc fill } bind def\n");
	+
	+ fprintf (fp, "\n/hat { %% usage: y hat\n"
	+ " x exch moveto\n"
	+ " -4 -2 rmoveto 4 6 rlineto currentpoint stroke moveto\n"
	+ " 4 -6 rlineto -2 0 rlineto -3 4.5 rlineto fill\n"
	+ " } bind def\n");
	+
	+ fprintf (fp, "\n/att { %% usage: y att\n"
	+ " x exch moveto\n"
	+ " -4 -3 rmoveto 8 3 rlineto -8 3 rlineto stroke\n"
	+ " } bind def\n");
	+
	+ f2=f2*1.8;
	+
	+ if (temp_switch==3) { f1=0.8f1; f2=0.8f2; }
	+ else { f1=0.9f1; f2=0.9f2; }
	+
	+ fprintf (fp, "\n/cpu { %% usage: y cpu - roll sign above head\n"
	+ " x exch moveto\n");
	+ add_mv (fp,f1,f2,q,0);
	+ add_cv (fp,f1,f2,q,1,2);
	+ fprintf (fp, " fill\n} bind def\n");
	+
	+ for (i=0;i<7;i++) q[i][1]=-q[i][1];
	+
	+ fprintf (fp, "\n/cpd { %% usage: y cpd - roll sign below head\n"
	+ " x exch moveto\n");
	+ add_mv (fp,f1,f2,q,0);
	+ add_cv (fp,f1,f2,q,1,2);
	+ fprintf (fp, " fill\n} bind def\n");
	+
	+ f1=0.9;
	+ f2=1.0;
	+ fprintf (fp, "\n/sld { %% usage: y dx sld - slide\n"
	+ " x exch sub exch moveto\n");
	+ add_mv (fp,f1,f2,s,0);
	+ add_cv (fp,f1,f2,s,1,2);
	+ fprintf (fp, " fill\n} bind def\n");
	+
	+ fprintf (fp, "\n/emb { %% usage: y emb - empahsis bar\n"
	+ " gsave 1.4 setlinewidth 1 setlinecap x exch moveto \n"
	+ " -3.5 0 rmoveto 7 0 rlineto stroke grestore\n"
	+ "} bind def\n");
	+
	+ fprintf (fp, "\n/trl { %% usage: y trl - trill sign\n"
	+ " gsave /Times-BoldItalic 14 selectfont\n"
	+ " x 4 sub exch moveto (tr) show grestore\n"
	+ "} bind def\n");
	+
	+}
	+
	+
	+
	+/* ----- def_deco1 ------- */
	+void def_deco1 (fp)
	+FILE *fp;
	+{
	+
	+ float p[8][2] = { /* for hold sign */
	+ {-15,0},{-15,23},{15,23},{15,0},
	+ {14.5,0},{12,18},{-12,18},{-14.5,0} };
	+
	+ float q[8][2] = { /* for down bow sign */
	+ {-4,0},{-4,9},{4,9},{4,0},
	+ {-4,6},{-4,9},{4,9},{4,6} };
	+
	+ float r[3][2] = { /* for up bow sign */
	+ {-3.2,11},{0,0},{3.2,11} };
	+
	+ float f1,f2;
	+
	+ f1=f2=0.5;
	+ fprintf (fp, "\n/hld { %% usage: y hld - hold sign\n"
	+ " x exch 2 copy 1.5 add 1.3 0 360 arc moveto\n");
	+ add_mv (fp,f1,f2,p,0);
	+ add_cv (fp,f1,f2,p,1,1);
	+ add_sg (fp,f1,f2,p,4,1);
	+ add_cv (fp,f1,f2,p,5,1);
	+ fprintf (fp, " fill\n} bind def\n");
	+
	+ f1=f2=0.8;
	+ fprintf (fp, "\n/dnb { %% usage: y dnb - down bow\n"
	+ " x exch moveto\n");
	+ add_mv (fp,f1,f2,q,0);
	+ add_sg (fp,f1,f2,q,1,3);
	+ fprintf (fp, " currentpoint stroke moveto\n");
	+ add_mv (fp,f1,f2,q,4);
	+ add_sg (fp,f1,f2,q,5,3);
	+ fprintf (fp, " fill\n} bind def\n");
	+
	+ fprintf (fp, "\n/upb { %% usage: y upb - up bow\n"
	+ " x exch moveto\n");
	+ add_mv (fp,f1,f2,r,0);
	+ add_sg (fp,f1,f2,r,1,2);
	+ fprintf (fp, " stroke\n} bind def\n");
	+
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- def_hl ------- */
	+void def_hl (fp)
	+FILE *fp;
	+{
	+ fprintf(fp,
	+ "\n/hl { %% usage: y hl - helper line at height y\n"
	+ " gsave 1 setlinewidth x exch moveto \n"
	+ " -5.5 0 rmoveto 11 0 rlineto stroke grestore\n"
	+ "} bind def\n");
	+
	+ fprintf(fp,
	+ "\n/hl1 { %% usage: y hl1 - longer helper line\n"
	+ " gsave 1 setlinewidth x exch moveto \n"
	+ " -7 0 rmoveto 14 0 rlineto stroke grestore\n"
	+ "} bind def\n");
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- def_beam ------- */
	+void def_beam (fp)
	+FILE *fp;
	+{
	+ fprintf(fp,
	+ "\n/bm { %% usage: x1 y1 x2 y2 t bm - beam, depth t\n"
	+ " 3 1 roll moveto dup 0 exch neg rlineto\n"
	+ " dup 4 1 roll sub lineto 0 exch rlineto fill\n"
	+ "} bind def\n");
	+
	+ fprintf(fp,
	+ "\n/bnum { %% usage: x y (str) bnum - number on beam\n"
	+ " 3 1 roll moveto gsave /Times-Italic 12 selectfont\n"
	+ " /bx false def cshow grestore\n"
	+ "} bind def\n");
	+
	+
	+ fprintf(fp,
	+ "\n/hbr { %% usage: x1 y1 x2 y2 hbr - half bracket\n"
	+ " moveto lineto 0 -3 rlineto stroke\n"
	+ "} bind def\n");
	+}
	+
	+
	+/* ----- def_flags1 ------- */
	+void def_flags1 (fp)
	+FILE *fp;
	+{
	+ float p[13][2] = {
	+ {0.0, 0.0}, {1.5, -3.0}, {1.0, -2.5}, {4.0, -6.0}, {9.0, -10.0},
	+ {9.0, -16.0}, {8.0, -20.0}, {7.0, -24.0}, {4.0, -26.0},
	+ {6.5, -21.5}, {9.0, -15.0}, {4.0, -9.0}, {0.0, -8.0} } ;
	+
	+ float f1,f2;
	+ int i;
	+
	+ f1=f2=6.0/9.0;
	+ fprintf (fp, "\n/f1u { %% usage: len f1u - single flag up\n"
	+ " y add x %.1f add exch moveto\n", STEM_XOFF);
	+ add_mv (fp,f1,f2,p,0);
	+ add_cv (fp,f1,f2,p,1,4);
	+ fprintf (fp, " fill\n} bind def\n");
	+
	+ f1=1.2*f1;
	+ for (i=0;i<13;i++) p[i][1]=-p[i][1];
	+ fprintf (fp, "\n/f1d { %% usage: len f1d - single flag down\n"
	+ " neg y add x %.1f sub exch moveto\n", STEM_XOFF);
	+ add_mv (fp,f1,f2,p,0);
	+ add_cv (fp,f1,f2,p,1,4);
	+ fprintf (fp, " fill\n} bind def\n");
	+
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- def_flags2 ------- */
	+void def_flags2 (fp)
	+FILE *fp;
	+{
	+
	+ float p[13][2] = {
	+ {0.0, 0.0},
	+ {2.0, -5.0}, {9.0, -6.0}, {7.5, -18.0},
	+ {7.5, -9.0}, {1.5, -6.5}, {0.0, -6.5},
	+ {2.0, -14.0}, {9.0, -14.0}, {7.5, -26.0},
	+ {7.5, -17.0}, {1.5, -14.5}, {0.0, -14.0},
	+ };
	+
	+ float f1,f2;
	+ int i;
	+
	+ f1=f2=6.0/9.0; /* up flags */
	+ fprintf (fp, "\n/f2u { %% usage: len f2u - double flag up\n"
	+ " y add x %.1f add exch moveto\n", STEM_XOFF);
	+ add_mv (fp,f1,f2,p,0);
	+ add_cv (fp,f1,f2,p,1,4);
	+ fprintf (fp, " fill\n} bind def\n");
	+
	+ f1=1.2f1; / down flags */
	+ for (i=0;i<13;i++) p[i][1]=-p[i][1];
	+ fprintf (fp, "\n/f2d { %% usage: len f2d - double flag down\n"
	+ " neg y add x %.1f sub exch moveto\n", STEM_XOFF);
	+ add_mv (fp,f1,f2,p,0);
	+ add_cv (fp,f1,f2,p,1,4);
	+ fprintf (fp, " fill\n} bind def\n");
	+
	+}
	+
	+
	+
	+/* ----- def_xflags ------- */
	+void def_xflags (fp)
	+FILE *fp;
	+{
	+
	+ float p[7][2] = {
	+ {0.0, 0.0},
	+ {2.0, -7.5}, {9.0, -7.5}, {7.5, -19.5},
	+ {7.5, -10.5}, {1.5, -8.0}, {0.0, -7.5}
	+ };
	+
	+ float f1,f2;
	+ int i;
	+
	+ f1=f2=6.0/9.0; /* extra up flag */
	+ fprintf (fp, "\n/xfu { %% usage: len xfu - extra flag up\n"
	+ " y add x %.1f add exch moveto\n", STEM_XOFF);
	+ add_mv (fp,f1,f2,p,0);
	+ add_cv (fp,f1,f2,p,1,2);
	+ fprintf (fp, " fill\n} bind def\n");
	+
	+ f1=1.2f1; / extra down flag */
	+ for (i=0;i<7;i++) p[i][1]=-p[i][1];
	+ fprintf (fp, "\n/xfd { %% usage: len xfd - extra flag down\n"
	+ " neg y add x %.1f sub exch moveto\n", STEM_XOFF);
	+ add_mv (fp,f1,f2,p,0);
	+ add_cv (fp,f1,f2,p,1,2);
	+ fprintf (fp, " fill\n} bind def\n");
	+
	+ fprintf (fp,
	+ "\n/f3d {dup f2d 9.5 sub xfd} bind def\n");
	+
	+ fprintf (fp,
	+ "\n/f4d {dup dup f2d 9.5 sub xfd 14.7 sub xfd} bind def\n");
	+
	+ fprintf (fp,
	+ "\n/f3u {dup f2u 9.5 sub xfu} bind def\n");
	+
	+ fprintf (fp,
	+ "\n/f4u {dup dup f2u 9.5 sub xfu 14.7 sub xfu} bind def\n");
	+
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- def_acc ------- */
	+void def_acc (fp)
	+FILE *fp;
	+{
	+ float p[12][2]={
	+ {-2,3},{6,6.5},{6,-1},{-2,-4.5},{4,0},{4,4},{-2,2},{-2,10},{-2,-4}};
	+ float q[14][2]={
	+ {4,4},{4,7},{-4,5},{-4,2},{4,4},{4,-5},{4,-2},{-4,-4},{-4,-7},{4,-5},
	+ {2,-10},{2,11.5},{-2,-11.5},{-2,10} };
	+ float r[14][2]={
	+ {-2.5,-6}, {2.5,-5}, {2.5,-2}, {-2.5,-3}, {-2.5,6},
	+ {-2.5,2}, {2.5,3}, {2.5,6}, {-2.5,5}, {-2.5,2},
	+ {-2.5,11}, {-2.5,-5.5},
	+ {2.5,5.5}, {2.5,-11} };
	+ float s[25][2]={
	+ {0.7,0},{3.9,3},{6,3},{6.2,6.2},{3,6},{3,3.9},
	+ {0,0.7},{-3,3.9},{-3,6},{-6.2,6.2},{-6,3},{-3.9,3},
	+ {-0.7,0},{-3.9,-3},{-6,-3},{-6.2,-6.2},{-3,-6},{-3,-3.9},
	+ {0,-0.7},{3,-3.9},{3,-6},{6.2,-6.2},{6,-3},{3.9,-3},
	+ {0.7,0} };
	+
	+
	+ float f1,f2;
	+
	+ f2=8.0/9.0;
	+ f1=f2*0.9;
	+ fprintf (fp, "\n/ft0 { %% usage: x y ft0 - flat sign\n"
	+ " moveto\n");
	+ add_mv (fp,f1,f2,p,0);
	+ add_cv (fp,f1,f2,p,1,2);
	+ fprintf (fp, " currentpoint fill moveto\n");
	+ add_mv (fp,f1,f2,p,7);
	+ add_sg (fp,f1,f2,p,8,1);
	+ fprintf (fp, " stroke\n } bind def\n");
	+ fprintf (fp, "/ft { %% usage: dx ft - flat relative to head\n"
	+ " neg x add y ft0 } bind def\n");
	+
	+ f2=8.0/9.0; /* more narrow flat sign for double flat */
	+ f1=f2*0.8;
	+ fprintf (fp, "\n/ftx { %% usage: x y ftx - narrow flat sign\n"
	+ " moveto\n");
	+ add_mv (fp,f1,f2,p,0);
	+ add_cv (fp,f1,f2,p,1,2);
	+ fprintf (fp, " currentpoint fill moveto\n");
	+ add_mv (fp,f1,f2,p,7);
	+ add_sg (fp,f1,f2,p,8,1);
	+ fprintf (fp, " stroke\n } bind def\n");
	+
	+ fprintf (fp, "/dft0 { %% usage: x y dft0 ft - double flat sign\n"
	+ " 2 copy exch 2.5 sub exch ftx exch 1.5 add exch ftx } bind def\n"
	+ "/dft { %% usage: dx dft - double flat relative to head\n"
	+ " neg x add y dft0 } bind def\n");
	+
	+
	+ f2=6.5/9.0;
	+ f1=f2*0.9;
	+ fprintf (fp, "\n/sh0 { %% usage: x y sh0 - sharp sign\n"
	+ " moveto\n");
	+ add_mv (fp,f1,f2,q,0);
	+ add_sg (fp,f1,f2,q,1,4);
	+ add_mv (fp,f1,f2,q,5);
	+ add_sg (fp,f1,f2,q,6,4);
	+ fprintf (fp, " currentpoint fill moveto\n");
	+ add_mv (fp,f1,f2,q,10);
	+ add_sg (fp,f1,f2,q,11,1);
	+ fprintf (fp, " currentpoint stroke moveto\n");
	+ add_mv (fp,f1,f2,q,12);
	+ add_sg (fp,f1,f2,q,13,1);
	+ fprintf (fp, " stroke\n } bind def\n");
	+ fprintf (fp, "/sh { %% usage: dx sh - sharp relative to head\n"
	+ " neg x add y sh0 } bind def\n");
	+
	+ f2=6.5/9.0;
	+ f1=f2*0.9;
	+ fprintf (fp, "\n/nt0 { %% usage: x y nt0 - neutral sign\n"
	+ " moveto\n");
	+ add_mv (fp,f1,f2,r,0);
	+ add_sg (fp,f1,f2,r,1,4);
	+ add_mv (fp,f1,f2,r,5);
	+ add_sg (fp,f1,f2,r,6,4);
	+ fprintf (fp, " currentpoint fill moveto\n");
	+ add_mv (fp,f1,f2,r,10);
	+ add_sg (fp,f1,f2,r,11,1);
	+ fprintf (fp, " currentpoint stroke moveto\n");
	+ add_mv (fp,f1,f2,r,12);
	+ add_sg (fp,f1,f2,r,13,1);
	+ fprintf (fp, " stroke\n } bind def\n");
	+ fprintf (fp, "/nt { %% usage: dx nt - neutral relative to head\n"
	+ " neg x add y nt0 } bind def\n");
	+
	+ f1=5.0/9.0;
	+ f2=f1;
	+ fprintf (fp, "\n/dsh0 { %% usage: x y dsh0 - double sharp \n"
	+ " moveto\n");
	+ add_mv (fp,f1,f2,s,0);
	+ add_sg (fp,f1,f2,s,1,24);
	+ fprintf (fp, " fill\n } bind def\n");
	+ fprintf (fp, "/dsh { %% usage: dx dsh - double sharp relative to head\n"
	+ " neg x add y dsh0 } bind def\n");
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- def_rests ------- */
	+void def_rests (fp)
	+FILE *fp;
	+{
	+ float p[14][2]={
	+ {-1,17}, {15,4}, {-6,8}, {6.5,-5}, {-2,-2}, {-5,-11}, {1,-15},
	+ {-9,-11}, {-6,0}, {1,-1}, {-9,7}, {7,5}, {-1,17} };
	+ float q[16][2]={
	+ {8,14}, {5,9}, {3,5}, {-1.5,4},
	+ {4,11}, {-9,14}, {-9,7},
	+ {-9,4}, {-6,2}, {-3,2},
	+ {4,2}, {5,7}, {7,11},
	+ {-1.8,-20}, {-0.5,-20}, {8.5,14}};
	+ float r[29][2]={
	+ {8,14}, {5,9}, {3,5}, {-1.5,4},
	+ {4,11}, {-9,14}, {-9,7},
	+ {-9,4}, {-6,2}, {-3,2},
	+ {4,2}, {5,7}, {7,11},
	+ {8,14}, {5,9}, {3,5}, {-1.5,4},
	+ {4,11}, {-9,14}, {-9,7},
	+ {-9,4}, {-6,2}, {-3,2},
	+ {4,2}, {5,7}, {7.3,11},
	+ {-1.8,-21}, {-0.5,-21}, {8.5,14} };
	+ float f1,f2;
	+ int i;
	+
	+ fprintf (fp, "\n/r4 { %% usage: x y r4 - quarter rest\n"
	+ " dup /y exch def exch dup /x exch def exch moveto\n");
	+ f1=f2=6.0/11.5;
	+ add_mv (fp,f1,f2,p,0);
	+ add_cv (fp,f1,f2,p,1,4);
	+ fprintf (fp, " fill\n } bind def\n");
	+
	+ fprintf (fp, "\n/r8 { %% usage: x y r8 - eighth rest\n"
	+ " dup /y exch def exch dup /x exch def exch moveto\n");
	+ f1=f2=7/18.0;
	+ add_mv (fp,f1,f2,q,0);
	+ add_cv (fp,f1,f2,q,1,4);
	+ add_sg (fp,f1,f2,q,13,3);
	+ fprintf (fp, " fill\n } bind def\n");
	+
	+ for (i=13;i<26;i++) { r[i][0]-=4.2; r[i][1]-=14; }
	+ fprintf (fp, "\n/r16 { %% usage: x y r16 - 16th rest\n"
	+ " dup /y exch def exch dup /x exch def exch moveto\n");
	+ f1=f2=7/18.0;
	+ add_mv (fp,f1,f2,r,0);
	+ add_cv (fp,f1,f2,r,1,4);
	+ add_sg (fp,f1,f2,r,13,1);
	+ add_cv (fp,f1,f2,r,14,4);
	+ add_sg (fp,f1,f2,r,26,3);
	+ fprintf (fp, " fill\n } bind def\n");
	+
	+
	+ fprintf (fp,
	+ "\n/r1 { %% usage: x y r1 - whole rest\n"
	+ " dup /y exch def exch dup /x exch def exch moveto\n"
	+ " -3 6 rmoveto 0 -3 rlineto 6 0 rlineto 0 3 rlineto fill\n"
	+ "} bind def\n");
	+
	+ fprintf (fp,
	+ "\n/r2 { %% usage: x y r2 - half rest\n"
	+ " dup /y exch def exch dup /x exch def exch moveto\n"
	+ " -3 0 rmoveto 0 3 rlineto 6 0 rlineto 0 -3 rlineto fill\n"
	+ "} bind def\n"
	+ );
	+
	+ /* get 32nd, 64th rest by overwriting 8th and 16th rests */
	+ fprintf (fp,
	+ "\n/r32 {\n"
	+ "2 copy r16 5.5 add exch 1.6 add exch r8\n"
	+ "} bind def\n");
	+ fprintf (fp,
	+ "\n/r64 {\n"
	+ "2 copy 5.5 add exch 1.6 add exch r16\n"
	+ "5.5 sub exch 1.5 sub exch r16\n"
	+ "} bind def\n");
	+
	+}
	+
	+
	+/* ----- def_bars ------ */
	+void def_bars (fp)
	+FILE *fp;
	+{
	+
	+ fprintf(fp, "\n/bar { %% usage: x bar - single bar\n"
	+ " 0 moveto 0 24 rlineto stroke\n"
	+ "} bind def\n"
	+
	+ "\n/dbar { %% usage: x dbar - thin double bar\n"
	+ " 0 moveto 0 24 rlineto -3 -24 rmoveto\n"
	+ " 0 24 rlineto stroke\n"
	+ "} bind def\n"
	+
	+ "\n/fbar1 { %% usage: x fbar1 - fat double bar at start\n"
	+ " 0 moveto 0 24 rlineto 3 0 rlineto 0 -24 rlineto \n"
	+ " currentpoint fill moveto\n"
	+ " 3 0 rmoveto 0 24 rlineto stroke\n"
	+ "} bind def\n"
	+
	+ "\n/fbar2 { %% usage: x fbar2 - fat double bar at end\n"
	+ " 0 moveto 0 24 rlineto -3 0 rlineto 0 -24 rlineto \n"
	+ " currentpoint fill moveto\n"
	+ " -3 0 rmoveto 0 24 rlineto stroke\n"
	+ "} bind def\n"
	+
	+ "\n/rdots { %% usage: x rdots - repeat dots \n"
	+ " 0 moveto 0 9 rmoveto currentpoint 2 copy 1.2 0 360 arc \n"
	+ " moveto 0 6 rmoveto currentpoint 1.2 0 360 arc fill\n"
	+ "} bind def\n");
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- def_ends ------ */
	+void def_ends (fp)
	+FILE *fp;
	+{
	+ /* use dy=20 for tall boxes */
	+ int y=50,dy=6;
	+
	+ fprintf(fp, "\n/end1 { %% usage: x1 x2 (str) end1 - mark first ending\n"
	+ " 3 1 roll %d moveto 0 %d rlineto dup %d lineto 0 %d rlineto stroke…
	+ " 4 add %d moveto gsave /Times-Roman 13 selectfont 1.2 0.95 scale\n"
	+ " show grestore\n"
	+ "} bind def\n",
	+ y-dy, dy, y, -dy, y-10);
	+
	+ fprintf(fp, "\n/end2 { %% usage: x1 x2 (str) end2 - mark second ending\n"
	+ " 3 1 roll %d moveto dup %d lineto 0 %d rlineto stroke\n"
	+ " 4 add %d moveto gsave /Times-Roman 13 selectfont 1.2 0.95 scale\n"
	+ " show grestore\n"
	+ "} bind def\n",
	+ y, y, -dy, y-10);
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- def_gchord ------ */
	+void def_gchord (fp)
	+FILE *fp;
	+{
	+ fprintf(fp,"\n/gc { %% usage: x y (str) gc -- draw guitar chord string\n"
	+ " 3 1 roll moveto rshow\n"
	+ "} bind def\n");
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- def_sl ------ */
	+void def_sl (fp)
	+FILE *fp;
	+{
	+/* fprintf(fp, "\n/sl { %% usage: x1 y2 x2 y2 x3 y3 x0 y0 sl\n"
	+ " gsave %.1f setlinewidth moveto curveto stroke grestore\n"
	+ "} bind def\n", SLURWIDTH); */
	+
	+ fprintf(fp, "\n/SL { %% usage: pp2x pp1x p1 pp1 pp2 p2 p1 sl\n"
	+ " moveto curveto rlineto curveto fill\n"
	+ "} bind def\n");
	+
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- def_hd1 ------- */
	+void def_hd1 (fp)
	+FILE *fp;
	+{
	+ float p[7][2] = {
	+ {8.0, 0.0}, {8.0, 8.0}, {-8.0, 8.0}, {-8.0, 0.0}, {-8.0, -8.0},
	+ {8.0, -8.0}, {8.0, 0.0} };
	+
	+ float c,s,xx,yy,f1,f2;
	+ int i;
	+/float phi; /
	+
	+/*phi=0.6;
	+ c=cos(phi);
	+ s=sin(phi); */
	+
	+ c=0.825; s=0.565;
	+
	+ for (i=0;i<7;i++) {
	+ xx = cp[i][0] - sp[i][1];
	+ yy = sp[i][0] + cp[i][1];
	+ p[i][0]=xx;
	+ p[i][1]=yy;
	+ }
	+
	+ f1=f2=6.0/12.0;
	+ fprintf (fp, "\n/hd { %% usage: x y hd - full head\n"
	+ " dup /y exch def exch dup /x exch def exch moveto\n");
	+ add_mv (fp,f1,f2,p,0);
	+ add_cv (fp,f1,f2,p,1,2);
	+ fprintf (fp, " fill\n} bind def\n");
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- def_hd2 ------- */
	+void def_hd2 (fp)
	+FILE *fp;
	+{
	+
	+ float p[14][2] = {
	+ {8.0, 0.0}, {8.0, 8.5}, {-8.0, 8.5}, {-8.0, 0.0}, {-8.0, -8.5},
	+ {8.0, -8.5}, {8.0, 0.0}, {7.0, 0.0}, {7.0, -4.0}, {-7.0, -4.0},
	+ {-7.0, 0.0}, {-7.0, 4.0}, {7.0, 4.0}, {7.0, 0.0} };
	+
	+/* float phi; */
	+ float c,s,xx,yy,f1,f2;
	+ int i;
	+
	+/*phi=0.5;
	+ c=cos(phi);
	+ s=sin(phi); */
	+
	+ c=0.878; s=0.479;
	+
	+ for (i=0;i<14;i++) {
	+ xx = cp[i][0] - sp[i][1];
	+ yy = sp[i][0] + cp[i][1];
	+ p[i][0]=xx;
	+ p[i][1]=yy;
	+ }
	+
	+ f1=f2=6.0/12.0;
	+ fprintf (fp, "\n/Hd { %% usage: x y Hd - open head for half\n"
	+ " dup /y exch def exch dup /x exch def exch moveto\n");
	+ add_mv (fp,f1,f2,p,0);
	+ add_cv (fp,f1,f2,p,1,2);
	+ add_mv (fp,f1,f2,p,7);
	+ add_cv (fp,f1,f2,p,8,2);
	+ fprintf (fp, " fill\n} bind def\n");
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- def_hd3 ------- */
	+void def_hd3 (fp)
	+FILE *fp;
	+{
	+
	+ float p[13][2] = {
	+ {11.0, 0.0}, {11.0, 2.0}, {6.0, 6.5}, {0.0, 6.5}, {-6.0, 6.5},
	+ {-11.0, 2.0}, {-11.0, 0.0}, {-11.0, -2.0}, {-6.0, -6.5},
	+ {0.0, -6.5}, {6.0, -6.5}, {11.0, -2.0}, {11.0, 0.0} };
	+
	+ float q[8][2] = {
	+ {11.0, 0.0}, {5.0, 0.0}, {5.0, -5.0}, {-5.0, -5.0}, {-5.0, 0.0},
	+ {-5.0, 5.0}, {5.0, 5.0}, {5.0, 0.0}};
	+
	+/* float phi; */
	+ float c,s,xx,yy,f1,f2;
	+ int i;
	+
	+/*phi=2.5;
	+ c=cos(phi);
	+ s=sin(phi); */
	+
	+ c=-0.801; s=0.598;
	+
	+ for (i=1;i<8;i++) {
	+ xx = cq[i][0] - sq[i][1];
	+ yy = sq[i][0] + cq[i][1];
	+ q[i][0]=xx;
	+ q[i][1]=yy;
	+ }
	+
	+ f1=f2=6.5/12.0;
	+ fprintf (fp, "\n/HD { %% usage: x y HD - open head for whole\n"
	+ " dup /y exch def exch dup /x exch def exch moveto\n");
	+ add_mv (fp,f1,f2,p,0);
	+ add_cv (fp,f1,f2,p,1,4);
	+ add_mv (fp,f1,f2,q,1);
	+ add_cv (fp,f1,f2,q,2,2);
	+ fprintf (fp, " fill\n} bind def\n");
	+
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- def_gnote ------- */
	+void def_gnote (fp)
	+FILE *fp;
	+{
	+ float p[7][2] = {
	+ {0,10}, {16,10}, {16,-10}, {0,-10}, {-16,-10}, {-16,10}, {0,10} };
	+
	+/* float phi; */
	+ float c,s,xx,yy,f1,f2;
	+ int i;
	+
	+/*phi=0.7;
	+ c=cos(phi);
	+ s=sin(phi); */
	+
	+ c=0.765; s=0.644;
	+
	+ for (i=0;i<7;i++) {
	+ xx = cp[i][0] - sp[i][1];
	+ yy = sp[i][0] + cp[i][1];
	+ p[i][0]=xx;
	+ p[i][1]=yy;
	+ }
	+
	+ f1=f2=2./10.0;
	+
	+ fprintf (fp, "\n/gn1 { %% usage: x y l gnt - grace note w. tail\n"
	+ " 3 1 roll 2 copy moveto\n");
	+ add_mv (fp,f1,f2,p,0);
	+ add_cv (fp,f1,f2,p,1,2);
	+ fprintf (fp, " fill moveto %.2f 0 rmoveto 0 exch rlineto\n"
	+ "3 -4 4 -5 2 -8 rcurveto -5 2 rmoveto 7 4 rlineto \n"
	+ "stroke\n",
	+ GSTEM_XOFF);
	+ fprintf (fp, "} bind def\n");
	+
	+ fprintf (fp, "\n/gnt { %% usage: x y l gnt - grace note\n"
	+ " 3 1 roll 2 copy moveto\n");
	+ add_mv (fp,f1,f2,p,0);
	+ add_cv (fp,f1,f2,p,1,2);
	+ fprintf (fp, " fill moveto %.2f 0 rmoveto 0 exch rlineto stroke\n",
	+ GSTEM_XOFF);
	+ fprintf (fp, "} bind def\n");
	+
	+ fprintf(fp, "\n/gbm2 { %% usage: x1 y1 x2 y2 gbm2 - double note beam\n"
	+ " gsave 1.4 setlinewidth\n"
	+ " 4 copy 0.5 sub moveto 0.5 sub lineto stroke\n"
	+ " 3.4 sub moveto 3.4 sub lineto stroke grestore\n"
	+ "} bind def\n");
	+
	+ fprintf(fp, "\n/gbm3 { %% usage: x1 y1 x2 y2 gbm3 - triple gnote beam\n"
	+ " gsave 1.2 setlinewidth\n"
	+ " 4 copy 0.3 sub moveto 0.3 sub lineto stroke\n"
	+ " 4 copy 2.5 sub moveto 2.5 sub lineto stroke\n"
	+ " 4.7 sub moveto 4.7 sub lineto stroke grestore\n"
	+ "} bind def\n");
	+
	+ fprintf(fp, "\n/ghl { %% usage: x y ghl - grace note helper line\n"
	+ " gsave 0.7 setlinewidth moveto \n"
	+ " -3 0 rmoveto 6 0 rlineto stroke grestore\n"
	+ "} bind def\n");
	+
	+ fprintf(fp, "\n/gsl { %% usage: x1 y2 x2 y2 x3 y3 x0 y0 gsl\n"
	+ " moveto curveto stroke\n"
	+ "} bind def\n");
	+
	+ fprintf(fp, "\n/gsh0 { %% usage: x y gsh0\n"
	+ "gsave translate 0.7 0.7 scale 0 0 sh0 grestore\n"
	+ "} bind def\n");
	+
	+ fprintf(fp, "\n/gft0 { %% usage: x y gft0\n"
	+ "gsave translate 0.7 0.7 scale 0 0 ft0 grestore\n"
	+ "} bind def\n");
	+
	+ fprintf(fp, "\n/gnt0 { %% usage: x y gnt0\n"
	+ "gsave translate 0.7 0.7 scale 0 0 nt0 grestore\n"
	+ "} bind def\n");
	+
	+ fprintf(fp, "\n/gdf0 { %% usage: x y gdf0\n"
	+ "gsave translate 0.7 0.6 scale 0 0 dft0 grestore\n"
	+ "} bind def\n");
	+
	+ fprintf(fp, "\n/gds0 { %% usage: x y gds0\n"
	+ "gsave translate 0.7 0.7 scale 0 0 dsh0 grestore\n"
	+ "} bind def\n");
	+}
	+
	+
	+/* ----- def_csig ------- */
	+void def_csg (fp)
	+FILE *fp;
	+{
	+ float p[25][2]={
	+ {0,26},
	+ {4,26}, {11,23}, {11,14},
	+ {11,20}, {5,19}, {5,14},
	+ {5,9}, {12,9}, {12,15},
	+ {12,25}, {6,28}, {0,28},
	+ {-15,28}, {-25,17}, {-25,2},
	+ {-25,-10}, {-10,-28}, {11,-8},
	+ {-6,-20}, {-18,-11}, {-18,2},
	+ {-18,14}, {-14,26}, {0,26} };
	+
	+ float f1,f2;
	+ int i;
	+
	+ for (i=0;i<25;i++) {
	+ p[i][0]=p[i][0]+4;
	+ p[i][1]=p[i][1]+43;
	+ }
	+ f1 = f2 = 0.25;
	+ fprintf (fp, "\n/csig { %% usage: x csig - C timesig \n"
	+ " 0 moveto\n");
	+ add_mv (fp,f1,f2,p,0);
	+ add_cv (fp,f1,f2,p,1,8);
	+ fprintf (fp, " fill\n} bind def\n");
	+
	+ fprintf (fp, "\n/ctsig { %% usage: x ctsig - C\| timesig \n"
	+ " dup csig 4 moveto 0 16 rlineto stroke\n"
	+ "} bind def\n");
	+}
	+
	+
	+/* ----- def_tclef ------- */
	+void def_tclef (fp)
	+FILE *fp;
	+{
	+ float p[71][2]={
	+ {-6, 16}, {-8, 13}, {-14, 19}, {-10, 35}, {2, 35}, {8, 37},
	+ {21, 30}, {21, 17}, {21, 5}, {10, -1}, {0, -1}, {-12, -1},
	+ {-23, 5}, {-23, 22}, {-23, 29}, {-22, 37}, {-7, 49}, {10, 61},
	+ {10, 68}, {10, 73}, {10, 78}, {9, 82}, {7, 82}, {2, 78},
	+ {-2, 68}, {-2, 62}, {-2, 25}, {10, 18}, {11, -8}, {11, -18},
	+ {5, -23}, {-4, -23}, {-10, -23}, {-15, -18}, {-15, -13},
	+ {-15, -8}, {-12, -4}, {-7, -4}, {3, -4}, {3, -20}, {-6, -17},
	+ {-5, -23}, {9, -20}, {9, -9}, {7, 24}, {-5, 30}, {-5, 67},
	+ {-5, 78}, {-2, 87}, {7, 91}, {13, 87}, {18, 80}, {17, 73},
	+ {17, 62}, {10, 54}, {1, 45}, {-5, 38}, {-15, 33}, {-15, 19},
	+ {-15, 7}, {-8, 1}, {0, 1}, {8, 1}, {15, 6}, {15, 14}, {15, 23},
	+ {7, 26}, {2, 26}, {-5, 26}, {-9, 21}, {-6, 16} };
	+
	+ float f1,f2;
	+
	+ f1 = f2 = 24.0/65.0;
	+ fprintf (fp, "\n/tclef { %% usage: x tclef - treble clef \n"
	+ " 0 moveto\n");
	+ add_mv (fp,f1,f2,p,0);
	+ add_sg (fp,f1,f2,p,1,1);
	+ add_cv (fp,f1,f2,p,2,23);
	+ fprintf (fp, " fill\n} bind def\n");
	+ fprintf (fp, "\n/stclef {\n"
	+ " 0.85 div gsave 0.85 0.85 scale tclef grestore\n"
	+ "} bind def\n");
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- def_bclef ------- */
	+void def_bclef (fp)
	+FILE *fp;
	+{
	+ float p[42][2]={
	+ {-2.3,3}, {6,7}, {10.5,12}, {10.5,16},
	+ {10.5,20.5}, {8.5,23.5}, {6.2,23.3},
	+ {5.2,23.5}, {2,23.5}, {0.5,19.5},
	+ {2,20}, {4,19.5}, {4,18},
	+ {4,17}, {3.5,16}, {2,16},
	+ {1,16}, {0,16.9}, {0,18.5},
	+ {0,21}, {2.1,24}, {6,24},
	+ {10,24}, {13.5,21.5}, {13.5,16.5},
	+ {13.5,11}, {7,5.5}, {-2.0,2.8},
	+ {14.9,21},
	+ {14.9,22.5}, {16.9,22.5}, {16.9,21},
	+ {16.9,19.5}, {14.9,19.5}, {14.9,21},
	+ {14.9,15},
	+ {14.9,16.5}, {16.9,16.5}, {16.9,15},
	+ {16.9,13.5}, {14.9,13.5}, {14.9,15} };
	+
	+ int i;
	+ float f1,f2;
	+
	+ for (i=0;i<42;i++) {p[i][0]-=7.5; p[i][1]-=0.5; }
	+ f1 = f2 = 1.0;
	+ fprintf (fp, "\n/bclef { %% usage: x bclef - bass clef \n"
	+ " 0 moveto\n");
	+ add_mv (fp,f1,f2,p,0);
	+ add_cv (fp,f1,f2,p,1,9);
	+ add_cv (fp,f1,f2,p,1,9);
	+
	+ add_mv (fp,f1,f2,p,28);
	+ add_cv (fp,f1,f2,p,29,2);
	+
	+ add_mv (fp,f1,f2,p,25);
	+ add_cv (fp,f1,f2,p,36,2);
	+
	+ fprintf (fp, "fill\n} bind def\n");
	+
	+ fprintf (fp, "\n/sbclef {\n"
	+ " 0.85 div gsave 0.85 0.85 scale 0 4 translate bclef grestore\n"
	+ "} bind def\n");
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- def_cclef ------- */
	+void def_cclef (fp)
	+FILE *fp;
	+{
	+ float p[30][2]={
	+ {0,0}, {2,5.5},
	+ {9,4.5}, {12,10}, {12,15.5},
	+ {12,19.5}, {11,23.3}, {6.5,23.5},
	+ {5.2,23.5}, {2,23.5}, {0.5,19.5},
	+ {2,20}, {4,19.5}, {4,18},
	+ {4,17}, {3.5,16}, {2,16},
	+ {1,16}, {0,16.9}, {0,18.5},
	+ {0,21}, {2.1,24}, {6,24},
	+ {12,24}, {15,21.5}, {15,16.5},
	+ {15,10}, {10,4.5}, {4,5},
	+ {3,0} };
	+ int i;
	+ float f1,f2;
	+
	+ for (i=0;i<30;i++) p[i][1]+=24;
	+
	+ f1 = 0.6;
	+ f2 = 0.5;
	+ fprintf (fp, "\n/cchalf {\n"
	+ " 0 moveto\n");
	+ add_mv (fp,f1,f2,p,0);
	+ add_sg (fp,f1,f2,p,1,1);
	+ add_cv (fp,f1,f2,p,2,9);
	+ add_sg (fp,f1,f2,p,29,1);
	+ fprintf (fp, "fill\n} bind def\n");
	+
	+ fprintf (fp,
	+ "\n/cclef { %% usage: x cclef\n"
	+ " dup dup dup\n"
	+ " cchalf gsave 0 24 translate 1 -1 scale cchalf\n"
	+ " 6.5 sub 0 moveto 0 24 rlineto 3 0 rlineto 0 -24 rlineto fill\n"
	+ " 1.8 sub 0 moveto 0 24 rlineto 0.8 setlinewidth stroke grestore …
	+ "} bind def\n");
	+
	+ fprintf (fp, "\n/scclef { cclef } bind def\n");
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- def_brace ------- */
	+void def_brace (fp)
	+FILE *fp;
	+{
	+ float p[8][2]={
	+ {7.2,60}, {-7,39}, {17,17}, {-1,0},
	+ {-1.4,0}, {13,13}, {-11,39}, {7,60} };
	+
	+ float q[8][2]={
	+ {-3,0}, {2,0}, {4,1}, {5.5,5},
	+ {5.9,4.7}, {4.7,1.2}, {3.2,-.4}, {-1,-1.2} };
	+
	+ float f1,f2;
	+
	+ f1 = 0.9;
	+ f2 = 1.0;
	+ fprintf (fp, "\n/bracehalf {\n");
	+ add_mv (fp,f1,f2,p,0);
	+ add_cv (fp,f1,f2,p,1,1);
	+ add_sg (fp,f1,f2,p,4,1);
	+ add_cv (fp,f1,f2,p,5,1);
	+ fprintf (fp, " fill\n} bind def\n");
	+
	+ fprintf (fp,
	+ "\n/brace { %% usage: scale x0 y0 brace\n"
	+ " 3 copy moveto gsave 1 exch scale bracehalf grestore\n"
	+ " moveto gsave neg 1 exch scale bracehalf grestore\n"
	+ "} bind def\n");
	+
	+ f1 = 1.0;
	+ f2 = 1.0;
	+ fprintf (fp, "\n/brackhead {\n");
	+ add_mv (fp,f1,f2,q,0);
	+ add_cv (fp,f1,f2,q,1,1);
	+ add_sg (fp,f1,f2,q,4,1);
	+ add_cv (fp,f1,f2,q,5,1);
	+ fprintf (fp, " fill\n} bind def\n");
	+
	+ fprintf (fp,
	+ "\n/bracket { %% usage: h x0 y0 bracket\n"
	+ " 3 copy moveto 0 exch rmoveto brackhead\n"
	+ " 3 copy moveto pop gsave 1 -1 scale brackhead grestore \n"
	+ " moveto -3 0 rlineto 0 exch rlineto 3 0 rlineto fill\n"
	+ "} bind def \n");
	+
	+}
	+
	+
	+/* ----- def_staff ------- */
	+void def_staff (fp)
	+FILE *fp;
	+{
	+ fprintf (fp,
	+ "\n/staff { %% usage: l staff - draw staff\n"
	+ " gsave 0.5 setlinewidth 0 0 moveto\n"
	+ " dup 0 rlineto dup neg 6 rmoveto\n"
	+ " dup 0 rlineto dup neg 6 rmoveto\n"
	+ " dup 0 rlineto dup neg 6 rmoveto\n"
	+ " dup 0 rlineto dup neg 6 rmoveto\n"
	+ " dup 0 rlineto dup neg 6 rmoveto\n"
	+ " pop stroke grestore\n"
	+ "} bind def\n");
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- def_sep ------- */
	+void def_sep (fp)
	+FILE *fp;
	+{
	+ fprintf (fp,
	+ "\n/sep0 { %% usage: x1 x2 sep0 - hline separator \n"
	+ " 0 moveto 0 lineto stroke\n"
	+ "} bind def\n");
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- define_symbols: write postscript macros to file ------ */
	+void define_symbols (fp)
	+FILE *fp;
	+{
	+
	+ def_misc (fp);
	+ def_tclef (fp);
	+ def_bclef (fp);
	+ def_cclef (fp);
	+ def_hd1 (fp);
	+ def_hd2 (fp);
	+ def_hd3 (fp);
	+ def_stems (fp);
	+ def_beam (fp);
	+ def_sl (fp);
	+ def_dot (fp);
	+ def_deco (fp);
	+ def_deco1 (fp);
	+ def_hl (fp);
	+ def_flags1 (fp);
	+ def_flags2 (fp);
	+ def_xflags (fp);
	+ def_acc (fp);
	+ def_gchord (fp);
	+ def_rests (fp);
	+ def_bars (fp);
	+ def_ends (fp);
	+ def_gnote (fp);
	+ def_csg (fp);
	+ def_sep (fp);
	+ def_tsig (fp);
	+ def_staff (fp);
	+ def_brace (fp);
	+ def_typeset(fp);
	+
	+}
	+
	+
	diff --git a/trio.abc b/trio.abc
	@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
	+%%indent 45pt
	+%%leftmargin 1.8cm
	+%%voicefont Times-Roman 12
	+%%titlecaps
	+%%titlefont Times-Roman 24
	+%%composerfont Times-Roman 12
	+%%staffwidth 18.5cm
	+% scale 0.65
	+%%musicspace 0.5cm
	+%%tempofont Times-Roman
	+%%staves 1 2 3
	+
	+
	+X:1
	+T: Sonata I
	+C: J.S. Bach
	+M: C
	+Q:"Adagio"
	+L: 1/8
	+K:C
	+V:1 clef=treble name="Violino I" sname="Vl. I"
	+V:2 clef=treble name="Violino II" sname="Vl. II" space=+10
	+V:3 clef=bass name="Violoncello\\<Vla. da Gamba>" sname="Vc."
	+[V:1] g8-\|gf/e/ {e}f>g (a/f/d/f/) (A//=B//A//B//TB3//A///B///)\|
	+[V:2] z8 \| z8 \|
	+[V:3] z cec gGBG \| Aa- a/_b/a/g/ f3 g/f/ \|
	+%
	+[V:1] c/gf/ E/ed/ c/c'b/ A/ag/ \| ^f/e/d- d/(c/B/A/) G/(e/c/e/) Aa\| d2-d/g/_b/a…
	+[V:2] c8- \| cB/A/ {A}B>c (e/c/A/c/) (E//^F//E//F//TF3//E///F///) \| G/(D/G/A/) …
	+[V:3] edcB AG^FE \| D^FGg c3d/c/\| _BG g2-gf/e/ f>g\|
	+%
	+[V:1] Te/>d/e- e/(a/f/d/) TB/>A/B- B/(A//B//c/)d/\| TG/>F/G- G/(c/A/F/) DTd/>c/…
	+[V:2] dT=c/>=B/ c>f d>e AF-\| FTE/>D/ Ec'/-a/ Tf/>e/f- f/d/g/f/ \| Te/>d/e/g/- g…
	+[V:3] aA a2-a^g a>b\| c'c c'2-c'b/>a/ b2-\| b>e ag fed=c-\|
	+%
	+[V:1] G/gf/ E/ed/ c/c'b/ A/ag/\|^f/a/g/f/ g2-g>e' f2-\|f/e^d/ e2-e>c' =d2-\|
	+[V:2] DG, G/gf/ E/ed/ =c/c'B/\|ad'- d'/c'/d'/e'/ Ta/>g/a- a/c'/b/^f/\|(g//a//g//…
	+[V:3] cB/G/ cC zgac- \|cb/>a/ b>c' d'c'd'd\| e^fga babB\|
	+%
	+P:
	+Q:"Alla breve"
	+[V:1] [L:1/4] c4\|B4\|_B4\|A2zd\|=BGc2-\|cd/e/ f/a/g/f/\|e/d/c2B\|e3^f\|gG/A/Bc\|
	+[V:2] [L:1/4] zC/D/EF\|GDG2-\|GF/E/DE\|FCF2-\|FE/D/EF/G/\|AFDB\|cgG2-\|GA/B/ c/e/d/c/…
	+[V:3] [L:1/4] z4\|z4\|z4\|z4\|z4\|z4\|z4\|z4\|g4\|
	diff --git a/util.h b/util.h
	@@ -0,0 +1,494 @@
	+/*
	+ * This file is part of abc2ps,
	+ * Copyright (C) 1996,1997,1998 Michael Methfessel
	+ * See file abc2ps.c for details.
	+ */
	+
	+/* low-level utilities */
	+
	+
	+/* ----- error warning ----- */
	+void wng (msg, str)
	+char msg[],str[];
	+{
	+ printf ("+++ %s%s\n", msg, str);
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- error exit ----- */
	+void rx (msg, str)
	+char msg[],str[];
	+{
	+ printf ("\n+++ %s%s\n", msg, str);
	+ exit (1);
	+}
	+
	+void rx1 (msg, c)
	+char msg[];
	+char c;
	+{
	+ printf ("\n+++ %s%c\n", msg, c);
	+ exit (1);
	+}
	+
	+void rxi (msg, i)
	+char msg[];
	+int i;
	+{
	+ printf ("\n+++ %s%d\n", msg, i);
	+ exit (1);
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- bug: print message for internal error and maybe stop ----- */
	+void bug (msg,fatal)
	+char msg[];
	+int fatal;
	+{
	+ printf ("\n\nThis cannot happen!");
	+ if (strlen(msg)>0) printf ("\nInternal error: %s.\n", msg);
	+ if (fatal) {
	+ printf ("Emergency stop.\n\n");
	+ exit (1);
	+ }
	+ else {
	+ printf ("Trying to continue...\n\n");
	+ }
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- ranf(x1,x2): return random float between x1 and x2 --- */
	+float ranf(x1,x2)
	+float x1,x2;
	+{
	+ static int m=259200; /* generator constants */
	+ static int a=421;
	+ static int c=54773;
	+ static int j=1; /* seed */
	+ float r;
	+
	+ j=(j*a+c)%m;
	+ r=x1+(x2-x1)*(double)j/(double)m;
	+ return r;
	+}
	+
	+
	+/* ----- getline ----- */
	+/*
	+* Added by jc:
	+* This routine reads a line from fp into buf, and trims away any
	+* trailing whitespace. We are paranoid about whether isspace(c)
	+* returns true for CR, so this routine should work even if the input
	+* came from a DOS system.
	+*/
	+char * getline(buf,len,fp)
	+ char* buf;
	+ int len;
	+ FILE* fp;
	+{ char* rp;
	+ int c, l;
	+ if (rp = fgets(buf,len,fp)) {
	+ l = strlen(buf);
	+ while ((l > 0) && ((c = buf[l-1]) && isspace(c) \|\| (c == '\r')…
	+ buf[--l] = 0;
	+ }
	+ return rp;
	+}
	+
	+
	+/* ----- strip: remove leading and trailing blanks ----- */
	+void strip (str1,str)
	+char str[],str1[];
	+{
	+ int l,i,i1,i2;
	+ l=strlen(str);
	+
	+ i1=0;
	+ for (i=0; i<l; i++)
	+ if ((str[i]!=' ') && (str[i]!='\n')) { i1=i; break; }
	+ i2=0;
	+ for (i=l-1; i>=0; i--)
	+ if ((str[i]!=' ') && (str[i]!='\n')) { i2=i+1; break; }
	+ for (i=i1;i<i2;i++) str1[i-i1]=str[i];
	+ str1[i2-i1]=0;
	+/* printf (" l=%d i1=%d i2=%d <%s> <%s>\n", l, i1, i2, str, str1);*/
	+}
	+
	+
	+/* ----- nwords: count words in string ----- */
	+int nwords (str)
	+char *str;
	+{
	+ int w,k;
	+ char *c;
	+ c=str;
	+ w=0;
	+ for(k=0;k<=50;k++) {
	+ while (*c==' ') c++;
	+ if (*c=='\0') break;
	+ w++;
	+ while ((c!=' ') && (c!='\0')) c++;
	+ if (*c=='\0') break;
	+ }
	+ return w;
	+}
	+
	+
	+
	+/* ----- getword: return n-th word from string ---- */
	+int getword (iw,str,str1)
	+int iw;
	+char str,str1;
	+{
	+ int w,k;
	+ char c,cc;
	+ if (iw<0) { *str1='\0'; return 0;}
	+ c=str;
	+ w=0;
	+ for(k=0;k<=50;k++) {
	+ while (*c==' ') c++;
	+ if (*c=='\0') break;
	+ if (w==iw) {
	+ cc=str1;
	+ while ((c!=' ')&&(c!='\0')) { cc=c; c++; cc++; }
	+ *cc='\0';
	+ return 1;
	+ }
	+ w++;
	+ while ((c!=' ') && (c!='\0')) c++;
	+ if (*c=='\0') break;
	+ }
	+ *str1='\0';
	+ return 0;
	+}
	+
	+
	+/* ----- abbrev: check for valid abbreviation ----- */
	+int abbrev (str,ab,nchar)
	+char str[],ab[];
	+int nchar;
	+{
	+ int i,nc;
	+ if (strlen(str) > strlen(ab)) return 0;
	+ nc=strlen(str);
	+ if (nc<nchar) nc=nchar;
	+ for (i=0;i<nc;i++) if (str[i] != ab[i]) return 0;
	+ return 1;
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- isdig: checks char for digit ----- */
	+int isdig (c)
	+char c;
	+{
	+ if (c == '\0') return 0;
	+ if (strchr("0123456789",c)) return 1;
	+ return 0;
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- strext: set extension on a file identifier ----- */
	+/* force=1 forces change even if fid already has an extension */
	+/* force=0 does not change the extension if there already is one */
	+void strext (fid1, fid, ext, force)
	+char fid[],ext[],fid1[];
	+int force;
	+{
	+ int i,l;
	+ char p,q;
	+
	+ strcpy (fid1, fid);
	+ l=strlen(fid1);
	+ p=fid1;
	+ for (i=0;i<l;i++)
	+ if (fid1[i]=='/') p=fid1+i;
	+
	+ if (!force) {
	+ q=strchr(p,'.');
	+ if (q && (q!=fid1+strlen(fid1)-1)) return;
	+ }
	+ if (!strchr(p,'.')) strcat (fid1,".");
	+ q=strchr(p,'.');
	+ if (strlen(ext)>0) q++;
	+ *q = 0;
	+ strcat(fid1,ext);
	+
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- cutext: cut off extension on a file identifier ----- */
	+void cutext (fid)
	+char fid[];
	+{
	+ int i,l;
	+
	+ l=strlen(fid);
	+ for (i=0;i<l;i++)
	+ if (fid[i]=='.') fid[i]='\0';
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- getext: get extension on a file identifier ----- */
	+void getext (fid,ext)
	+char fid[],ext[];
	+{
	+ int i,l,k;
	+
	+ l=strlen(fid);
	+ k=l-1;
	+ for (i=0;i<l;i++)
	+ if (fid[i]=='.') k=i;
	+
	+ for (i=k+1;i<l;i++)
	+ ext[i-k-1]=fid[i];
	+ ext[l-k-1]='\0';
	+
	+}
	+
	+
	+/* ----- sscanu ----- */
	+float scan_u(str)
	+char str[];
	+{
	+ char unit[81];
	+ float a,b;
	+
	+ strcpy(unit,"pt");
	+ sscanf(str,"%f%s", &a, unit);
	+
	+ if (!strcmp(unit,"cm")) b=a*CM;
	+ else if (!strcmp(unit,"in")) b=a*IN;
	+ else if (!strcmp(unit,"pt")) b=a*PT;
	+ else {
	+ printf ("+++ Unknown unit \"%s\" in: %s\n",unit,str);
	+ exit (3);
	+ }
	+ return b;
	+}
	+
	+
	+/* ----- match ------- */
	+int match (str, pat)
	+char str[], pat[];
	+{
	+ char p,s;
	+ p=pat;
	+ s=str;
	+
	+ if (strlen(pat)==0) return 1;
	+
	+ while (*p != 0) {
	+
	+ if (p == '') { /* found wildcard '' in pattern /
	+ p++;
	+ while (p == '') p++;
	+ if (p == 0) return 1; / trailing '' matches all /
	+ for (;;) { /* find match to char after '' /
	+ if (*s == 0) return 0;
	+ if ((s == p) \|\| (*p == '+'))
	+ if (match(s+1,p+1)) return 1; /* ok if rest matches */
	+ s++;
	+ }
	+ }
	+
	+ else { /* no wildcard -- char must match */
	+ if (*s == 0) return 0;
	+ if ((p != s) && (*p != '+')) return 0;
	+ s++;
	+ }
	+ p++;
	+ }
	+
	+ if (s != 0) return 0; / pattern but not string exhausted */
	+ return 1;
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- isblank: check for blank string ---- */
	+int isblank (str)
	+char str[];
	+{
	+ int i;
	+ for (i=0;i<strlen(str);i++) if (str[i] != ' ') return 0;
	+ return 1;
	+}
	+
	+/* ----- cap_str: capitalize a string ----- */
	+void cap_str(str)
	+char str[];
	+{
	+ char *c;
	+ c=str;
	+ while (*c!='\0') {
	+ if (c=='a') c='A';
	+ else if (c=='b') c='B';
	+ else if (c=='c') c='C';
	+ else if (c=='d') c='D';
	+ else if (c=='e') c='E';
	+ else if (c=='f') c='F';
	+ else if (c=='g') c='G';
	+ else if (c=='h') c='H';
	+ else if (c=='i') c='I';
	+ else if (c=='j') c='J';
	+ else if (c=='k') c='K';
	+ else if (c=='l') c='L';
	+ else if (c=='m') c='M';
	+ else if (c=='n') c='N';
	+ else if (c=='o') c='O';
	+ else if (c=='p') c='P';
	+ else if (c=='q') c='Q';
	+ else if (c=='r') c='R';
	+ else if (c=='s') c='S';
	+ else if (c=='t') c='T';
	+ else if (c=='u') c='U';
	+ else if (c=='v') c='V';
	+ else if (c=='w') c='W';
	+ else if (c=='x') c='X';
	+ else if (c=='y') c='Y';
	+ else if (c=='z') c='Z';
	+ c++;
	+ }
	+}
	+
	+
	+/* ----- cwid ----- */
	+/* These are char widths for Times-Roman */
	+float cwid(c)
	+char c;
	+{
	+ float w;
	+ if (c=='a') w=44.4;
	+ else if (c=='b') w=50.0;
	+ else if (c=='c') w=44.4;
	+ else if (c=='d') w=50.0;
	+ else if (c=='e') w=44.4;
	+ else if (c=='f') w=33.3;
	+ else if (c=='g') w=50.0;
	+ else if (c=='h') w=50.0;
	+ else if (c=='i') w=27.8;
	+ else if (c=='j') w=27.8;
	+ else if (c=='k') w=50.0;
	+ else if (c=='l') w=27.8;
	+ else if (c=='m') w=77.8;
	+ else if (c=='n') w=50.0;
	+ else if (c=='o') w=50.0;
	+ else if (c=='p') w=50.0;
	+ else if (c=='q') w=50.0;
	+ else if (c=='r') w=33.3;
	+ else if (c=='s') w=38.9;
	+ else if (c=='t') w=27.8;
	+ else if (c=='u') w=50.0;
	+ else if (c=='v') w=50.0;
	+ else if (c=='w') w=72.2;
	+ else if (c=='x') w=50.0;
	+ else if (c=='y') w=50.0;
	+ else if (c=='z') w=44.4;
	+
	+ else if (c=='A') w=72.2;
	+ else if (c=='B') w=66.7;
	+ else if (c=='C') w=66.7;
	+ else if (c=='D') w=72.2;
	+ else if (c=='E') w=61.1;
	+ else if (c=='F') w=55.6;
	+ else if (c=='G') w=72.2;
	+ else if (c=='H') w=72.2;
	+ else if (c=='I') w=33.3;
	+ else if (c=='J') w=38.9;
	+ else if (c=='K') w=72.2;
	+ else if (c=='L') w=61.1;
	+ else if (c=='M') w=88.9;
	+ else if (c=='N') w=72.2;
	+ else if (c=='O') w=72.2;
	+ else if (c=='P') w=55.6;
	+ else if (c=='Q') w=72.2;
	+ else if (c=='R') w=66.7;
	+ else if (c=='S') w=55.6;
	+ else if (c=='T') w=61.1;
	+ else if (c=='U') w=72.2;
	+ else if (c=='V') w=72.2;
	+ else if (c=='W') w=94.4;
	+ else if (c=='X') w=72.2;
	+ else if (c=='Y') w=72.2;
	+ else if (c=='Z') w=61.1;
	+
	+ else if (c=='0') w=50.0;
	+ else if (c=='1') w=50.0;
	+ else if (c=='2') w=50.0;
	+ else if (c=='3') w=50.0;
	+ else if (c=='4') w=50.0;
	+ else if (c=='5') w=50.0;
	+ else if (c=='6') w=50.0;
	+ else if (c=='7') w=50.0;
	+ else if (c=='8') w=50.0;
	+ else if (c=='9') w=50.0;
	+
	+ else if (c=='~') w=54.1;
	+ else if (c=='!') w=33.3;
	+ else if (c=='@') w=92.1;
	+ else if (c=='#') w=50.0;
	+ else if (c=='$') w=50.0;
	+ else if (c=='%') w=83.3;
	+ else if (c=='^') w=46.9;
	+ else if (c=='&') w=77.8;
	+ else if (c=='*') w=50.0;
	+ else if (c=='(') w=33.3;
	+ else if (c==')') w=33.3;
	+/\| else if (c=='-') w=33.3; \|/
	+ else if (c=='-') w=40.0;
	+ else if (c=='_') w=50.0;
	+ else if (c=='+') w=56.4;
	+ else if (c=='=') w=55.0;
	+ else if (c=='[') w=33.3;
	+ else if (c==']') w=33.3;
	+ else if (c=='{') w=48.0;
	+ else if (c=='}') w=48.0;
	+ else if (c=='\|') w=20.0;
	+ else if (c==':') w=27.8;
	+ else if (c==';') w=27.8;
	+ else if (c=='.') w=27.8;
	+ else if (c==',') w=27.8;
	+ else if (c=='\\') w=27.8;
	+ else if (c=='\'') w=33.3;
	+ else if (c=='\"') w=40.8;
	+ else if (c=='<') w=56.4;
	+ else if (c=='>') w=56.4;
	+ else if (c=='?') w=44.4;
	+ else if (c=='/') w=27.8;
	+ else if (c=='`') w=33.3;
	+ else if (c==' ') w=25.0;
	+ else w=50.0;
	+ return w/100.0;
	+}
	+
	+
	+/* ----- get_file_size ------- */
	+/* version using standard function stat */
	+#include <sys/stat.h>
	+int get_file_size (fname)
	+char fname[];
	+{
	+ int m,rc;
	+ struct stat statbuf;
	+ rc = stat(fname,&statbuf);
	+ if (rc == -1) {
	+ printf ("Unsuccessful call to stat for file %s\n", fname);
	+ return -1;
	+ }
	+ m=statbuf.st_size;
	+ return m;
	+}
	+
	+/* version which counts bytes by hand */
	+int get_file_size1 (fname)
	+char fname[];
	+{
	+ int m,i;
	+ FILE *fp;
	+
	+ if ((fp = fopen (fname,"r")) == NULL) {
	+ printf ("Cannot open file to determine size: %s", fname);
	+ return -1;
	+ }
	+
	+ m=0;
	+ i=getc(fp);
	+ while (i != EOF) {
	+ m++;
	+ i=getc(fp);
	+ }
	+ fclose (fp);
	+ return m;
	+}
	+
	diff --git a/voices.abc b/voices.abc
	@@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
	+%%indent 1cm
	+
	+X:1
	+T: Fairfield Fancy % -----
	+C: Trad.
	+M: 2/4
	+%%sysstaffsep 35
	+K:Am
	+V:1 name="Intro" snm="In"
	+ME2>.E2 .A2.A2 \| .c2.c2 e4 \| edef edcB \| A2E2 {Ec}+E2c2a2+ EE \|
	+T: % note: force new indentation with empty title field
	+V:1 name="Melody" snm="Mel."
	+\|: "Am"EAA^G A2 AB \| c2e2 f2e2 \| "G"DGGF G2 GA \| B2d2 e2d2\|
	+"Am"EAA^G A2 AB \| cBAc edce \| "C"gage "Am"dcAc \|1 ecdB A2 EE :\|2ecdB A2 ee\|
	+\|: "Am"ea^gb a2 ab \| c'aba c'aba \| "G"dgfa g2 ga \| bgag bgag \|
	+"Am"ea^gb a2 ab \| c'aba c'aba \| "C"gage "Am"dcAc \|1 ecdB A2 ee :\|2 ecdB A2 EE\|\|
	+V:acc_1 name="Accomp I" snm="Acc. II"
	+L:1/4
	+\|: (A,C \| EA) \| (GD \| B,G,) \| (A, C \| E A) \| c/G/ A/E/- \|1 E/D/ C :\|2 E/D/ C \|
	+\|: A2- \| A z \| G2- \| G z \|A2- \| A z \| c/G/ A/E/- \|1 E/D/ C :\|2 E/D/ C \|\|
	+V:acc_2 name="Accomp II" snm="Acc. II"
	+L:1/4
	+\|: A z \|(A/c/ d/c/ \|B) z \|(G/B/ c/B/ \|A) z\|A c\| e/e/ A\|1(E A):\|2 (E A)\|
	+\|: (Ac \| ea) \| (gd \| BG) \| (Ac \| ea) \| (ge \|1 cA) :\|2 cA) \|\|
	+
	+
	+
	+X:2
	+T: Tzadik Katamar % -----
	+%%indent 0
	+C: from Israel
	+M: C\|
	+L: 1/4
	+K: C
	+V:1 brk=2
	+C \| "C"E<GG>A \| "Am"E<DC>E \| "Dm7"FFF<G \| "G"D4 \| "C"E<GG>A \| "Em"B<EE>E \|
	+ "F"FGA<B \| "G"G4 \| "F"ABcA \| "Em"B<GB>E \| "Dm"FGA<B \| "C"G4 \|
	+ "Dm"DEFD \| "Em"E<G B2 \| "F"ABcA \| "G7"B3 G \|\| "C"c3 c \| "E7"B3 B \|
	+ "F"AAA<B \| "C"G2 "Am"E2 \| "F"FFFG \| "C"E<D "Am"C>E \| "Dm"FFFD \| "G"G<A B>G \|
	+ "C"c3 c \| "E7"B3 B \| "F"AAAB \| "C"G2 "Am"E2 \| "Dm7"FFFG \| "C"E<D "Am"C>E \|\
	+ "Dm"DF "G"A<B \| "C"c4 \|\|
	+V:2 gch=0
	+C \| "C"C<EE>E \| "Am"E<FE>E \| "Dm7"D2A,2 \| "G"B,> G,A,B, \|\
	+ "C"C<EE>E \| "Em"E<B,B,>B, \|
	+"F"C4 \| "G"B,>G,A,B, \| "F"FGGF \| "Em"E<GG>G \| "Dm"FGGF \| "C"E4 \|
	+"Dm"A2FD \| "Em"G2E2 \| "F"C2F2 \| "G7"D2ED \|\| "C"E4 \| "E7"D4 \|
	+"F"C2B,A, \| "C"G,2 "Am"C2 \| "F"A,C2C \| "C"G, " Am"C2C \|\
	+ "Dm"A,C2C \| "G"B,2 CD \|
	+"C"E4 \| "E7"D4 \| "F"C2B,A, \| "C"G,2 "Am"C2 \| "Dm7"A,C2C \|\
	+ "C"G, " Am"C2C \|"Dm"A,2 "G"B,D \| "C"E4 \|\|
	+
	+
	+X:3
	+T: Erev Ba % ---
	+C: from Israel
	+M: C\|
	+L: 1/4
	+K:G
	+V:1
	+"G"dgf g/b/ \| "Am"a3z \| "D7"ab c'/d'/ b \| "G"b3z \| dgf g/b/ \| "Am"a3z \|
	+"D7"ab c'/d'/ b \| "B7"b3z \| "C"ceg>g \| f/g/f/e/ e2 \| "Am"Ace>e \| "D"d>c B/A/G/…
	+"Em"G2 E2 \| "Am"A2 "D7"A/B/ G \| ("G"G4\|G2) z2 \| dgf g/b/ \| "Am"a3z \|
	+"D7"ab c'/d'/ b \| "G"b3z \| dgf g/b/ \| "Am"a3z \| "D7"ab c'/d'/ b \| "B7"b3z \|
	+"C"ceg>g \| f/g/ f/e/ e2 \| "Am"Ace>e \| "D"d>c B/A/G/F/ \| "Em"G2 E2 \| "Am"A2 "D7…
	+"G"G>A B c/A/ \| "G7"d>e =f/d/B/A/ [K:C] \|\|"C"G2z2\| "Dm7"d/e/f/e/ d/c/B/A/ \|\
	+ "G7"G2z2 \| "C"z/ G/c/B/ c/d/e/f/ \|
	+g g/a/ g2 \| "Dm7"f/g/a/g/ f/e/d/c/ \| "G7"B/c/d/c/ B/A/ G\| "E"^G>B e/d/c/B/\|\
	+ "F"c2 a>a \| g/a/g/f/ .f .e \|
	+"Dm"d2f>f \| "G"e>d c/B/A/B/ \| "Am"c/d/c/B/ A/G/F/E/ \| "Dm"D/E/F/D/ "G7"G A/B/ …
	+ "C"c3 e\| .g.a.g e/d/ \|
	+GcBc/e/ \| "Dm7"d3z \| "G7"def/g/e\| "C"e3z \| GcBc/e/ \| "Dm7"d3z \|
	+"G7"def/g/e\| "E"e3z \| "F"FAc>c\| B/c/B/A/ A2\| "Dm"DFA>A\| "G"G>F E/D/C/E/ \|
	+"Am"c2A2 \| "Dm"d2 "G7"d/e/c \| ("C"c4\|"Dm"c2) "G7"d/e/c\| ("C"c4\| c2) z2 \|]
	+%
	+V:2 gch=0
	+"G"z4 \| "Am"z4 \| "D7"z4 \| "G"z4 \| z4 \| "Am"z4 \|
	+"D7"z4 \| "B7"z4 \| "C"z4 \| z4 \| "Am"z4 \| "D"z4 \|
	+"Em"G2Bd \| "Am"c2 "D7"c/d/ B \| "G"B>ABd \| B>A G/A/ B\| d2 z2 \| "Am"A/B/c/B/ A/G…
	+"D7"D2 z2 \| "G"z/D/G/F/ G/A/B/c/ \| d d/e/ d2\| "Am"c/d/e/d/ c/B/A/G/ \|\
	+ "D7"F/G/A/G/ F/E/D/C/ \| "B7"^D/B,/D/F/ B/A/G/F/ \|
	+"C"c2 e>e \| d/e/d/c/ cB\| "Am"A2 c>c\| "D"B>A G/F/E/F/ \|\
	+ "Em"G/A/G/F/ E/D/C/E/ \| "Am"A/B/c/^c/ "D7"d e/f/ \|
	+("G"g4\|"G7"g2)z2 [K:C] \|\| "C"GcB c/e/ \| "Dm7"d3z \| "G7"de f/g/ e\| "C"e3z \|
	+GcB c/e/ \| "Dm7"d3z \| "G7"de f/g/ e\| "E"e3z \| "F"FAc>c \| B/c/B/A/ Az \|
	+"Dm"DFA>A \| "G"G>F E/D/C/D/ \| "Am"c2 A2 \| "Dm"d2 "G7"d/e/c \| ("C"c4\|c2) z2 \|
	+Gede/g/ \| "Dm7"f>e f/e/d/c/ \| "G7"Bcd/e/c\| "C"c c/B/ c/B/c/d/ \|\
	+ e e/f/ ee \| "Dm7"f>e f/e/d/c/ \|
	+"G7"Bc d/e/ c \| "E"B>A ^G/A/B/G/ \| "F"F2 A2 \| c2 FE \| "Dm"D2 F2 \| "G"B2 e2\|
	+"Am"e2c2 \| "Dm"f2 "G7"f/g/ e \| ("C"e4\| "Dm"e2) "G7"f/g/ e \| ("C"e4\|e2) z2 \|]
	+
	+
	+X: 1
	+T: Helle Wasser % --- we squeeze this onto one page
	+%%musicspace 0cm
	+%%topmargin 0.5cm
	+%%sysstaffsep 35.0pt
	+%%systemsep 55.0pt
	+%%titlefont Helvetica 16
	+%%subtitlefont Helvetica 12
	+%%composerfont Helvetica 10
	+%%scale 0.65
	+O: Finnland
	+M: 6/8
	+L: 1/8
	+K: Am
	+%V:sop name="Sopran" sname="S." bracket=3
	+V:sop nm="Sopran" snm="S." brk=3
	+"Am"e3-e2 f\|e2 c B2 c \|"Dm"d3 d3- \|d3z3\| \
	+w: Hel - le Was-ser dun-kle W\"al-der
	+"G7"d e2-e3\|d-BG A2 B\| \\ "Am"A6- \|A3z3\| \
	+w: und die* Sehn - sucht sind mein Haus _
	+"F"g a2-a3\|"C"g2 e d2 e\|"Dm"f3 f3-\|f3z3\| \\
	+w: Komm zu* mir und tei-le mit mir_
	+"G7"f g2-g3\|f2 d c2 d\| "C"e6\|"E7"-e3 z2z\| \
	+w: Tag und* W\"ar-me, K\"al-te auch._
	+"Am"a3-a2 g\|g g2 e2 d\| "Dm"f6\| \\ z3 a3\| \
	+w: Wo* wir ge-hen bl\"uht das Laub, sind \|
	+"G7"g3-g2 g\|e2 d c2 d\|"C" e6\|"C7"-e3 z2 e\| \
	+w: We - ge k\"ur-zer Win-ter gr\"un._ In
	+"F"f3-f2 g\| \\ "Fm"f2 f c2 d\|"C"e3-d3\|"A7"^c3 z2z\| \
	+w: dei - nen Au-gen w\"achst mein Le - ben,
	+"Dm"d3-d2 e\|"G7"e f2 e2 d\|"C"c6-\|"E7"B3z3 :\|
	+w: Dein* Ge\- sicht darf nie ver\- gehn.
	+%
	+V:alto staves=1 name="Alto" sname="A."
	+z6 \| z6\|f3-f2 f\|f2 g f2 d\|
	+B3 B3\|z dd cdd\|ccc-c3-\|c3z3\|
	+e f2-f3\|e2 c B2 c\|d3 d3-\|d3z3\|
	+d e2-e3\|d2 B A2 B\|c6\|B6\|
	+z6\|z3 A2 A\|d d2 d2 d\|d3 f3\|
	+f3-f2 d\| c2 B A2 B\|c3-c2 c\|B3 _B3\|
	+A c2-c3\|c6\|c2 B _B3\|A3 z2z\|
	+z3 c2 c\|B B2 G2 G\|G6-\|^G3z3 :\|
	+%
	+V:tenor name="Tenor" sname="T."
	+z6 \| z6 \|z3 A3\|-A3-A2 G\|
	+G3 G3\|-G3 F2 E\|E3 E3\|z AA A2 B\|
	+ccc-c3\|-c3 z cc\|c3 z cc\|c3 c3\|
	+B3 z2z\|z GG G2 G\|A2 G G3\|^G6\|
	+z6\|z6\|z3 A2 A\|A A2 c2 c\|
	+B3-B2 G\|G2 G G2 G\|A2 G G3\|-G3 G3\|
	+A3-A2 A\|_A2 A A2 A\|G6\|G6\|
	+F3-F2 G\|G A2 G2 F\|E6-\|E3z3 :\|
	+
	+
	+
	+
	+
	+
	+
	+